2018 Acadia

18_GMC_Acadia_AcadiaDenalli_COV_en_US_23297094B_2017OCT03.
ai 1 9/28/2017 10:12:52 AM
CM
MY
CY
CMY
23297094 B
GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Contents Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . 29
Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Instruments and Controls . . . . . . 118
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 173
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . 205
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Service and Maintenance . . . . . 367
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
Customer Information . . . . . . . . . 384
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . 394
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
2 Introduction
Introduction This manual describes features that
may or may not be on the vehicle
Helm, Incorporated
Attention: Customer Service
because of optional equipment that 47911 Halyard Drive
was not purchased on the vehicle, Plymouth, MI 48170
model variants, country USA
specifications, features/applications
that may not be available in your Using this Manual
region, or changes subsequent to
the printing of this owner’s manual. To quickly locate information about
the vehicle, use the Index in the
The names, logos, emblems, Refer to the purchase back of the manual. It is an
slogans, vehicle model names, and documentation relating to your alphabetical list of what is in the
vehicle body designs appearing in specific vehicle to confirm the manual and the page number where
this manual including, but not limited features. it can be found.
to, GM, the GM logo, GMC, the
GMC Truck Emblem, ACADIA, and Keep this manual in the vehicle for
DENALI are trademarks and/or quick reference. Danger, Warning, and
service marks of General Motors Caution
LLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates, Canadian Vehicle Owners
Warning messages found on vehicle
or licensors. A French language manual can be labels and in this manual describe
For vehicles first sold in Canada, obtained from your dealer, at hazards and what to do to avoid or
substitute the name “General www.helminc.com, or from: reduce them.
Motors of Canada Company” for
GMC wherever it appears in this Propriétaires Canadiens
manual. On peut obtenir un exemplaire de
ce guide en français auprès du
concessionnaire ou à l'adresse
suivante:
Litho in U.S.A.
©
Part No. 23297094 B Second Printing 2017 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Introduction 3
A circle with a slash through it is a Vehicle Symbol Chart
{ Danger safety symbol which means “Do Here are some additional symbols
Not,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not let that may be found on the vehicle
Danger indicates a hazard with a this happen.”
high level of risk which will result and what they mean. See the
in serious injury or death. features in this manual for
Symbols information.
The vehicle has components and 9 : Airbag Readiness Light
labels that use symbols instead of
{ Warning text. Symbols are shown along with # : Air Conditioning
Warning indicates a hazard that
the text describing the operation or ! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)
information relating to a specific
could result in injury or death. component, control, message,
$ : Brake System Warning Light
gauge, or indicator. " : Charging System
M : Shown when the owner’s I : Cruise Control
Caution manual has additional instructions ` : Do Not Puncture
or information.
Caution indicates a hazard that ^ : Do Not Service
could result in property or vehicle
* : Shown when the service
manual has additional instructions B : Engine Coolant Temperature
damage. or information. O : Exterior Lamps
0 : Shown when there is more _ : Flame/Fire Prohibited
information on another page —
“see page.” . : Fuel Gauge
+ : Fuses
3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer
j : ISOFIX/LATCH System Child
Restraints
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
4 Introduction
* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp
: : Oil Pressure
O : Power
/ : Remote Vehicle Start
> : Seat Belt Reminders
7 : Tire Pressure Monitor
d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak
a : Under Pressure
M : Windshield Washer Fluid
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
In Brief 5
In Brief Vehicle Features
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . . . 26
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Radio(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . 27
Instrument Panel Driving for Better Fuel
Portable Audio Devices . . . . . . . . 20
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Bluetooth® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Initial Drive Information Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 21 Roadside Assistance
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . . . 8 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Stop/Start System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Driver Information
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 8 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Forward Automatic
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Braking (FAB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . 23
Second Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . 23
Third Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Surround Vision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Heated and Ventilated Seats . . . 13 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 24
Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 14 Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Passenger Sensing System . . . 15 Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 16 Universal Remote System . . . . . 25
Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 18
Performance and Maintenance
Traction Control/Electronic
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
6 In Brief
Instrument Panel
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
In Brief 7
1. Air Vents 0 203. 11. Power Outlets 0 124. Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
2. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 164. 12. Driver Mode Control 0 238. System 0 256 (If Equipped).
Turn Signal Lever. See Turn Assistance Systems for Heated Steering Wheel 0 120
and Lane-Change Signals Parking or Backing 0 252 (If (If Equipped).
0 168. Equipped). 19. Hood Release. See Hood
3. Instrument Cluster 0 127. Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 265 0 282.
4. Windshield Wiper/Washer (If Equipped). 20. Instrument Panel Illumination

0 120. 13. Shift Lever. See Automatic Control 0 169 (Out of View).
Rear Window Wiper/Washer Transmission 0 229. 21. Data Link Connector (DLC)
0 121. 14. ENGINE START/STOP Button. (Out of View). See Malfunction
See Starting the Engine 0 223. Indicator Lamp (Check Engine
5. Light Sensor. See Automatic Light) 0 136.
Headlamp System 0 167. 15. Steering Wheel Controls 0 119
(If Equipped). 22. Electric Parking Brake 0 233.
6. Infotainment 0 173.
7. Dual Automatic Climate Control Driver Information Center (DIC)
System 0 198. Buttons.
See Driver Information Center
8. Heated and Ventilated Front (DIC) (Base and Midlevel)
Seats 0 64 (If Equipped). 0 145 or Driver Information
9. USB Port 0 181 (If Equipped). Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 148.
Auxiliary Input Jack. See 16. Horn 0 120.
Auxiliary Devices 0 187. 17. Steering Wheel Adjustment
10. Hazard Warning Flashers 0 119.
0 168. 18. Cruise Control 0 240.
Traction Control/Electronic Adaptive Cruise Control 0 242
Stability Control 0 236. (If Equipped).
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
8 In Brief
Initial Drive Remote Keyless Entry Lock and unlock feedback can be
personalized.
Information (RKE) System
See Vehicle Personalization 0 152.
This section provides a brief The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter may be used to lock and 7 : Press and release one time to
overview about some of the initiate vehicle locator.
important features that may or may unlock the doors from up to 60 m
(197 ft) away from the vehicle.
not be on your specific vehicle. Press and hold 7 for three seconds
For more detailed information, refer to sound the panic alarm. Press
to each of the features which can be again to cancel the panic alarm.
found later in this owner’s manual. b : Press twice quickly to open or
close the liftgate. Press once to stop
Stop/Start System the liftgate from moving.
The vehicle may have a fuel saving See Keys 0 29 and Remote Keyless
Stop/Start system to shut off the Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 30.
engine and help conserve fuel.
When the brakes are applied and Remote Vehicle Start
the vehicle is at a complete stop, If equipped, the engine can be
the engine may turn off. When the started from outside of the vehicle.
brake pedal is released or the With Remote Start Shown
accelerator pedal is pushed, the Press the key release button near
Starting the Vehicle
engine will restart. The engine may the bottom of the transmitter to 1. Press and release Q on the
restart even while the brake is remove the key. The key can be RKE transmitter.
applied. See Starting the Engine used for the driver door.
0 223. 2. Immediately press and hold /
Q : Press to lock all doors. for at least four seconds or until
K : Press to unlock the driver door the turn signal lamps flash.
or all doors depending on the
vehicle personalization settings.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
In Brief 9
Start the vehicle normally after To lock or unlock the vehicle from Keyless Access
entering. the inside, use the power door lock
When the vehicle starts, the parking switch.
lamps will turn on. Power Door Locks
Remote start can be extended.
Canceling a Remote Start
To cancel a remote start, do one of
the following:
. Press and hold / until the
parking lamps turn off.
. Turn on the hazard warning
flashers.
If equipped, press the button on the
. Turn the vehicle on and then off. driver door handle when the RKE
See Remote Vehicle Start 0 36. transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) of the
driver door handle. When unlocking
Door Locks K : Press to unlock the doors. from the driver door, the first press
unlocks that door; press again
To lock or unlock the vehicle from Q : Press to lock the doors. within five seconds to unlock all
the outside: passenger doors. See Remote
. Use the key. The key lock Keyless Entry (RKE) System
cylinder is covered with a cap. Operation 0 30.
See Door Locks 0 38.
. Press Q or K on the Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
10 In Brief
Liftgate Power Liftgate Operation Windows
If equipped with a power liftgate, the
switch is on the driver door. The
vehicle must be in P (Park).
Choose the power liftgate mode by
selecting MAX or 3/4. Press 8.
The driver door must be unlocked.
On the RKE transmitter press b
twice quickly until the liftgate starts
moving.
Press any liftgate button or the
touch pad while the liftgate is
moving to stop it. Pressing again
To unlock the liftgate, press K on reverses the direction. Power windows work when the
the power door lock switch or ignition is on, in ACC/ACCESSORY,
To close, press l on the bottom or when Retained Accessory Power
press K on the Remote Keyless of the liftgate next to the pull cup. (RAP) is active. See Retained
Entry (RKE) transmitter twice to Accessory Power (RAP) 0 226.
unlock all doors. Press the touch To disable the power liftgate
pad on the bottom of the liftgate and function, select OFF on the liftgate Using the window switch, press to
lift up. See Remote Keyless Entry switch. See Liftgate 0 42. open or pull to close the window.
(RKE) System Operation 0 30. The windows may be temporarily
Use the pull cup to lower and close disabled if they are used repeatedly
the liftgate. Do not press the touch within a short time.
pad while closing the liftgate. This
will cause the liftgate to be
unlatched.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
In Brief 11
Seat Adjustment 3. Try to move the seat back and To adjust a power seat, if equipped:
forth to be sure it is locked in . Move the seat forward or
Manual Seats place. rearward by sliding the
Move the lever (2) up or down to control (1) forward or rearward.
raise or lower the seat. . Raise or lower the front part of
Use the lever (3) to adjust the the seat cushion by moving the
seatback. front of the control (1) up
See Seat Adjustment 0 59 and or down.
Reclining Seatbacks 0 60. . Raise or lower the entire seat by
moving the rear of the control (1)
Power Seats up or down.
. Adjust the seatback by tilting the
top of the control (2) forward or
rearward.
See Reclining Seatbacks 0 60.
1. Seat Adjustment Handle
2. Driver Seat Height . Press and hold the control (3)
Adjustment Lever forward to increase or rearward
3. Seatback Lever to decrease support.
To adjust a manual seat: See Lumbar Adjustment 0 60.
1. Lift the handle (1) under the See Power Seat Adjustment 0 60.
seat to unlock it.
2. Slide the seat to the desired
1. Seat Adjustment Control
position, and then release the
handle (1). 2. Seatback Control
3. Lumbar Control
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
12 In Brief
Memory Features Then immediately press and hold 1, Second Row Seats
2, or B (Exit) on the driver door
until two beeps sound. To manually
recall these positions, press and
hold 1, 2, or B until the saved
position is reached.
When Auto Memory Recall is
enabled in the personalization
menu, positions previously stored to
memory buttons 1 and 2 are
recalled when the ignition is
changed from off to on or ACC/
ACCESSORY.
When Easy Exit Options is enabled
If equipped, memory seats allow two The second row seat can be folded
in the personalization menu, the
drivers to store and recall their to access the third row. Pull the
feature automatically recalls the
unique seat positions for driving the handle on top of the seat forward
previously stored exit position when
vehicle, and a shared exit position and pull the seat forward.
exiting the vehicle. See Memory
for getting out of the vehicle. Other
Seats 0 62.
feature positions may also be set,
such as power mirrors and power
steering wheel, if equipped. Memory
positions are linked to RKE
transmitter 1 or 2 for automatic
memory recalls.
Before storing, adjust all available
memory feature positions. Turn the
ignition on and then press and
release SET; a beep will sound.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
In Brief 13
To fold the third row seatback: Heated and Ventilated
1. Remove objects on the floor in Seats
front of or on the second row
seat, or in the seat tracks on
the floor.
2. If the second row seat is in the
full rear position, adjust it
forward to allow the third row
seat to fold fully flat.
3. Remove anything on or under
the seat.
The second row seatbacks can also
be folded forward by pulling the
levers on the driver side of the rear
cargo area. The top lever folds the Heated and Ventilated Seat
driver side seatback and the bottom Buttons Shown, Heated Seat
lever folds the passenger side Buttons Similar
seatback. If equipped, the buttons are near the
See Rear Seats 0 66. climate controls on the center stack.
To operate, the ignition must be on.
Third Row Seats Press I or +, if available, to heat
The third row seatbacks can be the driver or passenger
folded forward. seatback only.
4. Pull the strap on the seatback.
Press J or z to heat the driver or
5. Push the seatback forward to passenger cushion and seatback.
lay flat.
See Third Row Seats 0 70.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
14 In Brief
Press C or {, if available, to Head Restraint Seat Belts
ventilate the driver or passenger Adjustment
seat. A ventilated seat has a fan
that pulls or pushes air through the Do not drive until the head restraints
seat. The air is not cooled. for all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.
Press the button once for the
highest setting. With each press of To achieve a comfortable seating
the button, the seat will change to position, change the seatback
the next lower setting, and then to recline angle as little as necessary
the off setting. The indicator lights while keeping the seat and the head
next to the buttons indicate three for restraint height in the proper
the highest setting and one for the position.
lowest. If the front heated seats are See Head Restraints 0 57 and Seat
on high, the level may automatically Adjustment 0 59.
be lowered after approximately Refer to the following sections for
30 minutes. important information on how to use
See Heated and Ventilated Front seat belts properly:
Seats 0 64. . Seat Belts 0 71.
The heated and ventilated front . How to Wear Seat Belts Properly
seats can also be programmed to 0 72.
come on during a remote start. See
. Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 73.
Vehicle Personalization 0 152.
. Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) 0 98.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
In Brief 15
Passenger Sensing The passenger airbag status Exterior Mirrors
indicator will light on the overhead
System console when the vehicle is started.
See Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator 0 135.
Mirror Adjustment
Interior Mirror
United States and Canada Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear
view of the area behind your
vehicle.
Manual Rearview Mirror
If equipped, push the tab forward for To adjust a mirror:
daytime use and pull it rearward for
nighttime use to avoid glare of the 1. Press } or | to choose the
Mexico headlamps from behind. driver or passenger mirror.
The passenger sensing system Automatic Dimming Rearview 2. Press the arrows on the control
turns off the front outboard Mirror pad to move each mirror in the
passenger frontal airbag under desired direction.
certain conditions. No other airbag If equipped, the mirror will
is affected by the passenger automatically reduce the glare of the See Power Mirrors 0 50.
sensing system. See Passenger headlamps from behind. The
Sensing System 0 85. dimming feature comes on when the
vehicle is started.
See Automatic Dimming Rearview
Mirror 0 51.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
16 In Brief
Steering Wheel Power Tilt and Telescoping Interior Lighting
Steering Wheel
Adjustment Dome Lamp
To adjust the power tilt and

To adjust the steering wheel: telescoping steering wheel, The dome lamp is in the overhead
1. Pull the lever down. if equipped: console.
2. Move the steering wheel up Press the control to move the To operate, press the following
or down. steering wheel up and down or buttons:
forward and rearward. j OFF : Press to turn off the
3. Pull or push the steering wheel
closer or away from you. Do not adjust the steering wheel dome lamps when a door is open.
while driving. An indicator light on the button will
4. Pull the lever up to lock the turn on when the dome lamp
wheel in place.
override is activated. Press j
Do not adjust the steering wheel OFF again to deactivate this feature
while driving.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
In Brief 17
and the indicator light will turn off. Turn the control to the following
The dome lamps will come on when positions:
doors are opened. O : Turns the exterior lamps off and
+ ON/OFF : Press to turn the dome deactivates the AUTO mode. Turn
lamps on manually. to O again to reactivate the
Reading Lamps AUTO mode.
There are front and rear reading In Canada, the headlamps will
lamps on the overhead console and automatically reactivate when the
Rear Reading Lamps vehicle is shifted out of P (Park).
in the headliner. These lamps come
on when any door is opened. Press the buttons to turn the rear AUTO : Automatically turns the
passenger reading lamps on or off. exterior lamps on and off,
For more information on interior depending on outside lighting.
lighting, see Instrument Panel ; : Turns on the parking lamps
Illumination Control 0 169. including all lamps, except the
headlamps.
Exterior Lighting 5 : Turns on the headlamps
together with the parking lamps and
instrument panel lights.
See:
. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 164.
. Turn and Lane-Change Signals
Front Reading Lamps
0 168.
Press the lamp lenses to turn the The exterior lamp control is on the
front reading lamps on or off. turn signal lever.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
18 In Brief
Windshield Wiper/Washer INT : Move the windshield wiper
lever to INT. Turn the band up for
more frequent wipes or down for
less frequent wipes.
OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.
1X : For a single wipe, briefly move
the lever down. For several wipes,
hold the lever down.
f : Pull the lever toward you to
spray windshield washer fluid and
With the ignition on or in ACC/ activate the wipers.
ACCESSORY, move the lever to See Windshield Wiper/Washer
select the wiper speed. 0 120 and Rear Window Wiper/
HI : Use for fast wipes. Washer 0 121.
LO : Use for slow wipes.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
In Brief 19
Climate Controls Transmission
Use this system to control the heating, cooling, and ventilation. Electronic Range Select
(ERS) Mode
ERS mode allows you to choose the
top-gear limit of the transmission
and the vehicle's speed while
driving downhill or towing a trailer.
The vehicle has an electronic shift
position indicator within the
instrument cluster. When using the
ERS mode a number will display
next to the L, indicating the
maximum gear allowed for the
range selected.
To use this feature:
1. Driver Temperature Control 9. Power Button 1. Move the shift lever to L (Low).
2. A/C (Air Conditioning) 10. Air Recirculation 2. Press + (Plus) or − (Minus) on
3. Air Delivery Mode Controls 11. AUTO (Automatic Operation) the shift lever to increase or
decrease the gear range
4. Fan Control See Dual Automatic Climate Control available.
5. Defrost System 0 198. For more information
about the rear climate control, see See Manual Mode 0 231.
6. Passenger Temperature Rear Climate Control System 0 201.
Control
7. SYNC (Synchronized
Temperature)
8. Rear Window Defogger
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
20 In Brief
Vehicle Features g: SiriusXM Satellite Radio
. Radio: Press and release to fast
Service
Infotainment System seek the previous strongest SiriusXM is a satellite radio service
station or channel. based in the 48 contiguous United
The base radio with infotainment
. USB/Music/Pictures: Press to go States and 10 Canadian provinces.
display controls information is
SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide
included in this manual. See the to the previous content. Press
variety of programming and
infotainment manual for information and hold to fast rewind.
commercial-free music, coast to
on the uplevel radios, audio players, d: coast, and in digital-quality sound.
phone, navigation system, Rear
. Radio: Press and release to fast A fee is required to receive the
Seat Entertainment (RSE), and
seek the next strongest station SiriusXM service.
voice or speech recognition,
if equipped. or channel. Refer to:
. USB/Music/Pictures: Press to go . www.siriusxm.com or call
Radio(s) to the next content. Press and 1-888-601-6296 (U.S.).
{: hold to fast forward.
. www.siriusxm.ca or call
. Press to go to the Home Page. 5: 1-877-438-9677 (Canada).
. Press and release to access the See Satellite Radio 0 179.
O: phone screen, answer an
. Press to turn the power on. incoming call, or access the Portable Audio Devices
. Press and hold to turn the device home screen.
This vehicle has a 3.5 mm (1/8 in)
power off. See Overview 0 175. auxiliary input and may have two
. Press to mute/unmute the USB ports in the center stack.
system when on. Satellite Radio External devices such as iPods®,
. Turn to decrease or increase the If equipped, a SiriusXM satellite MP3 players, and USB storage
volume. radio tuner and a valid SiriusXM devices may be connected.
satellite radio subscription can See Auxiliary Devices 0 187 and
receive SiriusXM programming. USB Port 0 181.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
In Brief 21
®
Bluetooth Steering Wheel Controls o or p : Press to go to the
previous or next menu option.
The Bluetooth system allows users
with a Bluetooth-enabled cell phone w or x : Press to go to the next or
to make and receive hands-free previous selection.
calls using the vehicle audio system V : Press to select a highlighted
and controls. menu option.
The Bluetooth-enabled cell phone
must be paired with the in-vehicle
Bluetooth system before it can be
used in the vehicle. Not all phones
will support all functions.
See Bluetooth (Infotainment
Controls) 0 189 or Bluetooth
(Overview) 0 188. If equipped, some audio controls
can be adjusted at the steering
wheel.
g : For vehicles
®
with OnStar® or a
Bluetooth system, press to interact
with those systems. See OnStar The favorite and volume switches
Overview 0 398 or “Bluetooth are on the back of the steering
(Overview)” in the infotainment wheel.
manual.
1. Favorite: When on a radio
i : Press to reject an incoming source, press to select the next
call or end a current call. Press to or previous favorite. When on a
mute or unmute the infotainment media source, press to select
system when not on a call. the next or previous track.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
22 In Brief
2. Volume: Press to increase or SET− : Press briefly to set the
decrease the volume. speed and activate cruise control.
See Steering Wheel Controls 0 119. If the cruise control is already
active, use to decrease vehicle
speed.
Cruise Control
* : Press to disengage cruise
control without erasing the set
speed from memory.
See Cruise Control 0 240 or
Adaptive Cruise Control 0 242 (if
equipped).
Driver Information w or x : Press to move up or

Center (DIC) down in a list.
The DIC display is in the instrument o or p : Press to move between
cluster. It shows the status of many the interactive display zones in the
vehicle systems. cluster.
V : Press to open a menu or select
J : Press to turn the system on a menu item. Press and hold to
and off. A white indicator appears in reset values on certain screens.
the instrument cluster when
turned on. See Driver Information Center (DIC)
(Base and Midlevel) 0 145 or Driver
RES+ : If there is a set speed in Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel)
memory, press briefly to resume to 0 148.
that speed or press and hold to
accelerate. If the cruise control is
already active, use to increase
vehicle speed.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
In Brief 23
Forward Collision Alert vehicle. This can help avoid or Lane Keep Assist (LKA)
lessen the severity of crashes when
(FCA) System driving in a forward gear. If equipped, LKA may help avoid
If equipped, FCA may help avoid or crashes due to unintentional lane
See Forward Automatic Braking departures. It may assist by gently
reduce the harm caused by (FAB) 0 258.
front-end crashes. FCA provides a turning the steering wheel if the
vehicle approaches a detected lane
green indicator, V, when a vehicle Front Pedestrian Braking marking without using a turn signal
is detected ahead. This indicator
displays amber if you follow a
(FPB) System in that direction. It may also provide
a Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
vehicle too closely. When If equipped, the FPB system may alert as the lane marking is crossed.
approaching a vehicle ahead too help avoid or reduce the harm The system will not assist or alert if
quickly, FCA provides a flashing red caused by front-end crashes with it detects that you are actively
alert on the windshield and rapidly nearby pedestrians when driving in steering. Override LKA by turning
beeps or pulses the driver seat. a forward gear. FPB displays an the steering wheel. LKA uses a
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) amber indicator, ~, when a nearby camera to detect lane markings
System 0 256. pedestrian is detected directly between 60 km/h (37 mph) and
ahead. When approaching a 180 km/h (112 mph).
Forward Automatic detected pedestrian too quickly,
See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
FPB provides a red flashing alert on
Braking (FAB) the windshield and rapidly beeps or
0 264 and Lane Keep Assist (LKA)
0 265.
If the vehicle has Forward Collision pulses the driver seat. FPB can
Alert (FCA), it also has FAB, which provide a boost to braking or
includes Intelligent Brake automatically brake the vehicle. Lane Change Alert (LCA)
Assist (IBA). When the system See Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) If equipped, the LCA system is a
detects a vehicle ahead in your path System 0 260. lane-changing aid that assists
that is traveling in the same drivers with avoiding lane change
direction that you may be about to crashes that occur with moving
crash into, it can provide a boost to vehicles in the side blind zone (or
braking or automatically brake the spot) areas or with vehicles rapidly
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
24 In Brief
approaching these areas from Rear Vision Parking Assist
behind. The LCA warning display
will light up in the corresponding
Camera (RVC) If equipped, Rear Parking
outside mirror and will flash if the If equipped, RVC shows a view of Assist (RPA) uses sensors on the
turn signal is on. The Side Blind the area behind the vehicle on the rear bumper to assist with parking
Zone Alert (SBZA) system is infotainment display when the and avoiding objects while in
included as part of the LCA system. vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse) to R (Reverse). It operates at speeds
aid with parking and low-speed less than 8 km/h (5 mph). RPA may
See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) show a warning triangle on the
0 262 and Lane Change Alert (LCA) backing maneuvers.
infotainment display and a graphic
0 263. See Assistance Systems for Parking on the instrument cluster to provide
or Backing 0 252. the object distance. In addition,
Surround Vision multiple beeps or seat pulses may
If equipped, views around the
Rear Cross Traffic Alert occur if very close to an object.
vehicle appear in the infotainment (RCTA) System The vehicle may also have the Front
display to aid with parking and If equipped, the RCTA system Parking Assist system.
low-speed maneuvers. shows a triangle with an arrow on See Assistance Systems for Parking
See “Surround Vision” under the infotainment display to warn of or Backing 0 252.
Assistance Systems for Parking or traffic behind your vehicle that may
Backing 0 252. cross your vehicle's path while in Power Outlets
R (Reverse). In addition, beeps will
Front Vision Camera sound, or the driver seat will pulse. The vehicle has two 12-volt
If equipped, a view of the area in accessory power outlets, which can
See Assistance Systems for Parking be used to plug in electrical
front of the vehicle appears on the or Backing 0 252.
infotainment display to aid with equipment, such as a cell phone or
parking and low-speed maneuvers. MP3 player.
See “Front Vision Camera” under The power outlets are located:
Assistance Systems for Parking or . On the center stack below the
Backing 0 252. climate controls.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
In Brief 25
. In the rear cargo area. Sunroof Slide Switch
To use the outlets, remove the If equipped, the ignition must be on Express-Open/Express-Close :
cover. or in ACC/ACCESSORY, Press and release D (1) to
See Power Outlets 0 124. or Retained Accessory Power (RAP) express-open the sunroof. Press
must be active to operate the and release g (1) to
Universal Remote System sunroof. express-close the sunroof.
See Ignition Positions 0 221 and
Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Open/Close (Manual Mode) : Fully
0 226. press D (1) to open the sunroof.
Release to stop at the desired
position. Fully press g (1) to
close the sunroof. Release to stop
at the desired position.
Tilt Switch
Vent Feature : Press E (2) to vent
the sunroof. Press again and hold to
open the sunroof. Release to stop at
the desired position. Press g (2)
If equipped, the Universal Remote to express-close the sunroof. Press
System allows for garage door again to stop the movement.
openers, security systems, and See Sunroof 0 53.
home automation devices to be 1. Sunroof Switch (SLIDE)
programmed to work with these 2. Vent Switch (TILT)
buttons in the vehicle.
See Universal Remote System
0 160.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
26 In Brief
Performance and . Press and release g again to The low tire pressure warning light
turn on both systems. may come on in cool weather when
Maintenance the vehicle is first started, and then
See Traction Control/Electronic turn off as the vehicle is driven. This
Stability Control 0 236.
Traction Control/ may be an early indicator that the
tire pressures are getting low and
Electronic Stability Tire Pressure Monitor the tires need to be inflated to the
Control This vehicle may have a Tire proper pressure.
The Traction Control System (TCS) Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). The TPMS does not replace normal
limits wheel spin. The system is on monthly tire maintenance. Maintain
when the vehicle is started. the correct tire pressures.
The StabiliTrak system assists with See Tire Pressure Monitor System
directional control of the vehicle in 0 323.
difficult driving conditions. The
system is on when the vehicle is Tire Fill Alert (If Equipped)
started. This feature provides visual and
. To turn off TCS, press and The low tire pressure warning light audible alerts outside the vehicle to
alerts to a significant loss in help when inflating an underinflated
release g. i illuminates in the pressure of one of the vehicle's tire to the recommended cold tire
instrument cluster and the a DIC tires. If the warning light comes on, pressure. See “Tire Fill Alert (If
message may display. stop as soon as possible and inflate Equipped)” under Tire Pressure
. Press and release g again to the tires to the recommended Monitor Operation 0 324.
pressure shown on the Tire and
turn TCS back on.
Loading Information label. See
. To turn off both TCS and Vehicle Load Limits 0 217. The
StabiliTrak, press and hold g warning light will remain on until the
until g and i illuminate in the tire pressure is corrected.
instrument cluster. A DIC
message may display.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
In Brief 27
Fuel No E85 or FlexFuel Driving for Better Fuel
Gasoline-ethanol fuel blends greater Economy
than E15 (15% ethanol by volume),
such as E85, cannot be used in this Driving habits can affect fuel
vehicle. mileage. Here are some driving tips
to get the best fuel economy
possible.
Engine Oil Life System
. On AWD vehicles, see Driver
Regular Fuel The engine oil life system calculates Mode Control 0 238.
engine oil life based on vehicle use
Use only unleaded gasoline rated and displays the CHANGE ENGINE . Avoid fast starts and accelerate
87 octane or higher in your vehicle. OIL SOON message when it is time smoothly.
Do not use gasoline with an octane to change the engine oil and filter. . Brake gradually and avoid
rating lower as it may result in The oil life system should be reset abrupt stops.
vehicle damage and lower fuel to 100% only following an oil
economy. See Fuel 0 267. change. . Avoid idling the engine for long
periods of time.
E85 or FlexFuel Resetting the Oil Life System
. When road and weather
1. Display the REMAINING OIL conditions are appropriate, use
LIFE on the DIC. cruise control.
. Always follow posted speed
(DIC) (Base and Midlevel)
0 145 or Driver Information limits or drive more slowly when
Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 148. conditions require.
. Keep vehicle tires properly
2. Press and hold V on the DIC inflated.
while the Oil Life display is
active. The oil life will change . Combine several trips into a
to 100%. single trip.
See Engine Oil Life System 0 288.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
28 In Brief
. Replace the vehicle's tires with
the same TPC Spec number
molded into the tire's sidewall
near the size.
. Follow recommended scheduled
maintenance.
Roadside Assistance
Program
U.S.: 1-888-881-3302
TTY Users (U.S. Only):
1-888-889-2438
Canada: 1-800-268-6800
New GMC owners are automatically
enrolled in the Roadside Assistance
Program.
See Roadside Assistance Program
0 388.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Keys, Doors, and Windows 29

Keys, Doors, and Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
50
50
Keys and Locks
Windows Automatic Dimming Mirror . . . . .
Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . .
50
50 Keys
Interior Mirrors { Warning
Keys and Locks Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . 51
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . 51
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Leaving children in a vehicle with
Automatic Dimming Rearview a Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is dangerous and
System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Windows children or others could be
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . 36 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 seriously injured or killed. They
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 could operate the power windows
Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 or other controls or make the
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 vehicle move. The windows will
Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . 40 Roof function with the RKE transmitter
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 in the vehicle, and children or
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 others could be caught in the path
Doors of a closing window. Do not leave
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 children in a vehicle with an RKE
transmitter.
Vehicle Security
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . 47
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . . . 48
Exterior Mirrors
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
30 Keys, Doors, and Windows

To remove the key, press the button If there is a decrease in the Remote
near the bottom of the transmitter, Keyless Entry (RKE) operating
and pull the key out. Never pull the range:
key out without pressing the button. . Check the distance. The
If it becomes difficult to turn the key, transmitter may be too far from
inspect the key blade for debris. the vehicle.
See your dealer if a new key is . Check the location. Other
needed. vehicles or objects may be
Contact Roadside Assistance if blocking the signal.
locked out of the vehicle. See . Check the transmitter's battery.
Roadside Assistance Program See “Battery Replacement” later
The key, inside the Remote Keyless 0 388. in this section.
Entry (RKE) transmitter, is used for With an active OnStar subscription, . If the transmitter is still not
the driver door. an OnStar Advisor may remotely working correctly, see your
unlock the vehicle. See OnStar dealer or a qualified technician
Overview 0 398. for service.
Remote Keyless Entry Remote Keyless Entry

(RKE) System (RKE) System Operation
See Radio Frequency Statement The Keyless Access system allows
0 394. for vehicle entry when the Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is
within 1 m (3 ft). See “Keyless
Access Operation” following.
The RKE transmitter functions may
work up to 60 m (197 ft) away from
the vehicle.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Other conditions, such as those personalization. If the passenger On some models, pressing and
previously stated, can impact the door is open when Q is pressed, all holding K will open all of the
performance of the transmitter. doors lock. windows, if enabled in vehicle
personalization.
Pressing Q may also arm the
theft-deterrent system. See Vehicle / : If equipped, press and release
Alarm System 0 47. Q and then immediately press and
K : Press to unlock the driver door. hold / for at least four seconds to
Press unlock again within start the engine from outside the
five seconds to unlock all doors. vehicle using the RKE transmitter.
The RKE transmitter can be See Remote Vehicle Start 0 36.
programmed to unlock all doors on 7 : Press and release one time to
the first button press. See Vehicle initiate vehicle locator. The exterior
Personalization 0 152. When lamps flash and the horn chirps
remotely unlocking the vehicle at three times. Press and hold 7 for
With Remote Start Shown, Without night the fog lamps and back-up three seconds to sound the panic
Similar lamps will come on for about alarm. The horn sounds and the
30 seconds to light your approach to turn signal lamps flash for
Q : Press to lock all doors. The turn the vehicle. The turn signal
signal indicators may flash and/or indicators may flash to indicate 30 seconds, or until 7 is pressed
the horn may sound on the second unlocking. See Vehicle again or the vehicle is started.
press to indicate locking. See Personalization 0 152. b : Press twice quickly to open or
Vehicle Personalization 0 152. close the liftgate.
Pressing K will disarm the
If the driver door is open when Q is theft-deterrent system. See Vehicle Press once to stop the liftgate from
pressed, all doors will lock and then Alarm System 0 47. moving.
the driver door will immediately
unlock, if enabled through vehicle
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Keyless Access Operation Keyless Unlocking/Locking from
Passenger Doors
With the Keyless Access system,
you can lock and unlock the doors When the doors are locked and the
and access the liftgate without RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) of
removing the RKE transmitter from the door handle, pressing the lock/
your pocket, purse, briefcase, etc. unlock button on that door handle
The RKE transmitter should be will unlock all doors. Pressing the
within 1 m (3 ft) of the liftgate or door lock/unlock button will cause all
being opened. doors to lock if any of the following
occur:
Keyless Access can be
programmed to unlock all doors on . The lock/unlock button was used
the first lock/unlock press from the to unlock all doors.
Driver Shown, Passenger Similar
driver door. See Vehicle . Any vehicle door has opened
Personalization 0 152. Pressing the lock/unlock button will
and all doors are now closed.
cause all doors to lock if any of the
If equipped with memory seats, RKE following occur: Passive Locking
transmitters 1 and 2 are linked to
seating positions of memory 1 or 2. . It has been more than If equipped with Keyless Access,
See Memory Seats 0 62. five seconds since the first lock/ this vehicle will lock several
unlock button press. seconds after all doors are closed if
Keyless Unlocking/Locking from the vehicle is off and at least one
the Driver Door . Two lock/unlock button presses
were used to unlock all doors. RKE transmitter has been removed
When the doors are locked and the or none remain in the interior.
RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) of . Any vehicle door has opened
and all doors are now closed. If other electronic devices interfere
the driver door handle, pressing the with the RKE transmitter signal, the
lock/unlock button on the driver door vehicle may not detect the RKE
handle will unlock the driver door. transmitter inside the vehicle.
If the lock/unlock button is pressed If passive locking is enabled, the
again within five seconds, all doors may lock with the RKE
passenger doors will unlock.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

transmitter inside the vehicle. Do Remote No Longer in Vehicle longer work. Each vehicle can have
not leave the RKE transmitter in an If the vehicle is on, with a door up to eight transmitters matched
unattended vehicle. open, and then all doors are closed, to it.
To customize the doors to the vehicle will check for RKE Programming with Recognized
automatically lock when exiting the transmitter(s) inside. If an RKE Transmitters
vehicle, see “Remote Lock, Unlock, transmitter is not detected, the DIC
A new transmitter can be
Start” under Vehicle Personalization will display NO REMOTE
programmed to the vehicle when
0 152. DETECTED and the horn will chirp
there are two recognized
three times. This occurs only once
Temporary Disable of Passive transmitters.
each time the vehicle is driven.
Locking Feature To program, the vehicle must be off
To turn on or off, see Vehicle
Temporarily disable the passive and all of the transmitters, both
Personalization 0 152.
locking by pressing and holding K currently recognized and new, must
on the interior door switch with a Keyless Liftgate Opening be with you.
door open for at least four seconds, Press the touch pad on the liftgate 1. Place the two recognized
or until three chimes are heard. handle to open the liftgate if the transmitters in the cupholder.
Passive locking will then remain RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft). 2. Remove the key lock cylinder
disabled until Q on the interior door cap on the driver door handle.
Programming Transmitters to
is pressed, or until the vehicle is See Door Locks 0 38. Insert
turned on. the Vehicle
the vehicle key of the new
Only RKE transmitters programmed transmitter into the key lock
Remote Left in Vehicle Alert
to the vehicle will work. If a cylinder on the driver door
When the vehicle is turned off and transmitter is lost or stolen, a handle and turn the key,
an RKE transmitter is left in the replacement can be purchased and counterclockwise, to the unlock
vehicle, the horn will chirp three programmed through your dealer. position five times within
times after all doors are closed. To The vehicle can be reprogrammed 10 seconds.
turn on or off, see Vehicle so that lost or stolen transmitters no
Personalization 0 152.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

The Driver Information Center 5. Remove the transmitter from 1. Remove the key lock cylinder
(DIC) displays READY FOR the transmitter pocket and cap on the driver door handle.
REMOTE #2, 3, 4, ETC. press the transmitter K or Q See Door Locks 0 38. Insert
button. the vehicle key of the
transmitter into the key lock
To program additional cylinder on the driver door
transmitters, repeat Steps 3–5. handle and turn the key,
When all additional transmitters counterclockwise, to the unlock
are programmed, press and position five times within
hold ENGINE START/STOP for 10 seconds.
12 seconds to exit The Driver Information Center
programming mode. (DIC) displays REMOTE
6. Put the key back into the LEARN PENDING,
transmitter. PLEASE WAIT.
Programming without Recognized 2. Wait for 10 minutes until the
Transmitters DIC displays PRESS ENGINE
3. Place the new transmitter into START BUTTON TO LEARN
the transmitter pocket. The If two currently recognized and then press ENGINE
transmitter pocket is inside the transmitters are not available, follow START/STOP.
center console storage area this procedure to program up to
between the driver and front eight transmitters. This feature is The DIC display will again
passenger seats. not available in Canada. This show REMOTE LEARN
procedure will take approximately PENDING, PLEASE WAIT.
4. Press ENGINE START/STOP.
30 minutes to complete. The vehicle 3. Repeat Step 2 two additional
When the transmitter is
must be off and all of the times. After the third time all
learned, the DIC will display
transmitters you wish to program previously known transmitters
that it is ready to program the
must be with you. will no longer work with the
next transmitter.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

vehicle. Remaining transmitters 5. Press ENGINE START/STOP. REPLACE BATTERY IN REMOTE
can be relearned during the When the transmitter is KEY message may also be
next steps. learned, the DIC will display displayed at this time.
The DIC display should now that it is ready to program the To start the vehicle:
show READY FOR REMOTE next transmitter.
1. Open the center console
# 1. 6. Remove the transmitter from storage area by opening the
the transmitter pocket and armrest.
press the transmitter K or Q
button.
To program additional
transmitters, repeat Steps 4–6.
When all additional transmitters
are programmed, press and
hold ENGINE START/STOP for
12 seconds to exit
programming mode.
7. Put the key back into the
transmitter.
4. Place the new transmitter into
the transmitter pocket. The Starting the Vehicle with a Low
Transmitter Battery 2. Place the transmitter in the
transmitter pocket is inside the transmitter pocket.
center console storage area When the vehicle is started, if the
between the driver and front transmitter battery is weak, the DIC 3. With the vehicle in P (Park) or
passenger seats. may display NO REMOTE N (Neutral), press the brake
DETECTED or NO REMOTE KEY pedal and ENGINE
WAS DETECTED PLACE KEY IN START/STOP.
TRANSMITTER POCKET THEN Replace the transmitter battery
START YOUR VEHICLE. The as soon as possible.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Battery Replacement 1. Insert a flat, thin object in the Remote Vehicle Start
center of the transmitter to
Replace the battery in the If available, this feature allows the
separate and remove the back
transmitter soon if the REPLACE engine to be started from outside of
cover.
BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY the vehicle.
message displays in the DIC.
/ : This button will be on the RKE
transmitter if the vehicle has remote
Caution
start.
When replacing the battery, do The climate control system will use
not touch any of the circuitry on the previous settings during a
the transmitter. Static from your remote start. The rear defog may
body could damage the come on during a remote start
transmitter. based on cold ambient conditions.
The rear fog indicator light does not
come on during a remote start.
To replace the battery:
If the vehicle has heated or
ventilated seats, they may come on
2. Lift the battery with a flat
during a remote start. See Heated
object.
and Ventilated Front Seats 0 64.
3. Remove the battery.
If equipped with a remote start
4. Insert the new battery, positive heated steering wheel, the heated
side toward the back cover. wheel will turn on automatically in
Replace with a CR2032 or remote start along with the heated
equivalent battery. seats when it is cold outside. See
5. Push together the transmitter. Heated Steering Wheel 0 120.
Laws in some local communities
may restrict the use of remote
starters. For example, some laws
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

may require a person using remote 3. With the RKE transmitter in the Canceling a Remote Start
start to have the vehicle in view. vehicle, press the brake pedal To cancel a remote start, do any of
Check local regulations for any and start the vehicle to drive. the following:
requirements.
Extending Engine Run Time
Other conditions can affect the . Press and hold / until the
performance of the transmitter. See The engine run time can also be parking lamps turn off.
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) extended by another 15 minutes,
System 0 30. if during the first 15 minutes
Steps 1 and 2 are repeated while flashers.
Starting the Engine Using Remote the engine is still running. An . Turn the vehicle on and then off.
Start extension can be requested
30 seconds after starting. This Conditions in Which Remote Start
1. Press and release Q on the provides a total of 30 minutes. Will Not Work
RKE transmitter. The remote start will not operate if
The remote start can only be
2. Immediately press and hold / extended once. any of the following occur:
for at least four seconds or until . A transmitter is in the vehicle.
When the remote start is extended,
the turn signal lamps flash. The the second 15-minute period is . The hood is not closed.
turn signal lamps flashing added on to the first 15 minutes for
confirms the request to remote . The hazard warning flashers
a total of 30 minutes. are on.
start the vehicle has been
received. A maximum of two remote starts, . There is an emission control
or a remote start with an extension, system malfunction.
During the remote start the are allowed between ignition cycles.
doors will be locked and the . The engine coolant temperature
parking lamps will remain on as The vehicle must be started and is too high.
long as the engine is running. then turned off before the remote
start procedure can be used again. . The oil pressure is low.
The engine will shut off after
15 minutes unless a time . Two remote vehicle starts or a
extension is done or the start with an extension have
vehicle is started. already been used.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

. The vehicle is not in P (Park). To lock or unlock the door from the
Warning (Continued) inside:
Door Locks can be overcome by . Press Q or K on the power door
extreme heat and can suffer lock switch.
{ Warning permanent injuries or even
. Push down on the door lock
death from heat stroke.
Unlocked doors can be Always lock the vehicle knob to lock a door.
dangerous. whenever leaving it. . Pull the door handle once to
. Passengers, especially . Outsiders can easily enter unlock the door. Pull the handle
children, can easily open through an unlocked door again to unlatch it.
the doors and fall out of a when you slow down or stop Keyless Access
moving vehicle. The doors the vehicle. Locking the
can be unlocked and doors can help prevent this
opened while the vehicle is from happening.
moving. The chance of
being thrown out of the
vehicle in a crash is To lock or unlock the door from the
increased if the doors are outside:
not locked. So, all . Press Q or K on the Remote
passengers should wear Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.
seat belts properly and the See Remote Keyless Entry
doors should be locked (RKE) System Operation 0 30.
whenever the vehicle is
driven. . Use the key in the driver door.
The key lock cylinder is covered
. Young children who get into If equipped, the RKE transmitter
with a cap.
unlocked vehicles may be must be within 1 m (3 ft) of the
unable to get out. A child liftgate or door being opened. Press
(Continued) the button on the door handle to
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

open. See “Keyless Access 3. Move the cap (2) rearward and
Operation” in Remote Keyless Entry remove.
(RKE) System Operation 0 30. 4. Use the key in the cylinder.
Driver Door Key Lock Cylinder To replace the cap:
Access (In Case of Dead
1. Pull the door handle (1) to the
Battery) open position and hold it open
until cap installation is
complete.
To access the driver door key lock

cylinder:
1. Pull the door handle (1) to the 2. Insert the two tabs (6) at the
open position and hold it open back of the cap between the
until cap removal is complete. seal (5) and the metal base (4).
3. Slide the cap forward and
2. Insert the key into the slot (3) press the forward edge to
on the bottom of the cap (2) install the cap in place.
and lift the key upward.
4. Release the door handle.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

5. Check that the cap is secure. Power Door Locks When Q is pressed on the power
Free-Turning Locks door lock switch while the door is
open, a chime will sound three
The door key lock cylinder turns times indicating delayed locking is
freely when either the wrong key is active.
used, or the correct key is not fully
inserted. The free-turning door lock The doors will lock automatically
feature prevents the lock from being five seconds after all doors are
forced open. To reset the lock, turn closed. If a door is reopened before
it to the vertical position with the that time, the five-second timer will
correct key fully inserted. Remove reset when all doors are closed
the key and insert it again. If this again.
does not reset the lock, turn the key Press Q on the door lock switch
halfway around in the cylinder and
repeat the reset procedure. again or press Q on the RKE
transmitter to lock the doors
Q : Press to lock the doors. The immediately.
indicator light in the switch will come
This feature can also be
on when the door is locked.
programmed. See Vehicle
K : Press to unlock the doors. Personalization 0 152.
Delayed Locking Automatic Door Locks

This feature delays the locking of The vehicle is programmed so that
the doors until five seconds after all when the doors are closed, the
doors are closed. ignition is on, and the shift lever is
Delayed locking can only be turned moved out of P (Park), the doors
on when the Unlocked Door will lock.
Anti-Lockout has been turned off.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

If a vehicle door is unlocked and transmitter is detected and the Manual Safety Locks
then opened and closed, the doors number of RKE transmitters inside
will lock either when your foot is has not reduced, the driver door will
removed from the brake or the unlock and the horn will chirp three
vehicle speed becomes faster than times.
13 km/h (8 mph). Lockout Protection can be manually
To unlock the doors: overridden with the driver door open
. Press K on a door. by pressing and holding Q on the
power door lock switch.
. Shift the transmission into
P (Park). Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout
Automatic door locking cannot be If Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout has
disabled. Automatic door unlocking been turned on and the vehicle is
can be programmed. See Vehicle off, the driver door is open, and
Personalization 0 152. locking is requested, all the doors If equipped, the safety lock is on the
will lock and the driver door will inside edge of the rear doors. To
Lockout Protection remain open. Press the button again use the safety lock:
to lock the driver door. The 1. Move the lever down to the
If the ignition is on or in ACC/ Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout feature lock position.
ACCESSORY and the power door can be turned on or off. See Vehicle
lock switch is pressed with the Personalization 0 152. 2. Close the door.
driver door open, all the doors will 3. Do the same for the other
lock and only the driver door will Safety Locks rear door.
unlock.
The rear door safety locks prevent To open a rear door when the safety
If the vehicle is off and locking is passengers from opening the rear lock is on:
requested while a door is open, doors from inside the vehicle.
when all doors are closed the 1. Unlock the door by activating
vehicle will check for RKE the inside handle, by pressing
transmitters inside. If an RKE the power door lock switch,
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

or by using the Remote Doors
Keyless Entry (RKE) Warning (Continued)
transmitter.
Liftgate . Adjust the climate control
2. Open the door from the system to a setting that
outside.
When the safety lock is enabled,
{ Warning brings in only outside air
and set the fan speed to the
adults and older children will not be Exhaust gases can enter the highest setting. See
able to open the rear door from the vehicle if it is driven with the “Climate Control Systems”
inside. Cancel the safety locks to liftgate or trunk/hatch open, in the Index.
enable the doors to open from the or with any objects that pass . If the vehicle is equipped
inside. through the seal between the with a power liftgate, disable
To cancel the safety lock: body and the trunk/hatch or the power liftgate function.
liftgate. Engine exhaust contains See Engine Exhaust 0 228.
1. Unlock the door and open it
carbon monoxide (CO) which
from the outside.
cannot be seen or smelled. It can
2. Move the lever up to unlock. cause unconsciousness and even
Do the same for the other door. death. Caution
If the vehicle must be driven with To avoid damage to the liftgate or
the liftgate or trunk/hatch open: liftgate glass, make sure the area
. Close all of the windows. above and behind the liftgate is
. clear before opening it.
Fully open the air outlets on
or under the instrument
panel.
(Continued)
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Manual Liftgate within 1 m (3 ft) of the touch pad.
See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation 0 30.
The liftgate has an electric latch.
If the battery is disconnected or has
low voltage, the liftgate will not
open. The liftgate will resume
operation when the battery is
reconnected and charged.
Power Liftgate Operation
{ Warning If equipped with a power liftgate, the

switch is on the driver door. The
You or others could be injured if vehicle must be in P (Park).
To unlock the liftgate, press K on caught in the path of the power
the power door lock switch or press liftgate. Make sure there is no one The modes are:
K on the RKE transmitter twice to in the way of the liftgate as it is . MAX: Opens to maximum
unlock all doors. Press the touch opening and closing. height.
pad on the bottom of the liftgate and
lift up. . 3/4: Opens to a reduced height
that can be set from 3/4 to fully
Use the pull cup to lower and close open. Use to prevent the liftgate
the liftgate. Do not press the touch Caution
from opening into overhead
pad while closing the liftgate. This obstructions such as a garage
Driving with an open and
will cause the liftgate to be door or roof-mounted cargo. The
unlatched. unsecured liftgate may result in
damage to the power liftgate liftgate can be manually opened
If equipped with Keyless Access, components. all the way.
the liftgate can be opened when . OFF: Opens manually only.
locked if the RKE transmitter is
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

To power open or close the liftgate, . Press l on the bottom of the to completion. If the vehicle is
select MAX or 3/4 mode. liftgate next to the pull cup to accelerated before the liftgate has
close. completed moving, the liftgate may
. Press b twice quickly on the stop or reverse direction. Check for
RKE transmitter until the liftgate Press any liftgate button or the DIC messages and make sure the
moves. touch pad while the liftgate is liftgate is closed and latched before
moving to stop it. Pressing again driving.
. Press 8 on the driver door. restarts the operation in the reverse
The driver door must either be direction. The touch pad on the Falling Liftgate Detection
unlocked or locked without the liftgate handle cannot be used to If the power liftgate automatically
security armed. close the liftgate. closes after a power opening cycle,
. Press the touch pad on the it indicates that the system is
bottom of the liftgate after Caution reacting to excess weight on the
unlocking all doors. If equipped liftgate or a possible support strut
with Keyless Access, the RKE Manually forcing the liftgate to failure. A repetitive chime will sound
transmitter must be within open or close during a power while the falling liftgate detection
1 m (3 ft). cycle can damage the vehicle. feature is operating. Remove any
Allow the power cycle to excess weight. If the liftgate
complete. continues to automatically close
after opening, see your dealer for
service before using the power
The power liftgate may be
liftgate.
temporarily disabled under extreme
low temperatures, or after repeated Interfering with the power liftgate
power cycling over a short period of motion or manually closing the
time. If this occurs, the liftgate can liftgate too quickly after power
still be operated manually. opening may resemble a support
strut failure. This could also activate
If the vehicle is shifted out of
the falling liftgate detection feature.
P (Park) while the power function is
in progress, the liftgate will continue
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Allow the liftgate to complete its sensor, the liftgate will reverse Manual Operation
operation and wait a few seconds direction and open fully. The liftgate
Select OFF to manually operate the
before manually closing the liftgate. will remain open until it is activated
liftgate. See “Manual Liftgate” at the
again or closed manually.
Obstacle Detection Features beginning of this section.
If the liftgate encounters an obstacle Setting the 3/4 Mode
during a power open or close cycle, To change the position the liftgate Caution
the liftgate will automatically reverse stops at when opening:
Attempting to move the liftgate
direction and move a short distance 1. Select MAX or 3/4 mode and
away from the obstacle. After too quickly and with excessive
power open the liftgate. force may result in damage to the
removing the obstruction, the power
liftgate operation can be used again. 2. Stop the liftgate movement at vehicle.
If the liftgate encounters multiple the desired height by pressing
obstacles on the same power cycle, any liftgate switch. Manually Operate the liftgate manually with a
the power function will deactivate. adjust the liftgate position if smooth motion and moderate
After removing the obstructions, needed. speed. The system includes a
manually close the liftgate which will feature which limits the manual
3. Press and hold l next to the
allow normal power operation closing speed to protect the
functions to resume. pull cup on the outside of the
liftgate until the turn signals components.
If the vehicle is locked while the flash and a beep sounds. This Hands-Free Operation
liftgate is closing, and an obstacle is indicates the setting has been
encountered that prevents the recorded. If equipped, the liftgate may be
liftgate from completely closing, the operated with a kicking motion
horn will sound as an alert that the The liftgate cannot be set below a under the left corner of the rear
liftgate did not close. minimum programmable height. bumper.
If there is no light flash or sound,
Pinch sensors are on the side then the height adjustment may be The liftgate will not operate if the
edges of the liftgate. If an object is too low. RKE transmitter is not within
caught between the liftgate and the 1 m (3 ft).
vehicle and presses against this
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

The hands-free feature will not work To operate, kick your foot straight up
while the liftgate is moving. To stop in one swift motion under the left
the liftgate while in motion use one corner of the rear bumper, then pull
of the liftgate switches. it back.
The hands-free feature can be
customized. See Vehicle Caution
Personalization 0 152. Choose from
the following: Splashing water may cause the
liftgate to open. Keep the RKE
On-Open and Close : The kicking transmitter away from the rear
motion is activated to both open and bumper detection area or turn the
close the liftgate. liftgate mode to OFF when
On-Open Only : The kicking motion Length of Kick Zone cleaning or working near the rear
is activated to only open the liftgate. bumper to avoid accidental
Off : The feature is disabled. opening.
. Do not sweep your foot side

to side.
. Do not keep your foot under the
bumper; the liftgate will not
activate.
. Do not touch the liftgate until it
has stopped moving.
. This feature may be temporarily
disabled under some conditions.
If the liftgate does not respond to
the kick, open or close the
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

liftgate by another method or Vehicle Security On Solid : Vehicle is secured
start the vehicle. The feature will during the delay to arm the system.
be re-enabled. This vehicle has theft-deterrent
Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured.
features; however, they do not make
When closing the liftgate using this A door, the hood, or the liftgate
the vehicle impossible to steal.
feature, there will be a short delay. is open.
The taillamps will flash and a chime
will sound. Step away from the Vehicle Alarm System Slow Flash : Alarm system is
armed.
liftgate before it starts moving. This vehicle has an anti-theft alarm
system. Arming the Alarm System
1. Close the liftgate and the hood.
Turn off the vehicle.
2. Lock the vehicle in one of
three ways:
. Use the RKE transmitter.
. Use the Keyless Access
system.
. With a door open, press the
inside Q.
3. After 30 seconds the alarm
system will arm, and the
The indicator light, on the indicator light will begin to
instrument panel near the slowly flash indicating the
windshield, indicates the status of alarm system is operating.
the system. Pressing Q on the RKE
Off : Alarm system is disarmed. transmitter a second time will
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

bypass the 30-second delay Disarming the Alarm System If the alarm system has been
and immediately arm the alarm activated, a message will appear on
To disarm the alarm system or turn
system. the Driver Information Center (DIC).
off the alarm if it has been activated:
The vehicle alarm system will not
arm if the doors are locked with . Press K on the RKE transmitter. Immobilizer
the key. . Unlock the vehicle using the See Radio Frequency Statement
If the driver door is opened without Keyless Access system. 0 394.
first unlocking with the RKE . Start the vehicle.
transmitter, the horn will chirp and Immobilizer Operation
the lights will flash to indicate To avoid setting off the alarm by
accident: This vehicle has a passive
pre-alarm. If the vehicle is not theft-deterrent system.
started, or the door is not unlocked . Lock the vehicle after all
by pressing K on the RKE occupants have left the vehicle The system does not have to be
transmitter during the 10-second and all doors are closed. manually armed or disarmed.
pre-alarm, the alarm will be . Always unlock a door with the The vehicle is automatically
activated. RKE transmitter or use the immobilized when the vehicle is
The alarm will also be activated if a Keyless Access system. turned off.
passenger door, the liftgate, or the Unlocking the driver door with the The immobilization system is
hood is opened without first key will not disarm the system or disarmed when the ignition is on or
disarming the system. When the turn off the alarm. in ACC/ACCESSORY and a valid
alarm is activated, the turn signals transmitter is present in the vehicle.
flash and the horn sounds for about How to Detect a Tamper
30 seconds. The alarm system will Condition
then re-arm to monitor for the next
unauthorized event. If K is pressed and the horn chirps
and the lights flash three times, the
alarm was activated while the alarm
system was armed.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

The security light, in the instrument If the ignition mode will not change Exterior Mirrors
cluster, comes on if there is a with the other transmitter or in the
problem with arming or disarming transmitter pocket, your vehicle
the theft-deterrent system. needs service. If the ignition does Convex Mirrors
The system has one or more RKE change modes, the first transmitter
transmitters matched to an may be faulty. See your dealer who { Warning
immobilizer control unit in your can service the theft-deterrent
system and have a new RKE A convex mirror can make things,
vehicle. Only a correctly matched like other vehicles, look farther
RKE transmitter will start the transmitter programmed to the
vehicle. away than they really are. If you
vehicle. If the transmitter is ever
cut too sharply into the right lane,
damaged, you may not be able to It is possible for the immobilizer
start your vehicle. system to learn new or replacement you could hit a vehicle on the
RKE transmitters. Up to eight right. Check the inside mirror or
When trying to start the vehicle, the glance over your shoulder before
security light may come on briefly transmitters can be programmed for
the vehicle. To program additional changing lanes.
when the ignition is turned on.
transmitters, see “Programming
If the engine does not start and the Transmitters to the Vehicle” under The passenger side mirror is convex
security light stays on, there is a Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) shaped. A convex mirror's surface is
problem with the system. Turn the System Operation 0 30. curved so more can be seen from
ignition off and try again. the driver seat.
Do not leave the key or device that
If the vehicle will not change ignition disarms or deactivates the
modes (ACC/ACCESSORY, on, off), theft-deterrent system in the vehicle.
and the RKE transmitter appears to
be undamaged, try another
transmitter. Or, you may try placing
the transmitter in the transmitter
pocket located in the center
console.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Power Mirrors automatic car wash. Push the mirror Automatic Dimming
outward to return it to the original
position.
Mirror
If the vehicle has the automatic
Memory Mirrors
dimming mirror, the driver outside
The vehicle may have memory mirror automatically adjusts for the
mirrors. See Memory Seats 0 62. glare of headlamps behind you.
Lane Change Alert (LCA)
Reverse Tilt Mirrors
The vehicle may have LCA. See
Lane Change Alert (LCA) 0 263. If equipped with memory seats, the
passenger and/or driver mirror tilts
Side Blind Zone Alert to a preselected position when the
The vehicle may have Side Blind vehicle is in R (Reverse). This
Zone Alert. See Side Blind Zone allows the curb to be seen when
To adjust a mirror: Alert (SBZA) 0 262. parallel parking.
The mirror(s) return to the original
1. Press } or | to choose the
driver or passenger mirror.
Heated Mirrors position when:
2. Press the arrows on the control

K : Press to heat the mirrors. . The vehicle is shifted out of
R (Reverse), or remains in
pad to move each mirror in the See “Rear Window Defogger” under
R (Reverse) for about
desired direction. Dual Automatic Climate Control
30 seconds.
System 0 198.
Folding Mirrors . The ignition is turned off.
. The vehicle is driven in
Manual Folding Mirrors R (Reverse) above a set speed.
The mirrors can be folded inward To turn this feature on or off, see
toward the vehicle to prevent Vehicle Personalization 0 152.
damage when going through an
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Interior Mirrors Windows The vehicle aerodynamics are
designed to improve fuel economy
performance. This may result in a
Interior Rearview Mirrors { Warning pulsing sound when either rear
Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear window is down and the front
Never leave a child, a helpless windows are up. To reduce the
view of the area behind the vehicle.
adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle, sound, open either a front window
Do not spray glass cleaner directly especially with the windows or the sunroof, if equipped.
on the mirror. Use a soft towel closed in warm or hot weather.
dampened with water. They can be overcome by the Power Windows
extreme heat and suffer
Manual Rearview Mirror permanent injuries or even death
If equipped, push the tab forward for from heat stroke. { Warning
daytime use and pull it rearward for Children could be seriously
nighttime use to avoid glare of the injured or killed if caught in the
headlamps from behind. path of a closing window. Never
leave the Remote Keyless Entry
Automatic Dimming (RKE) transmitter in a vehicle with
Rearview Mirror children. When there are children
in the rear seat, use the window
If equipped, automatic dimming
lockout switch to prevent
reduces the glare of headlamps
operation of the windows. See
from behind. The dimming feature
comes on when the vehicle is Keys 0 29.
started.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Window Lockout If equipped, pull the window switch
up fully and quickly release to
express close the window.
Briefly press or pull the window
switch in the same direction to stop
that window’s express movement.
Window Automatic Reversal
System
The express-close feature will
reverse window movement if it
comes in contact with an object.
Power windows work when the Extreme cold or ice could cause the
ignition is on, in ACC/ACCESSORY, window to auto-reverse. The
or when Retained Accessory Power This feature stops the rear window will operate normally after
(RAP) is active. See Retained passenger windows from working. the object or condition is removed.
Accessory Power (RAP) 0 226.
Press 2 to engage the rear Automatic Reversal System
Using the window switch, press to window lockout feature. The Override
open or pull to close the window. indicator light is on when engaged.
The windows may be temporarily
disabled if they are used repeatedly Press 2 again to disengage. { Warning
within a short time. Window Express Movement If automatic reversal system
override is active, the window will
All windows can be opened without not reverse automatically. You or
holding the window switch. Press others could be injured and the
the switch down fully and quickly window could be damaged.
release to express open the
Before using automatic reversal
window.
(Continued)
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

4. Open the window and continue Roof
Warning (Continued) to press the switch briefly after
the window has fully opened.
system override, make sure that Sunroof
all people and obstructions are Remote Window Operation
If equipped, the ignition must be on
clear of the window path. If equipped, this feature allows all or in ACC/ACCESSORY,
windows to be opened remotely. or Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
When the engine is on, override the If enabled in vehicle personalization, must be active to operate the
automatic reversal system by pulling press and hold K on the Remote sunroof.
and holding the window switch if Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter to See Ignition Positions 0 221 and
conditions prevent it from closing. open all windows. See Vehicle Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
Personalization 0 152. 0 226.
Programming the Power
Windows
Sun Visors
Programming may be necessary if
the vehicle battery has been
disconnected or discharged. If the
window is unable to express-up,
program each express-close
window:
1. Close all doors.
2. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/
ACCESSORY.
3. Partially open the window to be Pull the sun visor down to block
programmed. Then close it and glare. Detach the sun visor from the 1. Sunroof Switch (SLIDE)
continue to pull the switch center mount to pivot to the side 2. Vent Switch (TILT)
briefly after the window has window and, if equipped, extend
fully closed. along the rod.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Slide Switch The front sunshade can only be If an object is in the path while
Express-Open/Express-Close : opened and closed manually. The express closing, the reversal system
sunshade can be opened by will detect an object, stop, and open
Press and release D (1) to pushing up on the handle, and the sunroof again.
express-open the sunroof. The closed by pulling forward on the
sunshade will not open If frost or other conditions prevent
handle until it latches. closing, override the feature by
automatically. Press and release
g (1) to express-close the If equipped, the rear sunshade can closing the sunroof in manual mode.
sunroof. only be opened or closed manually. To stop movement, release the
To open, press the latch button (if switch.
Open/Close (Manual Mode) : Fully equipped) on the handle while
press D (1) to open the sunroof. pushing up to unlatch it. The
The sunshade will not automatically sunshade will retract to the open
open with the sunroof. Release to position. To close the sunshade, pull
stop at the desired position. Fully the handle forward until it latches.
press g (1) to close the sunroof. Do not try to close the sunshade
Release to stop at the desired while the sunroof is fully opened or
position. in the vent position.
The sunroof cannot be opened or
Tilt Switch
closed if the vehicle has an
Dirt and debris may collect on the
Vent Feature : Press E (2) to vent electrical failure.
sunroof seal or in the track. This
the sunroof. Press again and hold to could cause an issue with sunroof
Automatic Reversal System
open the sunroof. Release to stop at operation or noise. It could also plug
the desired position. The sunshade The sunroof has an automatic the water drainage system.
will not open automatically. Press reversal system that is only active Periodically open the sunroof and
g (2) to express-close the when the sunroof is operated in remove any obstacles or loose
sunroof. Press again to stop the express-close mode. debris. Wipe the sunroof seal and
movement. roof sealing area using a clean
cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not
remove grease from the sunroof.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

If water is seen dripping into the
water drainage system, this is
normal.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
56 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Seat Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Replacing Seat Belt System
Replacing LATCH System
Parts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . 105
Restraints Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Securing Child Restraints (With
the Seat Belt in the
Airbag System Front Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Securing Child Restraints (With
Head Restraints Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . 80
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 the Seat Belt in the
When Should an Airbag Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Front Seats Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 What Makes an Airbag
Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . 60 Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 How Does an Airbag
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 What Will You See after an
Heated and Ventilated Front Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Passenger Sensing System . . . 85
Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Rear Seats Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Adding Equipment to the
Heated Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . 90
Third Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . 90
Replacing Airbag System Parts
Seat Belts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
How to Wear Seat Belts Child Restraints
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Infants and Young Children . . . . 93
Seat Belt Use During Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . . 95
Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . 97
Seat Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 77 Children (LATCH System) . . . . 98
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Seats and Restraints 57

Head Restraints
Front Seats
{ Warning
With head restraints that are not
installed and adjusted properly,
there is a greater chance that
occupants will suffer a neck/
spinal injury in a crash. Do not
drive until the head restraints for
all occupants are installed and Adjust the head restraint so that the To raise or lower the head restraint,
adjusted properly. top of the restraint is at the same press the button located on the side
height as the top of the occupant's of the head restraint, and pull up or
head. This position reduces the push the head restraint down, and
The vehicle's front seats have
chance of a neck injury in a crash. release the button. Pull and push on
adjustable head restraints in the
The height of the head restraint can the head restraint after the button is
outboard seating positions.
be adjusted. released to make sure that it is
locked in place.
The front seat outboard head
restraints are not removable.
Rear Seats
Second Row Seats
The vehicle’s rear second row seats
have adjustable head restraints in
the outboard seating positions.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

The height of the head restraint can Folding the Second Row Head
be adjusted. Pull the head restraint Restraint
up to raise it. Try to move the head The head restraint can be folded
restraint to make sure that it is rearward to allow for better visibility
locked in place. when the rear seat is unoccupied.
The head restraint will fold rearward

automatically.
When an occupant or child restraint
is in the seat, always return the
head restraint to the full upright
position. Pull head restraint up and
To lower the head restraint, press To fold the head restraint, press the forward until it locks into place.
the button, located on the top of the button on the side of the head Push and pull on the head restraint
seatback, and push the head restraint. to make sure that it is locked.
restraint down. Try to move the
head restraint after the button is Always adjust the head restraint so
released to make sure that it is that the top of the restraint is at the
locked in place. same height as the top of the
occupant's head.
The second row head restraints are
not removable.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Third Row Seats Front Seats 2. Move the seat forward or
The vehicle’s rear third row seats rearward to adjust the seat
position.
have head restraints in the outboard Seat Adjustment
seating positions that cannot be 3. Release the handle to stop the
adjusted up or down. seat from moving.
The rear third row outboard head
{ Warning
4. Try to move the seat back and
restraints are not removable. You can lose control of the forth to be sure it is locked in
The rear third row outboard head vehicle if you try to adjust a driver place.
restraints are designed to be folded. seat while the vehicle is moving.
Seat Height Adjuster
Adjust the driver seat only when
The head restraint can be folded to the vehicle is not moving.
allow for better visibility when the
rear seat is unoccupied.
When folding the seatback down,
the head restraint will automatically
fold out of the way as the seat is
folded down.
Return the lowered head restraint to
the upright position until it locks into
place. Push and pull on the head
restraint to make sure it is locked.
If equipped, move the lever up or

down to manually raise or lower
the seat.
To adjust a manual seat:
1. Lift the handle at the front of
the seat cushion.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Power Seat Adjustment To adjust the lumbar support, see Reclining Seatbacks
Lumbar Adjustment 0 60.
Some vehicles are equipped with a
feature that activates a vibration in
{ Warning
the driver seat to help the driver Sitting in a reclined position when
avoid crashes. See Driver the vehicle is in motion can be
Assistance Systems 0 251. dangerous. Even when buckled
up, the seat belts cannot do
Lumbar Adjustment their job.
The shoulder belt will not be
against your body. Instead, it will
be in front of you. In a crash, you
could go into it, receiving neck or
other injuries.
To adjust a power seat, if equipped:
The lap belt could go up over
. Move the seat forward or
your abdomen. The belt forces
rearward by sliding the control
would be there, not at your pelvic
forward or rearward.
bones. This could cause serious
. Raise or lower the front part of internal injuries.
the seat cushion by moving the
front of the control up or down. For proper protection when the
vehicle is in motion, have the
. Raise or lower the entire seat by Press and hold the control forward seatback upright. Then sit well
moving the rear of the control up to increase or rearward to decrease back in the seat and wear the
or down. support. seat belt properly.
To adjust the seatback, see
Reclining Seatbacks 0 60.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

2. Push and pull on the seatback
to make sure it is locked.
Power Reclining Seatbacks
Do not have a seatback reclined if To recline the seatback:

the vehicle is moving. 1. Lift the lever.
Manual Reclining Seatbacks 2. Move the seatback to the
desired position, and then
. Tilt the top of the control
{ Warning release the lever to lock the
rearward to recline.
seatback in place.
If either seatback is not locked, it . Tilt the top of the control forward
could move forward in a sudden to raise.
to make sure it is locked.
stop or crash. That could cause
injury to the person sitting there. To return the seatback to the upright
Always push and pull on the position:
seatbacks to be sure they are 1. Lift the lever fully without
locked. applying pressure to the
seatback, and the seatback will
return to the upright position.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Memory Seats Then immediately press and hold 1, Settings menu, then Vehicle,
2, or B (Exit) on the driver door then Comfort and Convenience,
until two beeps sound. To manually and then Auto Memory Recall.
recall these positions, press and Select On or Off. See “Auto
Memory Recall” later in this
hold 1, 2, or B until the saved
section.
position is reached.
. To begin Easy Exit Recall
The vehicle identifies the current movement when the ignition is
driver’s RKE transmitter number (1– turned off and the driver door is
8). See Remote Keyless Entry opened, or when the ignition is
(RKE) System Operation 0 30. Only turned off with the driver door
RKE transmitters 1 and 2 can be already opened, select the
used for automatic memory recalls. Settings menu, then Vehicle,
A Driver Information Center (DIC) then Comfort and Convenience,
welcome message indicating the and then Easy Exit Options.
If equipped, memory seats allow two transmitter number may display for Select On or Off. See “Easy Exit
drivers to store and recall their the first few ignition cycles following Recall” later in this section.
unique seat positions for driving the a transmitter change. For Auto
vehicle, and a shared exit position Memory Recall to work properly, . See Vehicle Personalization
for getting out of the vehicle. Other save the positions to the memory 0 152 for additional setting
feature positions may also be set, button (1 or 2) matching the RKE information.
such as power mirrors and power transmitter number displayed in the Identifying Driver Number
steering wheel, if equipped. Memory DIC welcome message. Carry the
positions are linked to RKE linked RKE transmitter when To identify the driver number:
transmitter 1 or 2 for automatic entering the vehicle. 1. Start the vehicle with the other
memory recalls. key or RKE transmitter. The
Vehicle Personalization Settings
Before storing, adjust all available DIC should display the driver
memory feature positions. Turn the . To have the Auto Memory Recall number; 1 or 2. Turn the
ignition on and then press and movement begin when the
release SET; a beep will sound. vehicle is started, select the
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

ignition off and remove the key 4. Immediately press and hold the Manually Recalling Memory
or RKE transmitter from the 1 or 2 memory button matching Positions
vehicle. the above DIC welcome
message until two beeps Press and hold 1, 2, or B to recall
2. Start the vehicle with the initial the previously stored memory
key or RKE transmitter. The sound.
positions.
DIC should display the other If too much time passes
driver number not shown in between releasing SET and To stop manual recall movement,
step 1. pressing 1, the memory release 1, 2, or B. Recall can also
position will not be saved and be stopped by pressing a power
Saving Memory Positions two beeps will not sound. seat, SET, power mirror, or power
Read these instructions completely Repeat Steps 3 and 4. steering wheel control, if memory
before saving memory positions. 1 or 2 corresponds to the driver equipped. The driver or passenger
To save preferred driving positions number. See “Identifying Driver side mirror must be selected.
1 and 2: Number” in this section. Auto Memory Recall
1. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/ 5. Repeat Steps 1–4 for a second The vehicle identifies the number of
ACCESSORY. driver using 1 or 2. the current driver’s RKE transmitter
A DIC welcome message may (1–8). See Remote Keyless Entry
To save the position for B and
be displayed indicating number (RKE) System Operation 0 30. If the
easy exit features, repeat Steps 1–4 RKE transmitter is 1 or 2, and Auto
1 or 2 for memory recalls.
using B. This stores the position Memory Recall is programmed on in
2. Adjust all available memory for getting out of the vehicle. vehicle personalization, the
features to the desired driving positions saved to the same
position. Save preferred memory feature
positions to both 1 and 2 if you are memory button number 1 or 2 are
3. Press and release SET; a beep the only driver. automatically recalled when the
will sound. ignition is turned on, or turned from
off to ACC/ACCESSORY. RKE
transmitters 3–8 will not provide
automatic memory recalls.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

To turn Auto Memory Recall on or saved to. Try storing the position to . Power mirror, with the driver or
off, see "Vehicle Personalization the other memory button or try the passenger side mirror selected
Settings" previously in this section other RKE transmitter. . Power steering wheel,
and Vehicle Personalization 0 152. if equipped
Easy Exit Recall
The transmission must be in
P (Park) to initiate Auto Memory Easy Exit Recall is not linked to an Obstructions
Recall. Auto Memory Recall will RKE transmitter. The position stored If something has blocked the driver
complete if the vehicle is shifted out to B is used for all drivers. To turn seat and/or power steering wheel
of P (Park) prior to reaching the Easy Exit Recall on or off, see while recalling a memory position,
stored memory position. "Vehicle Personalization Settings" the recall may stop. Remove the
previously in this section and obstruction and try the recall again.
To stop Auto Memory Recall Vehicle Personalization 0 152.
movement, turn the ignition off or If the memory position still does not
press any of the following memory If turned on, the position saved to recall, see your dealer for service.
controls: B is automatically recalled when
one of the following occurs: Heated and Ventilated
. Power seat
. The vehicle is turned off and the Front Seats
. Memory SET, 1, 2, or B driver door is opened within a
. Power mirror, with the driver or short time. { Warning
passenger side mirror selected . The vehicle is turned off with the
If temperature change or pain to
. Power steering wheel, driver door open.
the skin cannot be felt, the seat
if equipped To stop Easy Exit Recall movement, heater may cause burns. To
If the stored memory seat position press any of the following memory reduce the risk of burns, use care
does not automatically recall or controls: when using the seat heater,
recalls to the wrong positions, the . Power seat especially for long periods of
driver’s RKE transmitter number (1 time. Do not place anything on
or 2) may not match the memory . Memory SET, 1, 2, or B the seat that insulates against
button number that positions were (Continued)
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Press I or +, if available, to heat Remote Start Heated and
Warning (Continued) Ventilated Seats
the driver or passenger
heat, such as a blanket, cushion, seatback only. During a remote start, the heated or
cover, or similar item. This may ventilated seats, if equipped, can be
Press J or z to heat the driver or
cause the seat heater to turned on automatically. When it is
passenger cushion and seatback. cold outside, the heated seats will
overheat. An overheated seat
heater may cause a burn or may Press C or {, if available, to turn on followed by the heated
damage the seat. ventilate the driver or passenger steering wheel, if equipped. When it
seat. A ventilated seat has a fan is hot outside, the ventilated seats
that pulls or pushes air through the turn on. The heated or ventilated
seat. The air is not cooled. seats are canceled when the
ignition is turned on. Press the
When a heated seat is turned on, heated or ventilated seat button to
the indicator on button turns red. use the heated or ventilated seats
When a ventilated seat is turned on, after the vehicle is started.
the indicator on button turns blue.
The heated or ventilated seat
Press the button once for the indicator lights do not turn on during
highest setting. With each press of a remote start.
the button, the seat will change to
the next lower setting, and then to The temperature performance of an
the off setting. The indicator lights unoccupied seat may be reduced.
next to the buttons indicate three for This is normal.
Heated and Ventilated Seat the highest setting and one for the The remote start heated or
Buttons Shown, Heated Seat lowest. If the front heated seats are ventilated seats may be enabled or
Buttons Similar on high, the level may automatically disabled in the vehicle
be lowered after approximately personalization menu.
If equipped, the buttons are near the 30 minutes. See Remote Vehicle Start 0 36 and
climate controls on the center stack. Vehicle Personalization 0 152.
To operate, the ignition must be on. The passenger seat may take
longer to heat up.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Rear Seats the vehicle through the rear door
and left the vehicle without the
2. Lift the lever below the seat
cushion and slide the seat
Rear Seat Reminder vehicle being shut off. forward or backward.
If equipped, the message REAR The feature can be turned on or off. 3. Push and pull on the seatback
SEAT REMINDER LOOK IN REAR See Vehicle Personalization 0 152. to ensure the seat is locked in
SEAT displays under certain place.
Rear Seat Adjustment
conditions indicating there may be
The second row seats slide forward
Entering and Exiting the
an item or passenger in the rear
seat. Check before exiting the for more room. Third Row
vehicle.
This feature will activate when a
{ Warning
second row door is opened while Using the third row seating
the vehicle is on or up to 10 minutes position while the second row is
before the vehicle is turned on. folded, or folded and tumbled,
There will be an alert when the could cause injury in a sudden
vehicle is turned off. The alert does
stop or crash. Be sure to return
not directly detect objects in the rear
the seat to the passenger seating
seat; instead, under certain
conditions, it detects when a rear position. Push and pull on the
door is opened and closed, seat to make sure it is locked into
indicating that there may be place.
something in the rear seat.
The feature is active only once each To adjust the seat position:
time the vehicle is turned on and off, 1. Remove objects on the floor in
and will require reactivation by front of or on the second row
opening and closing the second row seat, or in the seat tracks on
doors. There may be an alert even the floor.
when there is nothing in the rear
seat; for example, if a child entered
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

To access the third row from the To access the third row from the
{ Warning driver side: passenger side:
If the seatback and floor latches 1. Remove objects on the floor in Remove objects on the floor in front
are not locked, the seat could front of or on the second row of the second row seat, or in the
move forward in a sudden stop or seat, or in the seat tracks on seat tracks on the floor.
crash and injure the occupant. the floor. The second row passenger side
Always push and pull on the 2. Make sure that the seat belt is seat can be easily moved for third
seatbacks to be sure the unfastened and in the stowed row entry or exit with a
seatback and floor latches are position. forward-facing child restraint
locked. installed using the LATCH system.
Remove a rear-facing child restraint
before moving the seat for third row
entry or exit.
Caution
Folding a rear seat with the seat { Warning
belts still fastened may cause Remove the child from the child
damage to the seat or the seat restraint before moving the seat
belts. Always unbuckle the seat forward for third row entry or exit.
belts and return them to their Failure to do so may result in
normal stowed position before injury to the child.
folding a rear seat.
3. Pull the handle on top of the Pull the handle on top of the seat
seat forward and pull the seat forward and pull the seat forward.
forward.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Returning the Seat to the Reclining the Seatbacks Folding the Seatbacks
Seating Position To recline the seatbacks:
To return the second row seat to its
normal seating position:
1. Remove objects on the floor
behind the second row seat or
in the seat tracks on the floor.
2. Push on the seatback until the
seat is locked into place.
and seat cushion to make sure
they are locked in place.
4. Check that the seat belt is not To fold the second row seatbacks:
under the seat cushion.
1. Leaning rearward in the seat, 1. Remove anything on or under
pull the reclining seatback the seat.
handle.
2. Fold the head restraint
2. Move the seatback to the rearward. See Head Restraints
desired position, and then 0 57.
release the handle to lock the
seatback in place. 3. Pull forward on the reclining
seatback handle.
to make sure it is locked. To return the seatback to the
seating position, lift the seatback
and push it rearward until it locks
into place. Push and pull on the
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

seatback to make sure it is locked. Heated Rear Seats climate controls, an indicator light
Push on the head restraint to return on the button will turn on when the
it to the upright, locked position. heated seat is on. On vehicles with
{ Warning rear climate controls, an indicator on
If temperature change or pain to the climate control display appears
when this feature is on.
the skin cannot be felt, the seat
heater may cause burns. See the On vehicles without rear climate
Warning under Heated and controls but equipped with heated
Ventilated Front Seats 0 64. rear seats, press the button again to
turn this feature off. The light on the
button will turn off. On vehicles with
rear climate controls, this feature
turns on at the highest setting. With
each press of the button, the heated
seat changes to the next lower
setting, and then the off setting.
The second row seatbacks can also Three lights indicate the highest
be folded forward by pulling the setting, and one light indicates the
levers on the driver side of the rear lowest. If the heated seats are on
cargo area. The top lever folds the high, the level may automatically be
driver side seatback and the bottom lowered after approximately
lever folds the passenger side 30 minutes.
seatback.
If equipped, the buttons are on the
rear of the center console.
With the ignition on, press M or L
to heat the left or right outboard seat
cushion. On vehicles without rear
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Third Row Seats To fold the third row seatback: 6. Repeat for the other seatback,
1. Remove objects on the floor in if necessary.
{ Warning front of or on the second row
seat, or in the seat tracks on
Returning the Seat to the
Seating Position
Using the third row seating the floor.
position while the second row is To return the seatback to the
2. If the second row seat is in the seating position:
folded, or pushed forward in the full rear position, adjust it
entry position, could cause injury forward to allow the third row 1. From the rear of the vehicle,
in a sudden stop or crash. Be seat to fold fully flat. raise the seatback to the
sure to return the seat to the upright position using the strap
passenger seating position. Push 3. Remove anything on or under on the back of the third row
the seat. seat, or lift the seatback and
and pull on the seat to make sure
it is locked into place. push it into place from inside
the vehicle.
Folding the Seatback
{ Warning
Caution If either seatback is not locked, it
could move forward in a sudden
Folding a rear seat with the seat stop or crash. That could cause
belts still fastened may cause injury to the person sitting there.
damage to the seat or the seat Always push and pull on the
belts. Always unbuckle the seat seatbacks to be sure they are
belts and return them to their locked.
normal stowed position before
folding a rear seat. 4. Pull the strap on the seatback.
5. Push the seatback forward to
to make sure it is locked in
lay flat.
place.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
{ Warning Seat Belts Warning (Continued)

This section describes how to use
A seat belt that is improperly seat belts properly, and some things passengers to ride in any area of
routed, not properly attached, not to do. the vehicle that is not equipped
or twisted will not provide the with seats and seat belts.
protection needed in a crash. The
person wearing the belt could be
{ Warning Always wear a seat belt, and
check that all passenger(s) are
seriously injured. After raising the Do not let anyone ride where a restrained properly too.
rear seatback, always check to be seat belt cannot be worn properly.
sure that the seat belts are In a crash, if you or your
properly routed and attached, and passenger(s) are not wearing This vehicle has indicators as a
are not twisted. reminder to buckle the seat belts.
seat belts, injuries can be much
See Seat Belt Reminders 0 134.
worse than if you are wearing
seat belts. You can be seriously Why Seat Belts Work
injured or killed by hitting things
inside the vehicle harder or by
being ejected from the vehicle. In
addition, anyone who is not
buckled up can strike other
passengers in the vehicle.
It is extremely dangerous to ride
in a cargo area, inside or outside
of a vehicle. In a collision,
passengers riding in these areas
are more likely to be seriously
injured or killed. Do not allow
(Continued)
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

When riding in a vehicle, you travel Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why It is very important for all occupants
as fast as the vehicle does. If the should I have to wear seat to buckle up. Statistics show that
vehicle stops suddenly, you keep belts? unbelted people are hurt more often
going until something stops you. A: Airbags are supplemental in crashes than those who are
It could be the windshield, the systems only. They work with wearing seat belts.
instrument panel, or the seat belts! seat belts — not instead of them. There are important things to know
When you wear a seat belt, you and Whether or not an airbag is about wearing a seat belt properly.
the vehicle slow down together. provided, all occupants still have
There is more time to stop because to buckle up to get the most
you stop over a longer distance and, protection.
when worn properly, your strongest Also, in nearly all states and in
bones take the forces from the seat all Canadian provinces, the law
belts. That is why wearing seat belts requires wearing seat belts.
makes such good sense.
Questions and Answers About How to Wear Seat Belts
Seat Belts Properly
Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle This section is only for people of
after a crash if I am wearing a adult size.
seat belt?
There are special things to know
A: You could be — whether you are about seat belts and children, and . Sit up straight and always keep
wearing a seat belt or not. Your there are different rules for smaller your feet on the floor in front
chance of being conscious children and infants. If a child will be of you.
during and after a crash, so you riding in the vehicle, see Older . Always use the correct buckle
can unbuckle and get out, is Children 0 91 or Infants and Young for your seating position.
much greater if you are belted. Children 0 93. Follow those rules for . Wear the lap part of the belt low
everyone's protection.
and snug on the hips, just
touching the thighs. In a crash,
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

this applies force to the strong Lap-Shoulder Belt The lap-shoulder belt may lock
pelvic bones and you would be if you pull the belt across you
less likely to slide under the lap All seating positions in the vehicle very quickly. If this happens, let
belt. If you slid under it, the belt have a lap-shoulder belt. the belt go back slightly to
would apply force on your The following instructions explain unlock it. Then pull the belt
abdomen. This could cause how to wear a lap-shoulder belt across you more slowly.
serious or even fatal injuries. properly. If the shoulder portion of a
. Wear the shoulder belt over the 1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is passenger belt is pulled out all
shoulder and across the chest. adjustable, so you can sit up the way, the child restraint
These parts of the body are best straight. To see how, see locking feature may be
able to take belt restraining “Seats” in the Index. engaged. If this happens, let
forces. The shoulder belt locks if the belt go back all the way
there is a sudden stop or crash. and start again.
Engaging the child restraint
{ Warning locking feature in the front
outboard seating position may
You can be seriously injured, affect the passenger sensing
or even killed, by not wearing system. See Passenger
your seat belt properly. Sensing System 0 85.
. Never allow the lap or
shoulder belt to become
loose or twisted.
. Never wear the shoulder
belt under both arms or
behind your back. 2. Pick up the latch plate and pull
the belt across you. Do not let
. Never route the lap or it get twisted.
shoulder belt over an
armrest.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

3. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks.
Pull up on the latch plate to
make sure it is secure. If the
belt is not long enough, see
Seat Belt Extender 0 77.
Position the release button on
the buckle so that the seat belt
could be quickly unbuckled if
necessary.
If the webbing locks in the latch To unlatch the belt, push the button
plate before it reaches the on the buckle. The belt should
buckle, tilt the latch plate flat to return to its stowed position.
unlock. Always stow the seat belt slowly.
If the seat belt webbing returns
quickly to the stowed position, the
retractor may lock and cannot be
pulled out. If this happens, pull the
seat belt straight out firmly to unlock
the webbing, and then release it.
If the webbing is still locked in the
retractor, see your dealer.
4. To make the lap part tight, pull
up on the shoulder belt. Before a door is closed, be sure the
seat belt is out of the way. If a door
is slammed against a seat belt,
damage can occur to both the seat
belt and the vehicle.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 10/2/17

Seat Belt Pretensioners Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides seating position. Use the following
instructions to install the comfort
This vehicle has seat belt
pretensioners for front outboard { Warning guides.
occupants. Although the seat belt If not equipped on the seat, comfort
pretensioners cannot be seen, they A seat belt that is not properly guides for the second row outboard
are part of the seat belt assembly. worn may not provide the seating positions may be provided
They can help tighten the seat belts protection needed in a crash. The in a package in the glovebox or
during the early stages of a person wearing the belt could be cargo area, or they are available
moderate to severe frontal, near seriously injured. The shoulder through your dealer. Instructions are
frontal, or rear crash if the threshold belt should go over the shoulder included with the guide.
conditions for pretensioner and across the chest. These parts To install a pocket-style guide:
activation are met. Seat belt of the body are best able to take
pretensioners can also help tighten belt restraining forces.
the seat belts in a side crash or a
rollover event.
Rear seat belt comfort guides may
Pretensioners work only once. If the provide added seat belt comfort for
pretensioners activate in a crash, older children who have outgrown
the pretensioners and probably booster seats and for some adults.
other parts of the vehicle’s seat belt When installed on a shoulder belt,
system will need to be replaced. the comfort guide positions the
See Replacing Seat Belt System shoulder belt away from the neck
Parts after a Crash 0 78. and head.
Do not sit on the outboard seat belt Second Row Outboard Seating
while entering or exiting the vehicle Positions
or at any time while sitting in the 1. Remove the guide from its
seat. Sitting on the seat belt can The vehicle may be equipped with storage pocket on the side of
damage the webbing and hardware. comfort guides in a pocket on the the seat.
side of each second row outboard
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

3. Be sure that the belt is not removed from the guide. Slide the
twisted and it lies flat. The guide back into its storage pocket
elastic cord must be behind the on the side of the seatback.
belt with the plastic guide on
the front. Third Row Seating Positions
Comfort guides are available
through your dealer for the third row
seating positions. Instructions are
included with the guide.
Seat Belt Use During

Pregnancy
2. Place the guide over the belt, Seat belts work for everyone,
and insert the two edges of the including pregnant women. Like all
belt into the slots of the guide. occupants, they are more likely to
be seriously injured if they do not
wear seat belts.
4. Buckle, position, and release
the seat belt as described
previously in this section. Make
sure the shoulder belt crosses
the shoulder. The belt should
be close to, but not contacting,
the neck.
To remove and store the comfort
guide, squeeze the belt edges
together so that the seat belt can be
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Seat Belt Extender seat belt system from performing
properly. See your dealer to have it
If the vehicle's seat belt will fasten repaired. Torn or frayed seat belts
around you, you should use it. may not protect you in a crash.
But if a seat belt is not long enough, They can rip apart under impact
your dealer will order you an forces. If a belt is torn or frayed,
extender. When you go in to order it, have it replaced immediately.
take the heaviest coat you will wear, Make sure the seat belt reminder
so the extender will be long enough light is working. See Seat Belt
for you. To help avoid personal Reminders 0 134.
injury, do not let someone else use
it, and use it only for the seat it is Keep seat belts clean and dry. See
made to fit. The extender has been Seat Belt Care 0 77.
A pregnant woman should wear a
lap-shoulder belt, and the lap designed for adults. Never use it for
securing child restraints. For more Seat Belt Care
portion should be worn as low as
possible, below the rounding, information on the proper use and fit Keep belts clean and dry.
throughout the pregnancy. of seat belt extenders see the
instruction sheet that comes with
The best way to protect the fetus is the extender. { Warning
to protect the mother. When a seat
belt is worn properly, it is more likely Do not bleach or dye seat belt
Safety System Check webbing. It may severely weaken
that the fetus will not be hurt in a
crash. For pregnant women, as for Periodically check the seat belt the webbing. In a crash, they
anyone, the key to making seat reminder, seat belts, buckles, latch might not be able to provide
belts effective is wearing them plates, retractors, shoulder belt adequate protection. Clean and
properly. height adjusters (if equipped), and rinse seat belt webbing only with
seat belt anchorages to make sure mild soap and lukewarm water.
they are all in working order. Look Allow the webbing to dry.
for any other loose or damaged seat
belt system parts that might keep a
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Seat belts should be properly cared Airbag System
for and maintained. Warning (Continued)
The vehicle has the following
Seat belt hardware should be kept working properly after a crash, airbags:
dry and free of dust or debris. As have them inspected and any
necessary exterior hard surfaces necessary replacements made as . A frontal airbag for the driver
and seat belt webbing may be lightly soon as possible. . A frontal airbag for the front
cleaned with mild soap and water. outboard passenger
Ensure there is not excessive dust
or debris in the mechanism. If dust After a minor crash, replacement of . A knee airbag for the driver
or debris exists in the system please seat belts may not be necessary. . A front center airbag for the
see the dealer. Parts may need to But the seat belt assemblies that driver and front outboard
be replaced to ensure proper were used during any crash may passenger
functionality of the system. have been stressed or damaged.
See your dealer to have the seat . A seat-mounted side impact
belt assemblies inspected or airbag for the driver
Replacing Seat Belt
replaced. . A seat-mounted side impact
System Parts after a
New parts and repairs may be airbag for the front outboard
Crash necessary even if the seat belt passenger
system was not being used at the . A roof-rail airbag for the driver
{ Warning time of the crash. and for the second and third row
Have the seat belt pretensioners passengers seated directly
A crash can damage the seat belt
checked if the vehicle has been in a behind the driver
system in the vehicle. A damaged
seat belt system may not properly crash, or if the airbag readiness light . A roof-rail airbag for the front
protect the person using it, stays on after you start the vehicle outboard passenger and the
or while you are driving. See Airbag second and third row
resulting in serious injury or even
Readiness Light 0 135. passengers seated directly
death in a crash. To help make
sure the seat belt systems are behind the front outboard
passenger
(Continued)
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

All vehicle airbags have the word Here are the most important things
AIRBAG on the trim or on a label to know about the airbag system: { Warning
near the deployment opening.
Because airbags inflate with great
For frontal airbags, the word { Warning force and faster than the blink of
AIRBAG is on the center of the an eye, anyone who is up
steering wheel for the driver and on You can be severely injured or
killed in a crash if you are not against, or very close to any
the instrument panel for the front airbag when it inflates can be
outboard passenger. wearing your seat belt, even with
airbags. Airbags are designed to seriously injured or killed. Do not
For knee airbags, the word AIRBAG work with seat belts, not replace sit unnecessarily close to any
is on the lower part of the airbag, as you would be if sitting
them. Also, airbags are not
instrument panel. on the edge of the seat or leaning
designed to inflate in every crash.
For the front center airbag, the word In some crashes seat belts are forward. Seat belts help keep you
AIRBAG is on the inboard side of the only restraint. See When in position before and during a
the driver seatback. Should an Airbag Inflate? 0 82. crash. Always wear a seat belt,
even with airbags. The driver
For seat-mounted side impact Wearing your seat belt during a should sit as far back as possible
airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the crash helps reduce your chance
side of the seat closest to the door. while still maintaining control of
of hitting things inside the vehicle the vehicle. The seat belts and
For roof-rail airbags, the word or being ejected from it. Airbags the front outboard passenger
AIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim. are “supplemental restraints” to airbags are most effective when
Airbags are designed to supplement the seat belts. Everyone in the you are sitting well back and
the protection provided by seat vehicle should wear a seat belt upright in the seat with both feet
belts. Even though today's airbags properly, whether or not there is on the floor.
are also designed to help reduce an airbag for that person.
(Continued)
the risk of injury from the force of an
inflating bag, all airbags must inflate
very quickly to do their job.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Warning (Continued)
Where Are the Airbags?
Occupants should not lean on or
sleep against the front center
armrest or console in vehicles
with a front center airbag.
There is an airbag readiness light
Occupants should not lean on or on the instrument cluster, which
sleep against the door or side shows the airbag symbol.
windows in seating positions with The system checks the airbag
seat-mounted side impact airbags electrical system for malfunctions.
and/or roof-rail airbags. The light tells you if there is an
electrical problem. See Airbag
Readiness Light 0 135.
{ Warning The driver frontal airbag is in the
center of the steering wheel.
Children who are up against, The front outboard passenger
or very close to, any airbag when frontal airbag is in the passenger
it inflates can be seriously injured side instrument panel.
or killed. Always secure children
properly in the vehicle. To read
how, see Older Children 0 91 or
Infants and Young Children 0 93.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
The driver knee airbag is below the Driver Side Shown, Passenger Driver Side Shown, Passenger
steering column. Side Similar Side Similar
The seat-mounted side impact The roof-rail airbags for the driver,
airbags for the driver and front front outboard passenger, and
outboard passenger are in the sides second and third row outboard
of the seatbacks closest to the door. passengers are in the ceiling above
the side windows.
{ Warning
If something is between an
occupant and an airbag, the
airbag might not inflate properly
or it might force the object into
that person causing severe injury
The front center airbag is in the (Continued)
inboard side of the driver seatback.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Warning (Continued)
When Should an Airbag It depends on what is hit, the
direction of the impact, and how
Inflate? quickly the vehicle slows down.
or even death. The path of an This vehicle is equipped with
inflating airbag must be kept Frontal airbags may inflate at
airbags. See Airbag System 0 78. different crash speeds depending on
clear. Do not put anything Airbags are designed to inflate if the
between an occupant and an whether the vehicle hits an object
impact exceeds the specific airbag straight on or at an angle, and
airbag, and do not attach or put system's deployment threshold.
anything on the steering wheel whether the object is fixed or
Deployment thresholds are used to moving, rigid or deformable, narrow
hub or on or near any other predict how severe a crash is likely or wide.
airbag covering. to be in time for the airbags to
inflate and help restrain the Frontal airbags are not intended to
Do not use seat or console inflate during vehicle rollovers, in
accessories that block the occupants. The vehicle has
electronic sensors that help the rear impacts, or in many side
inflation path of a seat-mounted impacts.
airbag system determine the
side impact airbag or the front
severity of the impact. Deployment In addition, the vehicle has
center airbag. thresholds can vary with specific advanced technology frontal
Never secure anything to the roof vehicle design. airbags. Advanced technology
of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags Frontal airbags are designed to frontal airbags adjust the restraint
by routing a rope or tie-down inflate in moderate to severe frontal according to crash severity.
through any door or window or near frontal crashes to help Knee airbags are designed to inflate
opening. If you do, the path of an reduce the potential for severe in moderate to severe frontal or
inflating roof-rail airbag will be injuries, mainly to the driver's or near frontal impacts. Knee airbags
blocked. front outboard passenger's head are not designed to inflate during
and chest. vehicle rollovers, in rear impacts,
Whether the frontal airbags will or or in many side impacts.
should inflate is not based primarily The front center airbag is designed
on how fast the vehicle is traveling. to inflate in moderate to severe side
crashes depending upon the
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

location of the impact, when either rear impacts. Both roof-rail airbags How Does an Airbag
side of the vehicle is struck. In will inflate when either side of the
addition, the front center airbag is vehicle is struck, if the sensing
Restrain?
designed to inflate when the system predicts that the vehicle is In moderate to severe frontal or
sensing system predicts that the about to roll over on its side, or in a near frontal collisions, even belted
vehicle is about to roll over on its severe frontal impact. occupants can contact the steering
side. The front center airbag is not In any particular crash, no one can wheel or the instrument panel. In
designed to inflate in frontal say whether an airbag should have moderate to severe side collisions,
impacts, near frontal impacts, inflated simply because of the even belted occupants can contact
or rear impacts. vehicle damage or repair costs. the inside of the vehicle.
Seat-mounted side impact airbags Airbags supplement the protection
are designed to inflate in moderate What Makes an Airbag provided by seat belts by
to severe side crashes depending distributing the force of the impact
on the location of the impact.
Inflate? more evenly over the
Seat-mounted side impact airbags In a deployment event, the sensing occupant's body.
are not designed to inflate in frontal system sends an electrical signal
Rollover capable roof-rail airbags
impacts, near frontal impacts, triggering a release of gas from the
are designed to help contain the
rollovers, or rear impacts. inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the
head and chest of occupants in the
A seat-mounted side impact airbag airbag causing the bag to break out
outboard seating positions in the
is designed to inflate on the side of of the cover. The inflator, the airbag,
first, second, and third rows. The
the vehicle that is struck. and related hardware are all part of
rollover capable roof-rail airbags are
the airbag module.
Roof-rail airbags are designed to designed to help reduce the risk of
inflate in moderate to severe side For airbag locations, see Where Are full or partial ejection in rollover
crashes depending on the location the Airbags? 0 80. events, although no system can
of the impact. In addition, these prevent all such ejections.
roof-rail airbags are designed to
inflate during a rollover or in a
severe frontal impact. Roof-rail
airbags are not designed to inflate in
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

But airbags would not help in many from the vents in the deflated warning flashers, and shut off the
types of collisions, primarily airbags. Airbag inflation does not fuel system after the airbags inflate.
because the occupant's motion is prevent the driver from seeing out of The feature may also activate,
not toward those airbags. See When the windshield or being able to steer without airbag inflation, after an
Should an Airbag Inflate? 0 82. the vehicle, nor does it prevent event that exceeds a predetermined
Airbags should never be regarded people from leaving the vehicle. threshold. After turning the ignition
as anything more than a supplement off and then on again, the fuel
to seat belts. { Warning system will return to normal
operation; the doors can be locked,
When an airbag inflates, there the interior lamps can be turned off,
What Will You See after may be dust in the air. This dust and the hazard warning flashers can
an Airbag Inflates? could cause breathing problems be turned off using the controls for
After frontal, knee, and for people with a history of those features. If any of these
seat-mounted side impact airbags asthma or other breathing trouble. systems are damaged in the crash
inflate, they quickly deflate, so To avoid this, everyone in the they may not operate as normal.
quickly that some people may not vehicle should get out as soon as
even realize the airbags inflated. it is safe to do so. If you have { Warning
The front center airbag and roof-rail breathing problems but cannot
airbags may still be at least partially get out of the vehicle after an A crash severe enough to inflate
inflated for some time after they airbag inflates, then get fresh air the airbags may have also
inflate. Some components of the by opening a window or a door. damaged important functions in
airbag module may be hot for If you experience breathing the vehicle, such as the fuel
several minutes. For location of the problems following an airbag system, brake and steering
airbags, see Where Are the deployment, you should seek systems, etc. Even if the vehicle
Airbags? 0 80. appears to be drivable after a
medical attention.
The parts of the airbag that come moderate crash, there may be
into contact with you may be warm, (Continued)
The vehicle has a feature that may
but not too hot to touch. There may
automatically unlock the doors, turn
be some smoke and dust coming
on the interior lamps and hazard
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

. The vehicle has a crash sensing
Warning (Continued) and diagnostic module which
records information after a
concealed damage that could crash.
make it difficult to safely operate See Vehicle Data Recording and
the vehicle. Privacy 0 396 and Event Data
Use caution if you should attempt Recorders 0 396. United States and Canada
to restart the engine after a crash . Let only qualified technicians
has occurred. work on the airbag systems.
Improper service can mean that
In many crashes severe enough to an airbag system will not work
inflate the airbag, windshields are properly. See your dealer for
broken by vehicle deformation. service.
Additional windshield breakage may
Passenger Sensing Mexico
also occur from the front outboard
passenger airbag. System The words ON and OFF, or the
. Airbags are designed to inflate symbols for on and off, will be
The vehicle has a passenger visible during the system check.
only once. After an airbag sensing system for the front When the system check is
inflates, you will need some new outboard passenger position. The complete, either the word ON or
parts for the airbag system. passenger airbag status indicator OFF, or the symbol for on or off, will
If you do not get them, the will light on the overhead console be visible. See Passenger Airbag
airbag system will not be there when the vehicle is started. Status Indicator 0 135.
to help protect you in another
crash. A new system will include The passenger sensing system
airbag modules and possibly turns off the front outboard
other parts. The service manual passenger frontal airbag under
for the vehicle covers the need certain conditions. No other airbag
to replace other parts. is affected by the passenger
sensing system.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

The passenger sensing system
works with sensors that are part of Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)
the front outboard passenger seat
and seat belt. The sensors are airbag inflates. This is because secure child restraints in the rear
designed to detect the presence of the back of the rear-facing child seat. Consider using another
a properly seated occupant and restraint would be very close to vehicle to transport the child
determine if the front outboard the inflating airbag. A child in a when a rear seat is not available.
passenger frontal airbag should be forward-facing child restraint can
allowed to inflate or not. be seriously injured or killed if the The passenger sensing system is
passenger frontal airbag inflates designed to turn off the front
According to accident statistics,
and the passenger seat is in a outboard passenger frontal airbag if:
children are safer when properly
secured in a rear seat in the correct forward position.
. The front outboard passenger
child restraint for their weight Even if the passenger sensing seat is unoccupied.
and size. system has turned off the
. The system determines an infant
Whenever possible, children aged passenger frontal airbag, no
is present in a child restraint.
12 and under should be secured in system is fail-safe. No one can
a rear seating position. guarantee that an airbag will not . A front outboard passenger
deploy under some unusual takes his/her weight off of the
Never put a rear-facing child seat in seat for a period of time.
circumstance, even though the
the front. This is because the risk to
the rear-facing child is so great, airbag is turned off. . There is a critical problem with
if the airbag inflates. Never put a rear-facing child the airbag system or the
restraint in the front seat, even if passenger sensing system.
{ Warning the airbag is off. If securing a When the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front
forward-facing child restraint in
A child in a rear-facing child the front outboard passenger outboard passenger frontal airbag,
restraint can be seriously injured seat, always move the seat as far the off indicator will light and stay lit
or killed if the passenger frontal back as it will go. It is better to as a reminder that the airbag is off.
(Continued) See Passenger Airbag Status
(Continued)
Indicator 0 135.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

The passenger sensing system is 3. Remove any additional items
designed to turn on the front { Warning from the seat such as blankets,
outboard passenger frontal airbag cushions, seat covers, seat
anytime the system senses that a If the airbag readiness light ever heaters, or seat massagers.
person of adult size is sitting comes on and stays on, it means
that something may be wrong 4. Reinstall the child restraint
properly in the front outboard following the directions
passenger seat. with the airbag system. To help
avoid injury to yourself or others, provided by the child restraint
When the passenger sensing have the vehicle serviced right manufacturer and refer to
system has allowed the airbag to be Securing Child Restraints (With
away. See Airbag Readiness
enabled, the on indicator will light the Seat Belt in the Front Seat)
Light 0 135 for more information,
and stay lit as a reminder that the 0 105 or Securing Child
airbag is active. including important safety Restraints (With the Seat Belt
information. in the Rear Seat) 0 108.
For some children, including
children in child restraints, and for Make sure the seat belt
very small adults, the passenger If the On Indicator Is Lit for a retractor is locked by pulling
sensing system may or may not turn Child Restraint the shoulder belt all the way
off the front outboard passenger The passenger sensing system is out of the retractor when
frontal airbag, depending upon the designed to turn off the front installing the child restraint,
person's seating posture and body outboard passenger frontal airbag if even if the child restraint is
build. Everyone in the vehicle who the system determines that an infant equipped with a seat belt lock
has outgrown child restraints should is present in a child restraint. If a off. When the retractor lock is
wear a seat belt properly — whether child restraint has been installed set, the belt can be tightened
or not there is an airbag for that and the on indicator is lit: but not pulled out of the
person. retractor.
1. Turn the vehicle off.
5. If, after reinstalling the child
2. Remove the child restraint from restraint and restarting the
the vehicle. vehicle, the on indicator is still
lit, turn the vehicle off. Then
slightly recline the vehicle
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

seatback and adjust the seat If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an 2. Remove any additional material
cushion, if adjustable, to make Adult-Sized Occupant from the seat, such as
sure that the vehicle seatback blankets, cushions, seat
is not pushing the child covers, seat heaters, or seat
restraint into the seat cushion. massagers.
Also make sure the child 3. Place the seatback in the fully
restraint is not trapped under upright position.
the vehicle head restraint. 4. Have the person sit upright in
If this happens, adjust the head the seat, centered on the seat
restraint. See Head Restraints cushion, with legs comfortably
0 57. extended.
6. Restart the vehicle. 5. If the shoulder portion of the
The passenger sensing system may belt is pulled out all the way,
or may not turn off the airbag for a the child restraint locking
child in a child restraint depending feature will be engaged. This
If a person of adult size is sitting in
upon the child’s size. It is better to may unintentionally cause the
the front outboard passenger seat,
secure the child restraint in a rear passenger sensing system to
but the off indicator is lit, it could be
seat. Never put a rear-facing child turn the airbag off for some
because that person is not sitting
restraint in the front seat, even if the adult-sized occupants. If this
properly in the seat or that the child
on indicator is not lit. happens, unbuckle the belt, let
restraint locking feature is engaged.
the belt go back all the way,
Use the following steps to allow the
and then buckle the belt again
system to detect that person and
without pulling the belt out all
enable the front outboard passenger
the way.
frontal airbag:
6. Restart the vehicle and have
1. Turn the vehicle off.
the person remain in this
position for two to three minutes
after the on indicator is lit.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

A thick layer of additional material,
{ Warning such as a blanket or cushion, Warning (Continued)
or aftermarket equipment such as
If the front outboard passenger seat covers, seat heaters, and seat seatback may interfere with the
airbag is turned off for an massagers can affect how well the proper operation of the passenger
adult-sized occupant, the airbag passenger sensing system sensing system.
will not be able to inflate and help operates. We recommend that you
protect that person in a crash, not use seat covers or other
resulting in an increased risk of aftermarket equipment except when
Servicing the
serious injury or even death. An approved by GM for your specific Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
adult-sized occupant should not vehicle. See Adding Equipment to Airbags affect how the vehicle
ride in the front outboard the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 90 should be serviced. There are parts
passenger seat, if the passenger for more information about of the airbag system in several
airbag off indicator is lit. modifications that can affect how places around the vehicle. Your
the system operates. dealer and the service manual have
Additional Factors Affecting The on indicator may be lit if an information about servicing the
object, such as a briefcase, vehicle and the airbag system. To
System Operation purchase a service manual, see
handbag, grocery bag, laptop,
Seat belts help keep the passenger or other electronic device, is put on Service Publications Ordering
in position on the seat during an unoccupied seat. If this is not Information 0 393.
vehicle maneuvers and braking, desired, remove the object from
which helps the passenger sensing
system maintain the passenger
the seat. { Warning
airbag status. See “Seat Belts” and
“Child Restraints” in the Index for
{ Warning For up to 10 seconds after the
vehicle is turned off and the
additional information about the Stowing articles under the battery is disconnected, an airbag
importance of proper restraint use. passenger seat or between the can still inflate during improper
passenger seat cushion and service. You can be injured if you
(Continued) (Continued)
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

sensors, side impact sensors, turning off the passenger airbag(s).
Warning (Continued) airbag wiring, or front center See Passenger Sensing System
console. 0 85.
are close to an airbag when it
inflates. Avoid yellow connectors. Your dealer and the service manual If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail
They are probably part of the have information about the location airbags, see Different Size Tires
airbag system. Be sure to follow of the airbag sensors, sensing and and Wheels 0 332 for additional
proper service procedures, and diagnostic module, and airbag important information.
make sure the person performing wiring. If you have to modify your vehicle
work for you is qualified to do so. In addition, the vehicle has a because you have a disability and
passenger sensing system for the you have questions about whether
front outboard passenger position, the modifications will affect the
Adding Equipment to the which includes sensors that are part vehicle's airbag system, or if you
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle of the passenger's seat. The have questions about whether the
passenger sensing system may not airbag system will be affected if the
Adding accessories that change the operate properly if the original seat vehicle is modified for any other
vehicle's frame, bumper system, trim is replaced with non-GM reason, call Customer Assistance.
height, front end, or side sheet covers, upholstery, or trim, or with See Customer Assistance Offices
metal may keep the airbag system GM covers, upholstery, or trim 0 386.
from working properly. designed for a different vehicle. Any
The operation of the airbag system object, such as an aftermarket seat Airbag System Check
can also be affected by changing heater or a comfort enhancing pad
any parts of the front seats, seat or device, installed under or on top The airbag system does not need
belts, airbag sensing and diagnostic of the seat fabric, could also regularly scheduled maintenance or
module, steering wheel, instrument interfere with the operation of the replacement. Make sure the airbag
panel, inner door seals including the passenger sensing system. This readiness light is working. See
speakers, any of the airbag could either prevent proper Airbag Readiness Light 0 135.
modules, ceiling or pillar garnish deployment of the passenger
trim, overhead console, front airbag(s) or prevent the passenger
sensing system from properly
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Caution Warning (Continued) Child Restraints

If an airbag covering is damaged, help make sure the airbag Older Children
opened, or broken, the airbag systems are working properly
may not work properly. Do not after a crash, have them
open or break the airbag inspected and any necessary
coverings. If there are any replacements made as soon as
opened or broken airbag possible.
coverings, have the airbag
covering and/or airbag module If an airbag inflates, you will need to
replaced. For the location of the replace airbag system parts. See
airbags, see Where Are the your dealer for service.
Airbags? 0 80. See your dealer
for service. If the airbag readiness light stays on
after the vehicle is started or comes
on when you are driving, the airbag
Replacing Airbag System system may not work properly. Have
Older children who have outgrown
Parts after a Crash the vehicle serviced right away. See
Airbag Readiness Light 0 135. booster seats should wear the
vehicle’s seat belts.
{ Warning The manufacturer instructions that
come with the booster seat state the
A crash can damage the airbag weight and height limitations for that
systems in the vehicle. booster. Use a booster seat with a
A damaged airbag system may lap-shoulder belt until the child
not properly protect you and your passes the fit test below:
passenger(s) in a crash, resulting
in serious injury or even death. To
(Continued)
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

. Sit all the way back on the seat. Q: What is the proper way to
Do the knees bend at the seat wear seat belts? { Warning
edge? If yes, continue. If no, A: An older child should wear a
return to the booster seat. Never allow more than one child
lap-shoulder belt and get the to wear the same seat belt. The
. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. additional restraint a shoulder seat belt cannot properly spread
Does the shoulder belt rest on belt can provide. The shoulder the impact forces. In a crash, they
the shoulder? If yes, continue. belt should not cross the face or can be crushed together and
If no, try using the rear seat belt neck. The lap belt should fit seriously injured. A seat belt must
comfort guide, if available. See snugly below the hips, just
be used by only one person at
“Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides” touching the top of the thighs.
a time.
under Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 73. This applies belt force to the
If a comfort guide is not child's pelvic bones in a crash.
available, or if the shoulder belt It should never be worn over the
still does not rest on the abdomen, which could cause
shoulder, then return to the severe or even fatal internal
booster seat. injuries in a crash.
. Does the lap belt fit low and Also see “Rear Seat Belt Comfort
snug on the hips, touching the Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt
thighs? If yes, continue. If no, 0 73.
return to the booster seat. According to accident statistics,
. Can proper seat belt fit be children are safer when properly
maintained for the length of the restrained in a rear seating position.
trip? If yes, continue. If no, In a crash, children who are not
return to the booster seat. buckled up can strike other people
who are buckled up, or can be
thrown out of the vehicle. Older
children need to use seat belts
properly.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
{ Warning { Warning
Never allow a child to wear the Children can be seriously injured
seat belt with the shoulder belt or strangled if a shoulder belt is
behind their back. A child can be wrapped around their neck. The
seriously injured by not wearing shoulder belt can tighten but
the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a cannot be loosened if it is locked.
crash, the child would not be The shoulder belt locks when it is
restrained by the shoulder belt. pulled all the way out of the
The child could move too far retractor. It unlocks when the
forward increasing the chance of shoulder belt is allowed to go all
head and neck injury. The child the way back into the retractor,
might also slide under the lap Infants and Young but it cannot do this if it is
belt. The belt force would then be Children wrapped around a child’s neck.
applied right on the abdomen. If the shoulder belt is locked and
That could cause serious or fatal Everyone in a vehicle needs tightened around a child’s neck,
protection! This includes infants and
injuries. The shoulder belt should the only way to loosen the belt is
all other children. Neither the
go over the shoulder and across to cut it.
distance traveled nor the age and
the chest. size of the traveler changes the Never leave children unattended
need, for everyone, to use safety in a vehicle and never allow
restraints. In fact, the law in every children to play with the seat
state in the United States and in belts.
every Canadian province says
children up to some age must be
restrained while in a vehicle. Every time infants and young
children ride in vehicles, they should
have the protection provided by
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

appropriate child restraints. Neither
the vehicle’s seat belt system nor its Warning (Continued)
airbag system is designed for them.
front passenger seat, always
Children who are not restrained move the front passenger seat as
properly can strike other people, far back as it will go.
or can be thrown out of the vehicle.
If a child restraint is installed in
the second row center seat, move
{ Warning the second row seat to the
Never hold an infant or a child rearward position, whenever
while riding in a vehicle. Due to possible, to minimize contact with
crash forces, an infant or a child the front center airbag.
will become so heavy it is not
possible to hold it during a crash.
{ Warning
For example, in a crash at only Children who are up against,
40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) or very close to, any airbag when
infant will suddenly become a it inflates can be seriously injured
110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's or killed. Never put a rear-facing
arms. An infant or child should be child restraint in the front
secured in an appropriate passenger seat. Secure a
restraint. rear-facing child restraint in a
rear seat.
It is also better to secure a
forward-facing child restraint in a
rear seat. If a forward-facing child
restraint must be secured in the
(Continued)
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Child restraints are devices used to there are many kinds of restraints
restrain, seat, or position children in available for children with special Warning (Continued)
the vehicle and are sometimes needs.
called child seats or car seats. injuries. To reduce the risk of
serious or fatal injuries during a
There are three basic types of { Warning crash, young children should
child restraints: always be secured in appropriate
To reduce the risk of neck and
. Forward-facing child restraints head injury in a crash, infants and child restraints.
. Rearward-facing child restraints toddlers should be secured in a
rear-facing child restraint until age Child Restraint Systems
. Belt-positioning booster seats
two, or until they reach the
The proper child restraint for your maximum height and weight limits
child depends on their size, weight, of their child restraint.
and age, and also on whether the
child restraint is compatible with the
vehicle in which it will be used.
For each type of child restraint, { Warning
there are many different models A young child's hip bones are still
available. When purchasing a child so small that the vehicle's regular
restraint, be sure it is designed to be seat belt may not remain low on
used in a motor vehicle. If it is, the
the hip bones, as it should.
restraint will have a label saying that
Instead, it may settle up around
it meets federal motor vehicle safety
standards. The restraint the child's abdomen. In a crash, Rear-Facing Infant Restraint
manufacturer's instructions that the belt would apply force on a
A rear-facing child restraint provides
come with the restraint state the body area that is unprotected by restraint with the seating surface
weight and height limitations for a any bony structure. This alone against the back of the infant.
particular child restraint. In addition, could cause serious or fatal
(Continued)
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

The harness system holds the infant Securing an Add-On Child
in place and, in a crash, acts to Restraint in the Vehicle
keep the infant positioned in the
restraint.
{ Warning
A child can be seriously injured or
killed in a crash if the child
restraint is not properly secured in
the vehicle. Secure the child
restraint properly in the vehicle
using the vehicle’s seat belt or
LATCH system, following the
Booster Seats instructions that came with that
A belt-positioning booster seat is child restraint and the instructions
used for children who have in this manual.
outgrown their forward-facing child
Forward-Facing Child Restraint restraint. Boosters are designed to To help reduce the chance of injury,
A forward-facing child restraint improve the fit of the vehicle's seat the child restraint must be secured
provides restraint for the child's belt system until the child is large in the vehicle. Child restraints must
body with the harness. enough for the vehicle seat belts to be secured in vehicle seats by lap
fit properly without a booster seat. belts or the lap belt portion of a
See the seat belt fit test in Older lap-shoulder belt, or by the LATCH
Children 0 91. system. See Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 98 for more information.
Children can be endangered in a
crash if the child restraint is not
properly secured in the vehicle.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

When securing an add-on child availability in Canada, check with The vehicle is equipped with a front
restraint, refer to the instructions Transport Canada or the Provincial center airbag in the inboard side of
that come with the restraint which Ministry of Transportation office. the driver seat. Even with a front
may be on the restraint itself or in a center airbag, a child restraint can
booklet, or both, and to this manual. Securing the Child Within the be installed in any second row
The child restraint instructions are Child Restraint seating position.
important, so if they are not Never put a rear-facing child
available, obtain a replacement { Warning restraint in the front. This is because
copy from the manufacturer. the risk to the rear-facing child is so
A child can be seriously injured or
Keep in mind that an unsecured great if the airbag deploys.
killed in a crash if the child is not
child restraint can move around in a
properly secured in the child
collision or sudden stop and injure
people in the vehicle. Be sure to restraint. Secure the child { Warning
properly secure any child restraint in properly following the instructions
A child in a rear-facing child
the vehicle — even when no child is that came with that child restraint.
restraint can be seriously injured
in it. or killed if the front passenger
In some areas of the United States Where to Put the airbag inflates. This is because
and Canada, Certified Child the back of the rear-facing child
Restraint restraint would be very close to
Passenger Safety Technicians
(CPSTs) are available to inspect According to accident statistics, the inflating airbag. A child in a
and demonstrate how to correctly children and infants are safer when forward-facing child restraint can
use and install child restraints. In properly restrained in an appropriate be seriously injured or killed if the
the U.S., refer to the National child restraint secured in a rear front passenger airbag inflates
Highway Traffic Safety seating position. and the passenger seat is in a
Administration (NHTSA) website to Whenever possible, children aged forward position.
locate the nearest child safety seat 12 and under should be secured in (Continued)
inspection station. For CPST a rear seating position.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

When securing a child restraint with properly secure any child restraint in
Warning (Continued) the seat belts in a rear seat position, the vehicle — even when no child is
study the instructions that came with in it.
Even if the passenger sensing the child restraint to make sure it is
system has turned off the front
passenger frontal airbag, no
compatible with this vehicle. Lower Anchors and
system is fail-safe. No one can Child restraints and booster seats Tethers for Children
guarantee that an airbag will not vary considerably in size, and some (LATCH System)
deploy under some unusual may fit in certain seating positions
better than others. The LATCH system secures a child
circumstance, even though it is restraint during driving or in a crash.
turned off. Depending on where you place the LATCH attachments on the child
child restraint and the size of the restraint are used to attach the child
Secure rear-facing child restraints child restraint, you may not be able
in a rear seat, even if the airbag restraint to the anchors in the
to access adjacent seat belts or vehicle. The LATCH system is
is off. If you secure a LATCH anchors for additional
forward-facing child restraint in designed to make installation of a
passengers or child restraints. child restraint easier.
the front seat, always move the Adjacent seating positions should
front passenger seat as far back not be used if the child restraint In order to use the LATCH system in
as it will go. It is better to secure prevents access to or interferes with your vehicle, you need a child
the child restraint in a rear seat. the routing of the seat belt. restraint that has LATCH
attachments. LATCH-compatible
See Passenger Sensing System Wherever a child restraint is rear-facing and forward-facing child
0 85 for additional information. installed, be sure to follow the seats can be properly installed
instructions that came with the child using either the LATCH anchors or
If a child restraint is installed in a
restraint system and secure the the vehicle’s seat belts. Do not use
second row center seat, move the child restraint system properly.
second row seat to the rearward both the seat belts and the LATCH
position, whenever possible, to Keep in mind that an unsecured anchorage system to secure a
minimize contact with the front child restraint can move around in a rear-facing or forward-facing
center airbag. collision or sudden stop and injure child seat.
people in the vehicle. Be sure to
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Booster seats use the vehicle’s seat See Securing Child Restraints (With Lower Anchors
belts to secure the child and the the Seat Belt in the Front Seat)
booster seat. If the manufacturer 0 105 or Securing Child Restraints
recommends that the booster seat (With the Seat Belt in the Rear
be secured with the LATCH system, Seat) 0 108.
this can be done as long as the Child restraints built after March
booster seat can be positioned 2014 will be labeled with the
properly and there is no interference specific child weight up to which the
with the proper positioning of the LATCH system can be used to
lap-shoulder belt on the child. install the restraint.
Make sure to follow the instructions The following explains how to attach
that came with the child restraint, a child restraint with these
and also the instructions in this attachments in the vehicle.
manual.
Not all vehicle seating positions Lower anchors (1) are metal bars
When installing a child restraint with have lower anchors. In this case,
a top tether, you must also use built into the vehicle. There are two
the seat belt must be used (with top lower anchors for each LATCH
either the lower anchors or the seat tether where available) to secure
belts to properly secure the child seating position that will
the child restraint. accommodate a child restraint with
restraint. A child restraint must See Securing Child Restraints (With
never be installed using only the top lower attachments (2).
the Seat Belt in the Front Seat)
tether and anchor. 0 105 or Securing Child Restraints
The LATCH anchorage system can (With the Seat Belt in the Rear
be used until the combined weight Seat) 0 108.
of the child plus the child restraint is
29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the seat belt
alone instead of the LATCH
anchorage system once the
combined weight is more than
29.5 kg (65 lbs).
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Top Tether Anchor Some child restraints with top H : Seating positions with two
tethers are designed for use with or lower anchors.
without the top tether being
attached. Others require the top
tether always to be attached. In
Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached. Be sure to read and follow
the instructions for your child
restraint.
Lower Anchor and Top Tether
Anchor Locations
A top tether (3, 4) is used to secure Second Row — 60/40 Bench
the top of the child restraint to the
vehicle. A top tether anchor is built I : Seating positions with top
into the vehicle. The top tether tether anchors.
attachment hook (2) on the child H : Seating positions with two
restraint connects to the top tether lower anchors.
anchor in the vehicle in order to
reduce the forward movement and
rotation of the child restraint during
driving or in a crash.
The child restraint may have a
single tether (3) or a dual tether (4). Second Row — Bucket
Either will have a single attachment
hook (2) to secure the top tether to I : Seating positions with top
the anchor. tether anchors.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Be sure to use an anchor on the
same side of the vehicle as the
seating position where the child
restraint will be placed.
To assist in locating the top tether

anchors, the top tether anchor
symbol is near the anchor.
Third Row
I : Seating positions with top
tether anchors.
Third Row
The top tether anchors are on the
rear of the seatback for each
seating position in the third row.
Be sure to use an anchor on the
Second Row — Bucket Shown,
same side of the vehicle as the
To assist in locating the lower Bench Similar
seating position where the child
anchors, each second row anchor The top tether anchors are at the restraint will be placed.
position has a label, near the crease bottom rear of the seatback for each
between the seatback and the seat Do not secure a child restraint in a
seating position in the second row. position without a top tether anchor
cushion.
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be attached, or if
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top tether Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)
must be attached.
following the instructions that shoulder belt can tighten but
According to accident statistics, came with the child restraint and cannot be loosened if it is locked.
children and infants are safer when the instructions in this manual. The shoulder belt locks when it is
properly restrained in a child pulled all the way out of the
restraint system or infant restraint retractor. It unlocks when the
system secured in a rear seating shoulder belt is allowed to go all
position. See Where to Put the { Warning the way back into the retractor,
Restraint 0 97 for additional
To reduce the risk of serious or but it cannot do this if it is
information.
fatal injuries during a crash, do wrapped around a child’s neck.
Securing a Child Restraint not attach more than one child If the shoulder belt is locked and
Designed for the LATCH restraint to a single anchor. tightened around a child’s neck,
System Attaching more than one child the only way to loosen the belt is
restraint to a single anchor could to cut it.
{ Warning cause the anchor or attachment Buckle any unused seat belts
to come loose or even break behind the child restraint so
If a LATCH-type child restraint is during a crash. A child or others children cannot reach them. Pull
not attached to anchors, the child could be injured. the shoulder belt all the way out
restraint will not be able to protect of the retractor to set the lock,
the child correctly. In a crash, the and tighten the belt behind the
child could be seriously injured or child restraint after the child
killed. Install a LATCH-type child { Warning restraint has been installed.
restraint properly using the
anchors, or use the vehicle's seat Children can be seriously injured
belts to secure the restraint, or strangled if a shoulder belt is
wrapped around their neck. The
(Continued)
(Continued)
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

If you need to secure more than one 1.2. To access the lower
Caution child restraint in the rear seat, see anchors in the second
Where to Put the Restraint 0 97. row, it may help to recline
Do not let the LATCH the seatback.
attachments rub against the This system is designed to make
vehicle’s seat belts. This may installation of child restraints easier. Third row seatbacks must
damage these parts. If necessary, When using lower anchors, do not be upright before placing
move buckled seat belts to avoid use the vehicle's seat belts. Instead the child restraint on
rubbing the LATCH attachments. use the vehicle's anchors and child the seat.
restraint attachments to secure the 1.3. Put the child restraint on
Do not fold the rear seatback restraints. Some restraints also use the seat.
when the seat is occupied. Do not another vehicle anchor to secure a
fold the empty rear seat with a top tether. 1.4. Attach and tighten the
seat belt buckled. This could lower attachments on the
1. Attach and tighten the lower child restraint to the lower
damage the seat belt or the seat. attachments to the lower
Unbuckle and return the seat belt anchors.
anchors. If the child restraint
to its stowed position, before does not have lower If necessary, adjust the
folding the seat. attachments or the desired angle of the second row
seating position does not have seatback to achieve a
lower anchors, secure the child tight installation. Make
The vehicle is equipped with a front
restraint with the top tether and sure the second row
center airbag in the inboard side of
the seat belts. Refer to the bench seatbacks are
the driver seat. Even with a front
child restraint manufacturer aligned at the same
center airbag, a child restraint can
instructions and the angle.
be installed in any second row
seating position. If a child restraint is instructions in this manual. 2. If the child restraint
installed in a second row center 1.1. Find the lower anchors manufacturer recommends that
seat, move the second row seat to for the desired seating the top tether be attached,
the rearward position, whenever position. attach and tighten the top
possible, to minimize contact with tether to the top tether anchor,
the front center airbag.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

if the vehicle has one. Refer to or head restraint and
the child restraint instructions route the tether under the
and the following steps: headrest or head restraint
2.1. Find the top tether and around the headrest
anchor. or head restraint posts.
2.2. Route, attach, and tighten

the top tether according
to your child restraint
instructions and the If the position you are
following instructions: using does not have a
headrest or head restraint
and you are using a dual
tether, route the tether
over the seatback.
If the position being used
has an adjustable
and a single tether is
being used, route the
tether between the
If the position you are headrest or head restraint
using does not have a posts.
and you are using a
single tether, route the If the position you are
tether over the seatback. using has an adjustable
and you are using a dual
tether, raise the headrest
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

If the position you are
using has a fixed Warning (Continued)
and you are using a resulting in serious injury or even
single tether, route the death in a crash. To help make
tether under the headrest sure the LATCH system is
or head restraint. working properly after a crash,
see your dealer to have the
3. Before placing a child in the system inspected and any
child restraint, make sure it is
If the position you are necessary replacements made as
securely held in place. To
using has a fixed soon as possible.
check, grasp the child restraint
headrest or head restraint at the LATCH path and attempt
and you are using a dual to move it side to side and If the vehicle has the LATCH system
tether, route the tether back and forth. There should and it was being used during a
around the headrest or be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of crash, new LATCH system parts
head restraint. movement, for proper may be needed.
installation.
New parts and repairs may be
necessary even if the LATCH
Replacing LATCH System system was not being used at the
Parts After a Crash time of the crash.
{ Warning Securing Child Restraints

(With the Seat Belt in the
A crash can damage the LATCH
system in the vehicle. A damaged Front Seat)
LATCH system may not properly This vehicle has airbags. A rear
secure the child restraint, seat is a safer place to secure a
(Continued) forward-facing child restraint. See
Where to Put the Restraint 0 97.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

In addition, the vehicle has a If the child restraint uses a top
passenger sensing system which is Warning (Continued) tether, see Lower Anchors and
designed to turn off the front Tethers for Children (LATCH
outboard passenger frontal airbag outboard passenger frontal airbag System) 0 98 for top tether anchor
under certain conditions. inflates and the passenger seat is locations.
See Passenger Sensing System in a forward position.
Do not secure a child seat in a
0 85 and Passenger Airbag Status Even if the passenger sensing position without a top tether anchor
Indicator 0 135 for more information, system has turned off the front if a national or local law requires
including important safety outboard passenger frontal that the top tether be anchored, or if
information. airbag, no system is fail-safe. No the instructions that come with the
Never put a rear-facing child seat in one can guarantee that an airbag child restraint say that the top strap
the front. This is because the risk to will not deploy under some must be anchored.
the rear-facing child is so great, unusual circumstance, even In Canada, the law requires that
if the airbag deploys. though it is turned off. forward-facing child restraints have
Secure rear-facing child restraints a top tether, and that the tether be
{ Warning in a rear seat, even if the airbag attached.
A child in a rear-facing child is off. If you secure a When using the lap-shoulder belt to
restraint can be seriously injured forward-facing child restraint in secure the child restraint in this
or killed if the front outboard the front outboard passenger position, follow the instructions that
passenger frontal airbag inflates. seat, always move the seat as far came with the child restraint and the
This is because the back of the back as it will go. It is better to following instructions:
rear-facing child restraint would secure the child restraint in a 1. Move the seat as far back as it
be very close to the inflating rear seat. will go before securing the
airbag. A child in a forward-facing See Passenger Sensing System forward-facing child restraint.
child restraint can be seriously 0 85 for additional information. Move the seat upward or the
injured or killed if the front seatback to an upright position,
(Continued)
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

if needed, to get a tight Position the release button on
installation of the child the buckle, away from the child
restraint. restraint system, so that the
When the passenger sensing seat belt could be quickly
system has turned off the front unbuckled if necessary.
outboard passenger frontal
airbag, the off indicator on the
passenger airbag status
indicator should light and stay
lit when you start the vehicle.
See Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator 0 135.
2. Put the child restraint on Tilt the latch plate to adjust the
the seat. belt if needed.
3. Pick up the latch plate, and run
the lap and shoulder portions
of the vehicle's seat belt
through or around the restraint. 5. Pull the shoulder belt all the
The child restraint instructions way out of the retractor to set
will show you how. the lock. When the retractor
lock is set, the belt can be
tightened but not pulled out of
the retractor.
4. Push the latch plate into the

buckle until it clicks.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

7. Before placing a child in the Securing Child Restraints
(With the Seat Belt in the
check, grasp the child restraint Rear Seat)
at the seat belt path and The vehicle is equipped with a front
attempt to move it side to side center airbag in the inboard side of
and back and forth. When the the driver seat. Even with a front
child restraint is properly center airbag, a child restraint can
installed, there should be no be installed in any second row
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of seating position. If you install a child
movement. restraint in a second row center
If the airbag is off, the off indicator in seat, move the second row seat to
6. To tighten the belt, push down the passenger airbag status the rearward position, whenever
on the child restraint, pull the indicator will come on and stay on possible, to minimize contact with
shoulder portion of the belt to when the vehicle is started. the front center airbag.
tighten the lap portion of the If a child restraint has been installed When securing a child restraint with
belt, and feed the shoulder belt and the on indicator is lit, see “If the the seat belts in a rear seat position,
back into the retractor. When On Indicator Is Lit for a Child study the instructions that came with
installing a forward-facing child Restraint” under Passenger Sensing the child restraint to make sure it is
restraint, it may be helpful to System 0 85. compatible with this vehicle.
use your knee to push down on
the child restraint as you To remove the child restraint, If the child restraint has the LATCH
tighten the belt. unbuckle the vehicle seat belt and system, see Lower Anchors and
let it return to the stowed position. Tethers for Children (LATCH
Try to pull the belt out of the System) 0 98 for how and where to
retractor to make sure the install the child restraint using
retractor is locked. If the LATCH. If a child restraint is
retractor is not locked, repeat secured in the vehicle using a seat
Steps 5 and 6.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

belt and it uses a top tether, see 2. Pick up the latch plate, and run
Lower Anchors and Tethers for the lap and shoulder portions
Children (LATCH System) 0 98 for of the vehicle's seat belt
top tether anchor locations. through or around the restraint.
Do not secure a child seat in a The child restraint instructions
position without a top tether anchor will show you how.
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be anchored, or if
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top strap
must be anchored.
In Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have 4. Pull the shoulder belt all the
a top tether, and that the tether be way out of the retractor to set
attached. the lock. When the retractor
lock is set, the belt can be
If the child restraint or vehicle seat tightened but not pulled out of
position does not have the LATCH the retractor.
system, you will be using the seat
belt to secure the child restraint. 3. Push the latch plate into the
Be sure to follow the instructions buckle until it clicks.
that came with the child restraint.
Position the release button on
If more than one child restraint the buckle, away from the child
needs to be installed in the rear restraint system, so that the
seat, be sure to read Where to Put seat belt could be quickly
the Restraint 0 97. unbuckled if necessary.
1. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

6. If the child restraint has a top
tether, follow the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions
regarding the use of the top
tether. See Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 98.
7. Before placing a child in the
check, grasp the child restraint
at the seat belt path and
5. To tighten the belt, push down attempt to move it side to side
on the child restraint, pull the and back and forth. When the
shoulder portion of the belt to child restraint is properly
tighten the lap portion of the installed, there should be no
belt, and feed the shoulder belt more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
back into the retractor. When movement.
installing a forward-facing child To remove the child restraint,
restraint, it may be helpful to unbuckle the vehicle seat belt and
use your knee to push down on let it return to the stowed position.
the child restraint as you If the top tether is attached to a top
tighten the belt. tether anchor, disconnect it.
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 4 and 5.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Storage 111
Storage Storage Armrest Storage
Compartments
Storage Compartments
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . 111 { Warning
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Armrest Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Do not store heavy or sharp
Rear Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 objects in storage compartments.
Center Console Storage . . . . . . 112 In a crash, these objects may
cause the cover to open and
Additional Storage Features could result in injury.
Cargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Cargo Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Cargo Management Glove Box
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Lift up on the glove box lever to If equipped, the rear seat armrest
Roof Rack System open it. may have cupholders. Pull the
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 armrest down to access the
cupholders.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
112 Storage
Rear Storage Center Console Storage Additional Storage
Features
Cargo Cover
{ Warning
An unsecured cargo cover could
strike people in a sudden stop or
turn, or in a crash. Store the
cargo cover securely or remove it
from the vehicle.
There is storage in the floor of the The center console has storage
rear cargo area. Lift the handle to under the armrest. Pull up the latch
access the removable cargo and lift to open.
management system. The center console also has the
following:
. A forward bin
. An open or covered storage bin
on the back of the console
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Storage 113
For vehicles with a cargo cover, it Cargo Management
can be used to cover items in the
rear of the vehicle. Unroll the cover
System
toward the rear of the vehicle. Insert Tray Option
the cover pins into the channels on
both sides. To store, carefully
remove the cover from the channels
and let it roll back up. The cover
should be stored securely when not
in use.
Cargo Tie-Downs
The cargo management system is
used to organize storage in the
cargo area.
Cargo Management System
Tray Removal
Lift the load floor to access the
cargo management system, To access the spare tire or the tire
if equipped with the tray option. sealant and compressor kit, the
cargo management system tray
must be removed.
Two cargo tie-downs are located in

the rear compartment of the vehicle.
The tie-downs can be used to
secure small loads.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
114 Storage
4. Unsnap the hinges on the load
floor from the cargo
management system.
1. Turn the right side wing nut to 3. Turn the left side wing nut to
remove. remove.
2. Remove the strap.
Make sure the strap is secure 5. Pull up to remove the load
after service or reinstalling the floor.
cargo management system.
6. Lift up on both sides to remove
the cargo management system
to access the spare tire.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Storage 115
All Terrain Rail and Divider Option Cargo Management System
Installation
1. Turn both knobs to the unlock
position.
2. Slide the divider along the rail
to the desired position until it
clicks into place.
3. Make sure the divider is locked
into place in the rail grooves.

The rear trays do not need to be
removed to access the spare tire.
Cargo Management System Lock

4. Turn both knobs to the lock
position.

Unlock
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
116 Storage
Cargo Management System Roof Rack System
Removal Caution
1. Turn both knobs to the unlock
position.
{ Warning Loading cargo on the roof rack
that weighs more than 100 kg
2. Press the buttons and pull up If something is carried on top of (220 lb) or hangs over the rear or
to remove the divider. the vehicle that is longer or wider sides of the vehicle may damage
than the roof rack — like paneling, the vehicle. Load cargo so that it
3. Store the divider outside of the
plywood, or a mattress — the rests evenly between the
vehicle.
wind can catch it while the vehicle crossrails, making sure to fasten
is being driven. The item being cargo securely.
carried could be violently torn off,
and this could cause a collision
and damage the vehicle. Never
carry something longer or wider
than the roof rack on top of the
vehicle unless using a GM
certified accessory carrier.
If equipped, the roof rack can be

used to load items. For roof racks
that do not have crossrails included,
GM certified crossrails can be
purchased as an accessory. See
your dealer.
To prevent damage or loss of cargo
when driving, check to make sure
crossrails and cargo are securely
fastened. Loading cargo on the roof
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Storage 117
rack will make the vehicle’s center
of gravity higher. Avoid high speeds,
sudden starts, sharp turns, sudden
braking, or abrupt maneuvers;
otherwise it may result in loss of
control. If driving for a long distance,
on rough roads, or at high speeds,
occasionally stop the vehicle to
make sure the cargo remains in its
place. Do not exceed the maximum
vehicle capacity when loading the
vehicle. For more information on
vehicle capacity and loading, see
Vehicle Load Limits 0 217.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
118 Instruments and Controls

Low Fuel Warning Light
Instruments and Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . 135
Passenger Airbag Status (Midlevel and Uplevel) . . . . . . 144
Controls Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Charging System Light . . . . . . . 136
Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . .
144
144
Malfunction Indicator Lamp Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . . 144
Controls (Check Engine Light) . . . . . . . . 136 Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 145
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 119 Brake System Warning Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . 145
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 119 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Door Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . 120 Electric Parking Brake
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Information Displays
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Driver Information Center (DIC)
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 120 Service Electric Parking Brake
Light (Uplevel and Midlevel (Base and Midlevel) . . . . . . . . . 145
Rear Window Wiper/ Driver Information Center (DIC)
Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Cluster Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Antilock Brake System (ABS) (Uplevel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Vehicle Messages
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Tow/Haul Mode Light . . . . . . . . . 140 Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Hill Descent Control Light . . . . 140 Engine Power Messages . . . . . 151
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Lane Keep Assist (LKA) Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . . 152
Indicators Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . 141 Vehicle Personalization
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Pedestrian Ahead Indicator . . . 141 Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 152
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 StabiliTrak OFF Light . . . . . . . . . 141 Universal Remote System
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Traction Control System (TCS)/ Universal Remote System . . . . 160
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 StabiliTrak Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Universal Remote System
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 143 Universal Remote System
Engine Coolant Temperature Low Fuel Warning Light (Base Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Level) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . 134
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Instruments and Controls 119

Controls Do not adjust the steering wheel Steering Wheel Controls
while driving.
Steering Wheel Power Tilt and Telescoping
Adjustment Steering Wheel
If equipped, some audio controls

can be adjusted at the steering
wheel.
To adjust the steering wheel:
To adjust the power tilt and g : For vehicles with OnStar® or a
telescoping steering wheel, ®
Bluetooth system, press to interact
1. Pull the lever down. if equipped: with those systems. See OnStar
2. Move the steering wheel up Press the control to move the Overview 0 398 or “Bluetooth
or down. steering wheel up and down or (Overview)” in the infotainment
forward and rearward. manual.
3. Pull or push the steering wheel
closer or away from you. Do not adjust the steering wheel i : Press to reject an incoming
while driving. call or end a current call. Press to
4. Pull the lever up to lock the mute or unmute the infotainment
wheel in place. system when not on a call.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

o or p : Press to go to the 2. Volume: Press to increase or outside. The heated steering wheel
previous or next menu option. decrease the volume. indicator light may not come on.
See Heated and Ventilated Front
w or x : Press to go to the next or Heated Steering Wheel Seats 0 64.
previous selection.
V : Press to select a highlighted Horn
menu option.
Press a on the steering wheel pad
to sound the horn.
Windshield Wiper/Washer
( : If equipped, press to turn it on or

off. An indicator light next to the
The favorite and volume switches button displays when the feature is
are on the back of the steering turned on. With the ignition on or in ACC/
wheel. ACCESSORY, move the windshield
The steering wheel takes about wiper lever to select the wiper
1. Favorite: When on a radio three minutes to start heating. speed.
source, press to select the next If equipped with a remote start
or previous favorite. When on a HI : Use for fast wipes.
heated steering wheel, the heated
media source, press to select steering wheel will turn on LO : Use for slow wipes.
the next or previous track. automatically in remote start along
with the heated seats when it is cold
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

activated. See Washer Fluid 0 296 If the windshield wiper lever is then
for information on filling the moved to OFF before the driver
windshield washer fluid reservoir. door is opened or within 10 minutes,
the wipers will restart and move to
{ Warning the base of the windshield.
If the ignition is turned off while the
In freezing weather, do not use wipers are performing wipes due to
the washer until the windshield is windshield washing, the wipers
warmed. Otherwise the washer continue to run until they reach the
fluid can form ice on the base of the windshield.
INT : Move the windshield wiper windshield, blocking your vision.
lever to INT. Turn the band up for
more frequent wipes or down for Rear Window Wiper/
less frequent wipes. Clear snow and ice from the wiper Washer
blades and windshield before using
OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.
them. If frozen to the windshield,
1X : For a single wipe, briefly move carefully loosen or thaw them.
the wiper lever down. For several Damaged blades should be
wipes, hold the wiper lever down. replaced. See Wiper Blade
f : Pull the windshield wiper Replacement 0 301.
lever toward you to spray windshield Heavy snow or ice can overload the
washer fluid and activate the wiper motor. See Electrical System
windshield wipers. The wipers will Overload 0 305.
continue until the lever is released
or the maximum wash time is Wiper Parking The rear window wiper/washer
reached. When the windshield wiper If the ignition is turned off while the controls are on the end of the
lever is released, additional wipes wipers are on LO, HI, or INT, they windshield wiper lever.
may occur depending on how long will immediately stop. Turn the controls to adjust the
the windshield washer had been setting.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

OFF : Turns the wiper off. The wiper operations return to Compass
INT : Turns on the rear wiper with a normal when the transmission is no
longer in N (Neutral) or the vehicle The vehicle may have a compass
delay between wipes. display on the Driver Information
speed has increased.
ON : Turns on the rear wiper. Center (DIC). The compass receives
Reverse Gear Wipes its heading and other information
1 : Push the windshield wiper from the Global Positioning
lever forward to spray washer fluid If the rear wiper control is off, the
rear wiper will automatically operate System (GPS) antenna, StabiliTrak,
on the rear window. The wipers will and vehicle speed information.
clear the rear window and either continuously when the vehicle is in
stop or return to your preset speed. R (Reverse) and the front The compass system is designed to
For more washer cycles, press and windshield wiper is performing low operate for a certain number of
hold the lever. or high speed wipes. If the rear miles or degrees of turn before
wiper control is off, the vehicle is in needing a signal from the GPS
The rear window wiper/washer will R (Reverse), and the front satellites. When the compass
not operate if the liftgate is open or windshield wiper is performing display shows CAL, drive the
ajar. If the liftgate is opened while interval wipes, then the rear wiper vehicle for a short distance in an
the rear wiper is on, the wiper automatically performs interval open area where it can receive a
returns to the parked position and wipes. GPS signal. The compass system
stops.
This feature can be turned on or off. will automatically determine when a
Rear Wiper Arm Assembly See Vehicle Personalization 0 152. GPS signal is restored and provide
Protection a heading again.
The windshield washer reservoir is
When using an automatic car wash, used for the windshield and the rear
move the rear wiper control to OFF window. Check the fluid level in the
Clock
to disable the rear wiper. In some reservoir if either washer is not Base Radio
vehicles, if the transmission is in working. See Washer Fluid 0 296.
N (Neutral) and the vehicle speed is The infotainment system controls
very slow, the rear wiper will are used to access the time and
automatically park. date settings through the menu
system. See Operation 0 176 on
how to use the menu system.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Setting the Time and Date Setting the 12/24 Hour Format system. See “Using the System”
under “Introduction” in the
When Auto Set is enabled the time 1. Press {, then touch infotainment manual.
cannot be manually set. SETTINGS.
To set the time or date:
1. Press {, then touch 2. Touch Time and Date, then
SETTINGS. select 12h or 24h format. 1. Press {, then select
SETTINGS.
2. Touch Time and Date, then Set 3. Touch 0.
Time or Set Date. 2. Select Time and Date, then the
3. Touch + or − to adjust the
Setting the Month and Day desired function.
value. Format 3. Turn the MENU knob to
1. Press {, then touch increase or decrease the value.
4. Touch R or Q to adjust AM or
PM for 12 hour format. SETTINGS. 4. Press the MENU knob to go to
the next value. After the last
2. Touch Time and Date, then Set
5. Touch 0. Date Format.
value is selected, the system
will update and return to the
Using Auto Set 3. Select DD/MM/YYYY (day/ Settings menu. Press o BACK
month/year), MM/DD/YYYY
1. Press {, then touch to go to the last menu and
(month/day/year), or YYYY/ save the changes.
SETTINGS. MM/DD (year/month/day)
2. Touch Time and Date, then format. Auto Set requires an OnStar
Auto Set. service plan.
4. Touch 0.
3. Select from the available If auto timing is set, the time
selections. Uplevel Radio Using Center displayed on the clock may not
Stack Controls update immediately when driving
4. Touch 0. into a new time zone.
The infotainment system controls
are used to access the time and
date settings through the menu
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

To set the clock display: Auto Set requires an OnStar The clock settings can also be
1. Select SETTINGS from the service plan. accessed by touching the time
Home Page, then select Time If auto timing is set, the time display, then touching Set.
and Date. displayed on the clock may not
update immediately when driving Power Outlets
2. Select Clock Display.
into a new time zone. Power Outlets 12 Volt Direct
3. Turn the MENU knob to Off
To set the date: Current
or On.
1. Touch SETTINGS from the The vehicle has two 12-volt outlets
4. Press the MENU knob to
Home Page, then touch Time that can be used to plug in electrical
select.
and Date. equipment, such as a cell phone or
Press o BACK to go to the last MP3 player.
2. Touch Set Date and touch «
menu and save the changes. The power outlets are located:
or ª to increase or decrease
Uplevel Radio Using month, day, or year. . On the center stack below the
Infotainment Display Controls climate controls.
3. Touch } to go back to the . In the rear cargo area.
To set the time: previous menu.
1. Touch SETTINGS from the Lift the cover to access the outlet
To set the clock display: and replace when not in use.
Home Page, then touch Time
and Date. 1. Touch SETTINGS and touch
2. Touch Set Time and touch «

Time and Date. { Warning
2. Touch Clock Display and touch
or ª to increase or decrease OFF or ON to turn the clock Power is always supplied to the
hours, minutes, and AM or PM. display off or on. rear cargo power outlet. Do not
Touch 12–24 Hr for 12 or leave electrical equipment
24 hour clock. 3. Touch } to go back to the plugged in when the vehicle is not
previous menu. (Continued)
3. Touch } to go back to the
previous menu.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

When adding electrical equipment,
Warning (Continued) be sure to follow the proper
installation instructions included with
in use because the vehicle could the equipment. See Add-On
catch fire and cause injury or Electrical Equipment 0 278.
death.
Caution
Caution Hanging heavy equipment from

the power outlet can cause
Leaving electrical equipment damage not covered by the
plugged in for an extended period vehicle warranty. The power
of time while the ignition is off will outlets are designed for The power outlet is on the rear of
drain the battery. Always unplug accessory power plugs only, such the center console.
electrical equipment when not in as cell phone charge cords.
An indicator light on the outlet turns
use and do not plug in equipment
on to show it is in use. The light
that exceeds the maximum Power Outlet 110V/120V comes on when the ignition is on,
15 amp rating. Alternating Current equipment requiring less than 150
watts is plugged into the outlet, and
If equipped with this power outlet it
Certain accessory plugs may not be no system fault is detected.
can be used to plug in electrical
compatible with the accessory equipment that uses a maximum The indicator light does not come on
power outlet and could overload limit of 150 watts. when the ignition is off or if the
vehicle and adapter fuses. If a equipment is not fully seated into
problem is experienced, see your the outlet.
dealer.
If equipment is connected using
more than 150 watts or a system
fault is detected, a protection circuit
shuts off the power supply and the
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

indicator light turns off. To reset the Warning Lights,
circuit, unplug the item and plug it
back in or turn the Retained Gauges, and
Accessory Power (RAP) off and
then back on. See Retained
Indicators
Accessory Power (RAP) 0 226. The Warning lights and gauges can
power restarts when equipment signal that something is wrong
using 150 watts or less is plugged before it becomes serious enough
into the outlet and a system fault is to cause an expensive repair or
not detected. replacement. Paying attention to the
The power outlet is not designed for warning lights and gauges could
and may not work properly, if the prevent injury.
following are plugged in: Some warning lights come on briefly
. Equipment with high initial peak when the engine is started to
wattage, such as indicate they are working. When
compressor-driven refrigerators one of the warning lights comes on
and electric power tools and stays on while driving, or when
one of the gauges shows there may
. Other equipment requiring an be a problem, check the section that
extremely stable power supply, explains what to do. Waiting to do
such as repairs can be costly and even
microcomputer-controlled dangerous.
electric blankets and touch
sensor lamps
. Medical equipment
See High Voltage Devices and
Wiring 0 305.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Instrument Cluster
Base Level English, Metric Similar

Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Midlevel English, Metric Similar

Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Uplevel English Standard Theme, Metric Similar

Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Cluster Menu . Info App. This is where the calls, or scroll through contacts.
selected Driver Information If there is an active call, mute the
There is an interactive display area
Center (DIC) displays can be phone or switch to handset
in the center of the instrument
viewed. operation.
cluster.
(DIC) (Base and Midlevel) 0 145 Navigation
or Driver Information Center Press V to select the Navigation
(DIC) (Uplevel) 0 148.
app, then press p to enter the
. Audio Navigation menu. If there is no
. Phone active route, you can resume the
last route and turn the voice
. Navigation prompts on/off. If there is an active
. Options route, press V to cancel or resume
Audio route guidance or turn the voice
prompts on or off.
Press V to select the Audio app,
Options
then press p to enter the Audio
Use the right steering wheel control menu. In the Audio menu browse for Press V to select the Options app,
to open and scroll through the music, select from the favorites, then press p to enter the Options
different items and displays. or change the audio source. Use w menu. Use w or x to scroll
Press o to access the cluster or x to change the station or go to through items in the Options menu.
applications. Use w or x to scroll the next or previous track.
Units : Press p while Units is
through the list of available Phone displayed to enter the Units menu.
applications. Not all applications will Choose English, Imperial, or metric
be available on all vehicles. Press V to select the Phone app,
units by pressing V while the
then press p to enter the Phone
menu. In the Phone menu, if there is
no active phone call, view recent
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

desired item is highlighted. For the Uplevel Cluster, scroll to set Trip Odometer
A checkmark will be displayed next speed and press p. Press w or x
to the selected item. The trip odometer shows how far
to adjust the value. Press V to set the vehicle has been driven since
Display Themes (Uplevel) : There the speed. the trip odometer was last reset.
are two instrument cluster display
configurations to choose from: Sport Once the speed is set, this feature The trip odometer is accessed and
and Touring. can be turned off by pressing V reset through the Driver Information
while viewing this page. If the Center (DIC).
Info Pages : Press p while Info selected speed limit is exceeded, a See Driver Information Center (DIC)
Pages is displayed to enter the Info pop-up warning is displayed with a (Base and Midlevel) 0 145 or Driver
Pages menu and select the items to chime. Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel)
be displayed in the Info app. 0 148.
See Driver Information Center (DIC) Software Information : Displays
open source software information.
(Base and Midlevel) 0 145 or Driver Tachometer
Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel)
0 148. Speedometer The tachometer displays the engine
speed in revolutions per
Speed Warning : The Speed The speedometer shows the minute (rpm).
Warning display allows the driver to vehicle's speed in either kilometers
set a speed that they do not want to per hour (km/h) or miles per For vehicles with the Stop/Start
exceed. To set the Speed Warning hour (mph). system, when the ignition is on, the
tachometer indicates the vehicle
press p when Speed Warning is status. When pointing to AUTO
displayed. Odometer
STOP, the engine is off but the
For the Base and Midlevel Cluster, The odometer shows how far the vehicle is on and can move. The
vehicle has been driven, in either engine could auto start at any time.
press w or x to adjust the value.
kilometers or miles. When the indicator points to OFF,
Press V to set the speed. the vehicle is off.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

When the engine is on, the
tachometer will indicate the engine’s
revolutions per minute (rpm). The
tachometer may vary by several
hundred rpm’s, during Auto Stop
mode, when the engine is shutting
off and restarting.
A slight bump may be felt when the
transmission is determining the
most fuel efficient operating range.
Fuel Gauge
English Base Level Shown, English Uplevel
Midlevel Similar When the ignition is on, the fuel
gauge indicates about how much
fuel is left in the tank.
An arrow on the fuel gauge
indicates the side of the vehicle the
fuel door is on.
When the indicator nears empty, the
low fuel light comes on. There is a
small amount of fuel left, but the fuel
tank should be filled soon.
Metric Base Level Shown, Midlevel
Similar
Metric Uplevel
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Here are things that some owners Engine Coolant
ask about. None of these show a
problem with the fuel gauge:
Temperature Gauge
. At the service station, the fuel
pump shuts off before the gauge
reads full.
. It takes a little more or less fuel
to fill up than the gauge
indicated. For example, the
gauge indicated the tank was
half full, but it actually took a
little more or less than half the
English Base Level Shown,
tank's capacity to fill the tank.
Midlevel Similar
. The gauge moves a little while
turning a corner or speeding up. Metric Base Level Shown, Midlevel
. The gauge takes a few seconds Similar
to stabilize after the ignition is
turned on, and goes back to
empty when the ignition is
turned off.
Metric Uplevel
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Seat Belt Reminders Passenger Seat Belt Reminder
Light
Driver Seat Belt Reminder
Light There is a passenger seat belt
reminder light near the passenger
There is a driver seat belt reminder airbag status indicator. See
light on the instrument cluster. Passenger Sensing System 0 85.
English Uplevel
This gauge shows the engine When the vehicle is started, this When the vehicle is started, this
coolant temperature. light flashes and a chime may come light flashes and a chime may come
If the pointer moves toward the on to remind the driver to fasten on to remind passengers to fasten
warning area at the high end of the their seat belt. Then the light stays their seat belt. Then the light stays
gauge, the engine is too hot. on solid until the belt is buckled. on solid until the belt is buckled.
This cycle may continue several This cycle continues several times if
If the engine coolant has times if the driver remains or the passenger remains or becomes
overheated and the vehicle has becomes unbuckled while the unbuckled while the vehicle is
been operating under normal driving vehicle is moving. moving.
conditions, pull off the road, stop the
vehicle, and turn off the engine as If the driver seat belt is buckled, If the passenger seat belt is
soon as possible. See Engine neither the light nor the chime buckled, neither the chime nor the
Overheating 0 295. comes on. light comes on.
The front passenger seat belt
reminder light and chime may turn
on if an object is put on the seat
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

such as a briefcase, handbag, The airbag readiness light comes on Passenger Airbag Status
grocery bag, laptop, or other for several seconds when the
electronic device. To turn off the vehicle is started. If the light does
Indicator
reminder light and/or chime, remove not come on then, have it fixed The vehicle has a passenger
the object from the seat or buckle immediately. sensing system. See Passenger
the seat belt. Sensing System 0 85 for important
{ Warning safety information. The overhead
Airbag Readiness Light console has a passenger airbag
If the airbag readiness light stays status indicator.
This light shows if there is an
on after the vehicle is started or
electrical problem with the airbag
system. The system check includes comes on while driving, it means
the airbag sensor(s), the passenger the airbag system might not be
sensing system, the pretensioners, working properly. The airbags in
the airbag modules, the wiring, and the vehicle might not inflate in a
the crash sensing and diagnostic crash, or they could even inflate
module. For more information on the without a crash. To help avoid United States and Canada
airbag system, see Airbag System injury, have the vehicle serviced
0 78. right away.
If there is a problem with the airbag

system, a Driver Information Center
(DIC) message may also come on.
Mexico
When the vehicle is started, the
passenger airbag status indicator
will light ON and OFF, or the symbol
for on and off, for several seconds
as a system check. Then, after
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

several more seconds, the status If the light stays on, or comes on
indicator will light either ON or OFF, { Warning while driving, there may be a
or either the on or off symbol, to let problem with the electrical charging
you know the status of the front If the airbag readiness light ever system. Have it checked by your
outboard passenger frontal airbag. comes on and stays on, it means dealer. Driving while this light is on
that something may be wrong could drain the battery.
If the word ON or the on symbol is with the airbag system. To help
lit on the passenger airbag status avoid injury to yourself or others, When this light comes on, the Driver
indicator, it means that the front have the vehicle serviced right Information Center (DIC) also
outboard passenger frontal airbag is displays a message.
away. See Airbag Readiness
allowed to inflate. If a short distance must be driven
Light 0 135 for more information,
If the word OFF or the off symbol is including important safety with the light on, be sure to turn off
lit on the passenger airbag status information. all accessories, such as the radio
indicator, it means that the and air conditioner.
passenger sensing system has
turned off the front outboard Charging System Light Malfunction Indicator
passenger frontal airbag.
Lamp (Check Engine
If, after several seconds, both status Light)
indicator lights remain on, or if there
are no lights at all, there may be a This light is part of the vehicle’s
problem with the lights or the emission control on-board
passenger sensing system. See diagnostic system. If this light is on
your dealer for service. while the engine is running, a
The charging system light comes on malfunction has been detected and
briefly when the ignition is turned the vehicle may require service. The
on, but the engine is not running, as light should come on to show that it
a check to show the light is working. is working when the ignition is in
The light turns off when the engine Service Mode. See Ignition
is started. If it does not, have the Positions 0 221.
vehicle serviced by your dealer.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

If towing a trailer, reduce the
Caution amount of cargo being hauled as
soon as possible.
Modifications to the engine,
transmission, exhaust, intake, If the light continues to flash, find a
or fuel system, or the use of safe place to park. Turn the vehicle
replacement tires that do not off and wait at least 10 seconds
Malfunctions are often indicated by before restarting the engine. If the
meet the original tire
the system before any problem is light is still flashing, follow the
specifications, can cause this light
noticeable. Being aware of the light previous guidelines and see your
and seeking service promptly when to come on. This could lead to
dealer for service as soon as
it comes on may prevent damage. costly repairs not covered by the
possible.
vehicle warranty. This could also
affect the vehicle’s ability to pass If the light is on steady : A
Caution an Emissions Inspection/ malfunction has been detected.
Maintenance test. See Diagnosis and service may be
If the vehicle is driven continually required.
with this light on, the emission Accessories and Modifications
control system may not work as 0 281. Check the following:
well, the fuel economy may be . If fuel has been added to the
lower, and the vehicle may not If the light is flashing : A vehicle using the capless fuel
run smoothly. This could lead to malfunction has been detected that funnel adapter, make sure that it
costly repairs that might not be could damage the emission control has been removed. See “Filling
covered by the vehicle warranty. system and increase vehicle the Tank with a Portable Gas
emissions. Diagnosis and service Can” under Filling the Tank
may be required. 0 268. The diagnostic system
can detect if the adapter has
To help prevent damage, reduce
been left installed in the vehicle,
vehicle speed and avoid hard
allowing fuel to evaporate into
accelerations and uphill grades.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

the atmosphere. A few driving before the system is ready for
trips with the adapter removed inspection. This can happen if
may turn off the light. the 12-volt battery has recently
. Poor fuel quality can cause been replaced or run down, or if
inefficient engine operation and the vehicle has been recently
poor driveability, which may go serviced.
away once the engine is warmed The DLC is under the instrument See your dealer if the vehicle will
up. If this occurs, change the panel to the left of the steering not pass or cannot be made ready
fuel brand. It may require at wheel. Connecting devices that are for the test.
least one full tank of the proper not used to perform an Emissions
fuel to turn the light off. See Fuel Inspection/Maintenance test or to Brake System Warning
0 267. service the vehicle may affect Light
If the light remains on, see your vehicle operation. See Add-On
Electrical Equipment 0 278. See The vehicle brake system consists
dealer.
your dealer if assistance is needed. of two hydraulic circuits. If one
Emissions Inspection and circuit is not working, the remaining
The vehicle may not pass circuit can still work to stop the
Maintenance Programs inspection if: vehicle. For normal braking
If the vehicle requires an Emissions . The light is on when the engine performance, both circuits need to
Inspection/Maintenance test, the is running. be working.
test equipment will likely connect to
the vehicle's Data Link . The light does not come on If the warning light comes on, there
Connector (DLC). when the ignition is in is a brake problem. Have the brake
Service Mode. system inspected right away.
. Critical emission control systems
have not been completely
diagnosed. If this happens, the
vehicle would not be ready for
inspection and might require
several days of routine driving
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Electric Parking Brake Service Electric Parking
Light Brake Light (Uplevel and
Midlevel Cluster Only)
Metric English
This light should come on briefly

when the engine is started. If it does Metric English
not come on then, have it fixed so it
will be ready to warn you if there is This light comes on when the
parking brake is applied. If the light On some vehicles the service
a problem. electric parking brake light should
continues flashing after the parking
If the light comes on and stays on, brake is released, or while driving, come on briefly when the vehicle is
there is a brake problem. there is a problem with the Electric started. If it does not come on, have
Parking Brake system. A message it fixed so it will be ready to warn if
{ Warning may also display in the Driver
Information Center (DIC).
there is a problem. For vehicles with
the reconfigurable cluster, this light
The brake system might not be may not come on when the vehicle
If the light does not come on, is started.
working properly if the brake or remains flashing, see your dealer.
system warning light is on. If this light stays on, the vehicle
Driving with the brake system should be taken to a dealer as soon
warning light on can lead to a as possible. See Electric Parking
crash. If the light is still on after Brake 0 233. A message may also
the vehicle has been pulled off display in the Driver Information
the road and carefully stopped, Center (DIC).
have the vehicle towed for
service.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Antilock Brake System If both the ABS and the brake Hill Descent Control Light
system warning light are on, the
(ABS) Warning Light vehicle's antilock brakes are not
functioning and there is a problem
with the regular brakes. See your
dealer for service.
See Brake System Warning Light
0 138.
If equipped, the Hill Descent Control
This light comes on briefly when the Tow/Haul Mode Light light comes on when the system is
engine is started. ready for use. When the light
flashes, the system is active.
If the light does not come on, have it
fixed so it will be ready to warn if See Hill Descent Control (HDC)
there is a problem. 0 238.
If the light comes on while driving, Lane Keep Assist (LKA)
stop as soon as it is safely possible
and turn off the vehicle. Then start For vehicles with the Tow/Haul
Light
the engine again to reset the Mode feature, this light comes on
system. If the ABS light stays on, when the Tow/Haul Mode has been
or comes on again while driving, the activated.
vehicle needs service. A chime may
also sound when the light comes on See Tow/Haul Mode 0 232.
steady.
If the ABS light is the only light on,
the vehicle has regular brakes, but This light is green if LKA is available
the antilock brakes are not to assist.
functioning.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

LKA may assist by gently turning Pedestrian Ahead dealer. If the system is working
the steering wheel if the vehicle normally, the indicator light then
approaches a detected lane marking
Indicator turns off.
without using the turn signal in that The traction off light comes on when
direction. The LKA light will turn the Traction Control System (TCS)
amber. has been turned off by pressing and
This light is amber and flashes as a releasing the TCS/StabiliTrak
Lane Departure Warning (LDW) button.
alert, to indicate that the lane This light and the StabiliTrak OFF
marking has been crossed. light come on when StabiliTrak is
If equipped, this indicator will
See Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 265. display amber when a nearby turned off.
pedestrian is detected directly in If the TCS is off, wheel speed will
Vehicle Ahead Indicator front of the vehicle. be limited when necessary to
See Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) protect the driveline from damage.
System 0 260. Adjust driving accordingly.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Traction Off Light Stability Control 0 236.
StabiliTrak OFF Light

If equipped, this indicator will
display green when a vehicle is
detected ahead and amber when
you are following a vehicle ahead
much too closely.
This light comes on briefly while
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) starting the engine. If it does not,
System 0 256. have the vehicle serviced by your
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

This light comes on briefly while If the light does not come on, have For vehicles with the Tire Pressure
starting the engine. If it does not, the vehicle serviced by your dealer. Monitor System (TPMS), this light
have the vehicle serviced by your If the system is working normally, comes on briefly when the engine is
dealer. the indicator light turns off. started. It provides information
This light comes on when the If the light is on and not flashing, the about tire pressures and the TPMS.
StabiliTrak system is turned off. TCS and potentially the StabiliTrak When the Light Is On Steady
If StabiliTrak is off, the Traction system have been disabled.
Control System (TCS) is also off. A Driver Information Center (DIC) This indicates that one or more of
message may display. Check the the tires are significantly
If StabiliTrak and TCS are off, the underinflated.
system does not assist in controlling DIC messages to determine which
the vehicle. Turn on the TCS and feature(s) is no longer functioning A Driver Information Center (DIC)
the StabiliTrak systems, and the and whether the vehicle requires tire pressure message may also
warning light turns off. service. display. Stop as soon as possible,
If the light is on and flashing, the and inflate the tires to the pressure
See Traction Control/Electronic value shown on the Tire and
Stability Control 0 236. TCS and/or the StabiliTrak system
is actively working. Loading Information label. See Tire
Pressure 0 321.
Traction Control System See Traction Control/Electronic
When the Light Flashes First and
Stability Control 0 236.
(TCS)/StabiliTrak Light Then Is On Steady
Tire Pressure Light If the light flashes for about a minute
and then stays on, there may be a
problem with the TPMS. If the
problem is not corrected, the light
will come on at every ignition cycle.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation 0 324.
This light comes on briefly when the
engine is started.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Engine Oil Pressure Light Caution (Continued)
Low Fuel Warning Light
Oil pressure can vary with engine (Base Level)
speed, outside temperature, and oil have the vehicle serviced. Always
viscosity. follow the maintenance schedule
for changing engine oil.
On some models, the oil pump will
vary engine oil pressure according
to engine needs. Oil pressure may
change quickly as the engine speed
or load varies. This is normal. If the
oil pressure warning light or Driver
Information Center (DIC) message
indicates oil pressure outside the
normal operating range, check the
vehicle's oil as soon as possible. This light should come on briefly as
the engine is started. If it does not Metric Shown, English Similar
Caution come on, have the vehicle serviced
by your dealer. This light comes on for a few
seconds when the ignition is turned
Lack of proper engine oil If the light comes on and stays on, it on as a check to indicate it is
maintenance can damage the means that oil is not flowing through working. If it does not come on,
engine. Driving with the engine oil the engine properly. The vehicle have it fixed.
low can also damage the engine. could be low on oil and might have
The repairs would not be covered some other system problem. See The low fuel warning light comes on
by the vehicle warranty. Check your dealer. and a chime sounds when the
the oil level as soon as possible. vehicle is low on fuel. The light turns
Add oil if required, but if the oil off when fuel is added to the
level is within the operating range fuel tank.
and the oil pressure is still low,
(Continued)
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Low Fuel Warning Light The security light should come on IntelliBeam Light
briefly as the engine is started. If it
(Midlevel and Uplevel) does not come on, have the vehicle
serviced by your dealer. If the
system is working normally, the
indicator light turns off.
If the light stays on and the engine
does not start, there could be a
problem with the theft-deterrent This light comes on when the
system. See Immobilizer Operation IntelliBeam system, if equipped, is
This light is near the fuel gauge and 0 48. enabled. See Exterior Lamp
comes on briefly when the ignition is
Controls 0 164.
turned on as a check to show it is
working. High-Beam On Light
Front Fog Lamp Light
It also comes on when the fuel tank
is low on fuel. The light turns off
when fuel is added. If it does not,
have the vehicle serviced.
Security Light
This light comes on when the
high-beam headlamps are in use. The fog lamp light comes on when
See Headlamp High/Low-Beam the fog lamps are in use.
Changer 0 166.
The light goes out when the fog
lamps are turned off. See Fog
Lamps 0 168 for more information.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Lamps On Reminder Adaptive Cruise Control Light Information Displays
Driver Information Center
(DIC) (Base and Midlevel)
The DIC displays are shown in the
center of the instrument cluster in
the Info app. See Instrument Cluster
This light comes on when the This light is white when the Adaptive 0 127. The displays show the status
exterior lamps are in use. See Cruise Control (ACC, if equipped) is of many vehicle systems. The
Exterior Lamp Controls 0 164. on and ready, and turns green when controls for the DIC are on the right
the ACC is set and active. See steering wheel control.
Cruise Control Light Adaptive Cruise Control 0 242.
Door Ajar Light
The cruise control light is white

when the cruise control is on and
ready, and turns green when the This light comes on when a door is
cruise control is set and active. open or not securely latched. Before
driving, check that all doors are
See Cruise Control 0 240. properly closed.
w or x : Press to move up or
down in a list.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

o or p : Press to move between 6. Press V while an item is last time this menu item was reset.
the interactive display zones in the highlighted to select or This number reflects only the
cluster. deselect that item. When an approximate average fuel economy
item is selected, a checkmark that the vehicle has right now, and
V : Press to open a menu or select will change as driving conditions
a menu item. Press and hold to will appear next to it.
change.
reset values on certain screens. DIC Info Pages
Press and hold V while this display
DIC Info Page Options The following is the list of all is active to reset the trip odometer
The info pages on the DIC can be possible DIC info page displays. and the average fuel economy. Trip
turned on or off through the Some may not be available for your A and Trip B can also be reset by
particular vehicle. Some items may
Options menu.
not be turned on by default but can pressing p and choosing reset.
1. Press o to access the cluster be turned on through the Options Fuel Range : Shows the
applications. app. See “DIC Info Page Options” approximate distance the vehicle
earlier in this section. can be driven without refueling.
2. Press w or x to scroll to the LOW will be displayed when the
Options application. Speed : Shows the vehicle speed in
either kilometers per hour (km/h) or vehicle is low on fuel. The fuel
3. Press V to enter the miles per hour (mph). range estimate is based on an
average of the vehicle's fuel
Options menu. Trip A or Trip B : Shows the economy over recent driving history
4. Scroll to Info Pages and current distance traveled, in either and the amount of fuel remaining in
press p. kilometers (km) or miles (mi), since the fuel tank.
the trip odometer was last reset.
5. Press w or x to move Remaining Oil Life : Shows an
This also shows the approximate estimate of the oil's remaining useful
through the list of possible average liters per 100 kilometers life. If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is
information displays. (L/100 km) or miles per displayed, that means 99% of the
gallon (mpg). This number is current oil life remains.
calculated based on the number of
L/100 km (mpg) recorded since the
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

When the remaining oil life is low, See Tire Pressure Monitor System distance. Displayed below the bar
the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON 0 323 and Tire Pressure Monitor graph is the best average fuel
message will appear on the display. Operation 0 324. economy that has been achieved for
The oil should be changed as soon Instantaneous Fuel Economy the selected distance. The selected
as possible. See Engine Oil 0 286. (Mid-Level) : Displays the current distance is displayed at the top of
In addition to the engine oil life fuel economy in liters per the page as “last xxx mi/km.”
system monitoring the oil life, 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles
additional maintenance is Press p to select the distance or
per gallon (mpg). This number
recommended in the Maintenance reset best value. Use w and x to
reflects only the approximate fuel
Schedule. See Maintenance economy that the vehicle has right choose the distance and press V.
Schedule 0 369. now and changes frequently as Press w and x to select “Reset
The Oil Life display must be reset driving conditions change. This Best Score.” Press V to reset the
after each oil change. It will not display cannot be reset.
best average fuel economy. After
reset itself. Do not to reset the Oil Average Vehicle Speed : Displays reset, the best value displays “-,-”
Life display at any time other than the average vehicle speed of the until the selected distance has been
when the oil has just been changed. vehicle in kilometers per hour (km/h) traveled.
It cannot be reset accurately until or miles per hour (mph). This
the next oil change. To reset the The display provides information on
average is based on the various
engine oil life system, press and how current driving behavior affects
vehicle speeds recorded since the
hold V for several seconds while the running average and how well
last reset. Reset the average speed
the Oil Life display is active. See recent driving compares to the best
by pressing V when it is displayed. that has been achieved for the
Engine Oil Life System 0 288.
Fuel Economy : The center selected distance.
Tire Pressure : Shows the displays the approximate
approximate pressures of all four Economy Trend : Shows history of
instantaneous fuel economy as a the Average Fuel Economy from the
tires. Tire pressure is displayed in number and bar graph. Displayed
either kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds last 50 km (30 mi). Each bar
above the bar graph is a running represents about 5 km (3 mi) of
per square inch (psi). If the pressure average of fuel economy for the
is low, the value for that tire is driving. During driving the bars will
most recently traveled selected shift to always reflect the most
shown in amber.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

recent distance on the right side. Battery Voltage : Displays the
Press and hold V to clear the graph current battery voltage, if equipped.
Battery voltage changes are normal
or press p to reset through
while driving. See Charging System
the menu. Light 0 136. If there is a problem
ECO Index : Provides feedback on with the battery charging system,
the efficiency of current driving the DIC will display a message.
behavior. The bar graph shows a Transmission Fluid
value that is based on current fuel Temperature : Shows the
consumption compared to what is temperature of the automatic
expected from the vehicle with good transmission fluid in either degrees
and bad driving habits. Celsius (°C) or degrees
Timer : This display can be used as Fahrenheit (°F).
a timer. To start the timer, press V Blank Page : Shows no
w or x : Press to move up or
while this display is active. The down in a list.
information.
display will show the amount of time o or p : Press to move between
that has passed since the timer was Driver Information Center the interactive display zones in the
last reset. To stop the timer, press V cluster.
(DIC) (Uplevel)
briefly while this display is active V : Press to open a menu or select
and the timer is running. To reset The DIC displays are shown in the a menu item. Press and hold to
center of the instrument cluster in
the timer to zero, press and hold V reset values on certain screens.
the Info app. See Instrument Cluster
while this display is active, or press DIC Info Page Options
0 127. The displays show the status
p and select reset. of many vehicle systems. The The info pages on the DIC can be
Speed Limit (Mid-Level) : Shows controls for the DIC are on the right turned on or off through the
sign information, which comes from steering wheel control. Options menu.
a roadway database in the onboard
navigation, if equipped. 1. Press o to access the cluster
applications.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

2. Press w or x to scroll to the Speed : Shows the vehicle speed in calculated based on the various
Options application. either kilometers per hour (km/h) or vehicle speeds recorded since the
miles per hour (mph). The vehicle last reset of this value.
3. Press V to enter the odometer is also shown on
Options menu. this page. Press and hold V while this display
is active to reset the trip odometer,
4. Scroll to Info Pages and Trip A or Trip B, Average Fuel the average fuel economy, and the
press p. Economy, and Average Speed :
average speed. Or press p and
Shows the current distance traveled,
5. Press w or x to move in either kilometers (km) or select reset in the menu.
through the list of possible miles (mi), since the trip odometer Fuel Range and Instantaneous
information displays. was last reset. Fuel Economy : Shows the
The Average Fuel Economy display approximate distance the vehicle
6. Press V while an item is can be driven without refueling.
highlighted to select or shows the approximate average
liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) LOW will be displayed when the
deselect that item. When an vehicle is low on fuel. The fuel
item is selected, a checkmark or miles per gallon (mpg). This
number is calculated based on the range estimate is based on an
will appear next to it. average of the vehicle's fuel
number of L/100 km (mpg) recorded
DIC Info Pages since the last time this menu item economy over recent driving history
was reset. This number reflects only and the amount of fuel remaining in
The following is the list of all the fuel tank.
possible DIC info page displays. the approximate average fuel
Some may not be available for your economy that the vehicle has right The Instantaneous Fuel Economy
particular vehicle. Some items may now, and will change as driving display shows the current fuel
not be turned on by default but can conditions change. economy in either liters per
be turned on through the Options The Average Speed display shows 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles
app. See “DIC Info Page Options” the average speed of the vehicle in per gallon (mpg). This number
earlier in this section. kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles reflects only the approximate fuel
per hour (mph). This average is economy that the vehicle has right
now and changes frequently as
driving conditions change.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Timer and Fuel Used : Can be recommended in the Maintenance Best Fuel Economy : Displays
used as a timer. To start the timer, Schedule. See Maintenance average fuel economy, the best fuel
press V while this display is active. Schedule 0 369. economy over the selected
The display will show the amount of The Oil Life display must be reset distance, and a bar graph showing
time that has passed since the timer after each oil change. It will not instantaneous fuel economy.
was last reset. To stop the timer, reset itself. Do not to reset the Oil Press p to change the selected
press V briefly while this display is Life display at any time other than
distance. Press and hold V while
active and the timer is running. To when the oil has just been changed.
It cannot be reset accurately until this display is active to reset the
reset the timer to zero, press and best fuel economy and average fuel
hold V while this display is active. the next oil change. To reset the
engine oil life system, press and economy. This display can also be
This also shows the number of reset by selecting reset in the menu.
hold V for several seconds while
liters (L) or gallons (gal) of fuel used the Oil Life display is active. See Top Consumers : Shows a list of
since the last reset of this Engine Oil Life System 0 288. the features that are currently
menu item. impacting the fuel economy, in order
Tire Pressure : Shows the from highest to lowest. If a feature is
Oil Life : Shows an estimate of the approximate pressures of all four
oil's remaining useful life. turned off, it will be removed from
tires. Tire pressure is displayed in the list.
If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is either kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds
displayed, that means 99% of the per square inch (psi). If the pressure Economy Trend : Shows history of
current oil life remains. is low, the value for that tire is the Average Fuel Economy from the
When the remaining oil life is low, shown in amber. last 50 km (30 mi). Each bar
the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON See Tire Pressure Monitor System represents about 5 km (3 mi) of
message will appear on the display. 0 323 and Tire Pressure Monitor driving. During driving the bars will
The oil should be changed as soon Operation 0 324. shift to always reflect the most
as possible. See Engine Oil 0 286. recent distance on the right side.
In addition to the engine oil life Press and hold V to clear the graph
system monitoring the oil life, or press p to reset through
additional maintenance is the menu.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

ECO Index : Provides feedback on .
the efficiency of current driving
Vehicle Messages Brakes
. Ride Control Systems
behavior. The bar graph shows a Messages displayed on the DIC
value that is based on current fuel indicate the status of the vehicle or . Driver Assistance Systems
consumption compared to what is some action that may be needed to . Cruise Control
expected from the vehicle with good correct a condition. Multiple
and bad driving habits. messages may appear one after . Lighting and Bulb Replacement
another. . Wiper/Washer Systems
Speed Signs : Shows sign
information, which comes from a The messages that do not require . Doors and Windows
roadway database in the onboard immediate action can be
. Seat Belts
navigation. acknowledged and cleared by
pressing V. The messages that . Airbag Systems
Off Road : Displays vehicle pitch
and roll information, road wheel require immediate action cannot be . Engine and Transmission
angle, and four-wheel drive (4WD) cleared until that action is
. Tire Pressure
status. performed.
. Battery
Following Distance : The following All messages should be taken
distance to a moving vehicle ahead seriously; clearing the message
in your path is indicated in following does not correct the problem. Engine Power Messages
time in seconds. See Forward If a SERVICE message appears, ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED
Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 256. see your dealer.
This message displays when the
Blank Page : Shows no Follow the instructions given in the vehicle's propulsion power is
information. messages. The system displays reduced. Reduced propulsion power
Transmission Fluid Temperature messages regarding the following can affect the vehicle's ability to
Gauge : Shows the temperature of topics: accelerate. If this message is on,
the automatic transmission fluid in . Service Messages but there is no observed reduction
either degrees Celsius (°C) or in performance, proceed to your
degrees Fahrenheit (°F). . Fluid Levels destination. The performance may
. Vehicle Security be reduced the next time the vehicle
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

is driven. The vehicle may be driven Vehicle 3. Press o BACK on the center
while this message is on, but
Personalization stack or touch 0 to return to
maximum acceleration and speed
may be reduced. Anytime this the previous menu or exit.
Use the audio system controls to
message stays on, or displays Personalization Menus
access the personalization menus
repeatedly, the vehicle should be
for customizing vehicle features. The following list of menu items may
taken to your dealer for service as
soon as possible. The following are all possible be available:
personalization features. Depending . Time and Date
Vehicle Speed Messages on the vehicle, some may not be
. Rear Seat Reminder
available.
SPEED LIMITED TO . Language
Base Radio Audio System
XXX KM/H (MPH) Controls . Valet Mode
This message shows that the .
vehicle speed has been limited to
{ : Press to access the Teen Driver
Home Page. . Radio
the speed displayed. The limited
speed is a protection for various Q or R : Touch to scroll through the . Vehicle
propulsion and vehicle systems, menus or setup items.
. Bluetooth
such as lubrication, thermal, 0 : Touch to exit or return to the
suspension, Teen Driver if previous screen or menu. . Apple CarPlay
equipped, or tires. . Android Auto
Uplevel Radio Audio System
Controls . USB Auto Launch
1. Touch the desired feature to . Voice
display a list of available . Display
options.
. Rear Camera
2. Select the desired feature
setting. . Return to Factory Settings
. Software Information
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

. Wi-Fi To enable valet mode: Manage Favorites
Each menu is detailed in the 1. Enter a four-digit code on the This allows favorites to be edited.
following information. keypad. See “Manage Favorites” in
2. Select Enter to go to the “Settings” under “Radio” in the
Time and Date infotainment manual.
confirmation screen.
Manually set the time and date. See
3. Re-enter the four-digit code. Number of Favorites Shown
Clock 0 122.
Touch Lock or Unlock to lock or Touch to set the number of favorites
Rear Seat Reminder to display.
unlock the system. Touch Back to
This allows for a chime and a go back to the previous menu. Select the desired number or select
message when the rear door has Auto and the infotainment system
been opened before or during Teen Driver will automatically adjust the number
operation of the vehicle. See “Teen Driver” under “Settings” of favorites shown.
Select Off or On. in the infotainment manual.
Audible Touch Feedback
Language Radio This allows Audible Touch
Select Language, then select from Touch and the following may Feedback to be turned on or off.
the available language(s). display: Select Off or On.
The selected language will display . Manage Favorites
Text Scroll
on the system, and voice . Number of Favorites Shown
recognition will reflect the selected Select to see text scroll on the
. Audible Touch Feedback screen.
language.
. Text Scroll Select Off or On.
Valet Mode
. Tone Settings
This will lock the infotainment
system and steering wheel controls. . Auto Volume
It may also limit access to vehicle . Bose Audio Pilot
storage locations, if equipped.
. Maximum Startup Volume
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Tone Settings To set the maximum startup volume, Auto Defog
Select to adjust the radio tone. See touch + or − to increase or When set to On, the front defog will
Operation 0 176 or “Tone Settings” decrease. automatically react to temperature
under “AM-FM Radio” in the Vehicle and humidity conditions that may
infotainment manual. cause fogging.
Select and the following may
Auto Volume display: Select Off or On.
This feature adjusts the volume . Climate and Air Quality Auto Rear Defog
based on vehicle speed and . If equipped, this allows the Auto
Collision/Detection Systems
ambient noise. Rear Defog to be turned on or off.
. Comfort and Convenience
Select Off, Low, Medium-Low, This feature will automatically turn
Medium, Medium-High, or High. . Lighting on the rear window defogger when it
. Power Door Locks is cold outside.
Bose Audio Pilot
. Remote Lock, Unlock, Start Select Off or On.
This feature adjusts the volume
based on the noise in the vehicle. Collision/Detection Systems
Climate and Air Quality
See “Bose AudioPilot Noise
Select and the following may Select the Collision/Detection
Compensation Technology” under
display: Systems menu and the following
“Infotainment System Settings” in
may be displayed if equipped:
the infotainment manual. . Auto Fan Speed
. Alert Type
Select Off or On. . Auto Defog
. Forward Collision System
Maximum Startup Volume . Auto Rear Defog
. Front Pedestrian Detection
This feature sets the maximum Auto Fan Speed
startup volume. If the vehicle is . Rear Cross Traffic Alert
started and the volume is greater This feature will set the maximum . Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier
than this level, the volume is auto fan speed.
adjusted to this level. . Lane Change Alert
Select Low, Medium, or High.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Alert Type See Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) . Easy Exit Options
This feature will set crash alerts to System 0 260. . Chime Volume
beeps or seat vibrations. This Select Off, Alert, or Alert and Brake. . Hands Free Liftgate Control
setting affects all crash alerts
including Forward Collision, Lane Rear Cross Traffic Alert . Reverse Tilt Mirror
Departure Warning, Adaptive Cruise This allows the Rear Cross Traffic . Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear
Control, Parking Assist, and Alert feature to be turned on or off.
Backing Warning alerts. . Extended Hill Start Assist
Select Off or On.
Select Beeps or Safety Alert Seat. Auto Memory Recall
Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier
Forward Collision System This feature automatically recalls
This feature will give a reminder that the current driver’s previously stored
This feature will turn on or off the Adaptive Cruise Control provides 1 or 2 button positions when the
Forward Collision Alert (FCA) and when it has brought the vehicle to a ignition is changed from off to on or
Forward Automatic Braking (FAB). complete stop behind another ACC/ACCESSORY. See Memory
The Off setting disables all FCA and stopping vehicle, and then that Seats 0 62.
FAB functions. With the Alert and vehicle drives on.
Brake setting, both FCA and FAB Select Off or On.
Select Off or On.
are available. The Alert setting Easy Exit Options
disables FAB. See Forward Lane Change Alert
Automatic Braking (FAB) 0 258. This feature automatically recalls
This allows the feature to be turned the previously stored Exit button
Select Off, Alert and Brake, or Alert. on or off. See Lane Change Alert position when exiting the vehicle.
(LCA) 0 263. See Memory Seats 0 62.
Front Pedestrian Detection
Select Off or On. Select Off or On.
This feature may help avoid or
reduce the harm caused by Comfort and Convenience Chime Volume
front-end crashes with nearby
Select and the following may This allows the selection of the
pedestrians.
display: chime volume level.
. Auto Memory Recall Touch + or − to adjust the volume.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Hands Free Liftgate Control Select Off or On. Exit Lighting
The liftgate may be operated with a Extended Hill Start Assist This allows the selection of how
kicking motion under the left corner long the exterior lamps stay on
of the rear bumper. See Liftgate This allows the duration of the Hill when leaving the vehicle when it is
0 42. Start Assist to be changed. See Hill dark outside.
Start Assist (HSA) 0 235.
Select Off, On-Open and Close, Select Off, 30 Seconds, 60 Seconds,
or On-Open Only. Select Extended Hold or or 120 Seconds.
Standard Hold.
Reverse Tilt Mirror Power Door Locks
Lighting
When on, both the driver and Select and the following may
passenger, driver, or passenger Select and the following may display:
outside mirrors will tilt downward display:
. Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout
when the vehicle is shifted to . Vehicle Locator Lights
R (Reverse) to improve visibility of . Auto Door Unlock
. Exit Lighting
the ground near the rear wheels. . Delayed Door Lock
They will return to their previous Vehicle Locator Lights
driving position when the vehicle is Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout
This feature will flash the exterior
shifted out of R (Reverse) or the When on, this feature will keep the
lamps and allows some of the
engine is turned off. See Reverse driver door from locking when the
exterior lamps and most of the
Tilt Mirrors 0 50. door is open. If Off is selected, the
interior lamps to turn on briefly when
Select Off, On - Driver and K on the Remote Keyless Entry Delayed Door Lock menu will be
Passenger, On - Driver, or On - (RKE) transmitter is pressed to available.
Passenger. locate the vehicle. Select Off or On.
Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear Select Off or On. Auto Door Unlock
When on and the front wiper is on, This allows selection of which of the
the rear wiper will automatically doors will automatically unlock when
activate when the vehicle is shifted the vehicle is shifted into P (Park).
to R (Reverse).
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Select Off, All Doors, or Driver Door. Select Off or Flash Lights. Remote Window Operation
Delayed Door Lock Remote Lock Feedback If equipped, this feature enables the
remote operation of all windows
When on, this feature will delay the This allows selection of what type of from the RKE transmitter. See
locking of the doors. To override the feedback is given when locking the “Remote Window Operation” in
delay, press the power door lock vehicle with the RKE transmitter. Power Windows 0 51.
switch on the door. Select Off, Lights and Horn, Lights Select Off or On.
Select Off or On. Only, or Horn Only.
Passive Door Unlock
Remote Lock, Unlock, Start Remote Door Unlock
This allows the selection of what
Select and the following may This allows selection of which doors doors will unlock when using the
display: will unlock when pressing K on the button on the driver door to unlock
. Remote Unlock Light Feedback RKE transmitter. the vehicle.
. Remote Lock Feedback Select All Doors or Driver Door. Select All Doors or Driver Door.
. Remote Door Unlock Remote Start Auto Cool Seats Passive Door Lock
. Remote Start Auto Cool Seats If equipped and turned on, this This allows passive locking to be
. feature will turn the ventilated seats turned on or off and selects
Remote Start Auto Heat Seats
on when using remote start on feedback. See Remote Keyless
. Remote Window Operation warm days. Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 30.
. Passive Door Unlock Select Off or On. Select Off, On with Horn
. Passive Door Lock Remote Start Auto Heat Seats Chirp, or On.
. Remote Left in Vehicle Alert If equipped and turned on, this Remote Left in Vehicle Alert
Remote Unlock Light Feedback feature will turn the heated seats on This feature sounds an alert when
when using remote start on the RKE transmitter is left in the
When on, the exterior lamps will cold days. vehicle. This menu also enables
flash when unlocking the vehicle Remote No Longer In Vehicle Alert.
with the RKE transmitter. Select Off or On.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Select Off or On. Device Management Text Message Alerts
Bluetooth Select to connect to a different This allows the feature to be turned
phone source, disconnect a phone, on or off.
Select and the following may or delete a phone.
display: Select Off or On.
Change Pairing PIN
. Device Information Apple CarPlay
. Select to change the PIN of a
Pair New Device Select and the following may
device.
. Device Management display:
Ringtones . Apple CarPlay
. Change Pairing PIN
Select to change the ring tone for . Manage Apple CarPlay Devices
. Ringtones the specific phone. The phone does
. Sort Order not need to be connected to change Apple CarPlay
the ring tone. This feature allows Apple devices to
. Voice Mail Numbers
Sort Order be connected to the infotainment
. Text Message Alerts system through a USB port.
Select to change the order of the
Device Information contacts list. Select Off or On.
See information about the device Select First/Last or Last/First. Manage Apple CarPlay Devices
name, address, and PIN code.
Voice Mail Numbers Select to manage Apple devices.
Pair New Device Apple CarPlay must be on for this
This feature displays the voice mail feature to be accessed.
Select to pair a new device. See number for all connected phones.
“Pairing” in “Infotainment Controls” To change the voice mail number, Android Auto
under “Bluetooth” in the infotainment select EDIT. Type a new number,
manual. Select and the following may
then select SAVE.
display:
. Android Auto
. Manage Android Auto Devices
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Android Auto Confidence Threshold . Turn Display Off
This feature allows Android devices This feature allows the adjustment Mode
to be connected to the infotainment of the sensitivity of the speech
system through a USB port. recognition system. Select to change the display screen
for day or night driving.
Select Off or On. Select Confirm More or
Confirm Less. Select Auto, Day, or Night.
Manage Android Auto Devices
Prompt Length Calibrate Touchscreen
Select to manage Android devices.
Android Auto must be on for this This feature adjusts the voice Select to calibrate the touchscreen,
feature to be accessed. prompt length. then follow the prompts.
Select Short or Long. Turn Display Off

USB Auto Launch
Audio Feedback Speed Select to turn the display off. Touch
This allows Android and Apple
anywhere on the infotainment
CarPlay devices to automatically This feature adjusts the audio display area or press any controls
connect when plugged into the feedback speed. on the radio center stack to turn the
USB port.
Select Slow, Medium, or Fast. display on.
Select Off or On.
Display “What Can I Say?” Tips Rear Camera
Voice This allows for Rear Parking Assist
This feature gives voice
Select and the following may command tips. Symbols and Guidance Lines to be
display: turned off or on.
Select Off or On.
. Confidence Threshold Select Off or On for the desired
.
Display feature.
Prompt Length
Select and the following may See Assistance Systems for Parking
. Audio Feedback Speed display: or Backing 0 252.
. Display “What Can I Say?” Tips . Mode
. Calibrate Touchscreen
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Return to Factory Settings Wi-Fi Universal Remote
Select and the following may Select and the following may System
display: display:
. Restore Vehicle Settings . Wi-Fi See Radio Frequency Statement
0 394.
. Clear All Private Data . Manage Wi-Fi Networks
. Restore Radio Settings Wi-Fi Universal Remote System
Restore Vehicle Settings This feature allows Wi-Fi networks Programming
This allows selection of restoring to be turned off or on.
vehicle settings. Select Off or On.
Select Restore or Cancel. Manage Wi-Fi Networks
Clear All Private Data Select to manage Wi-Fi networks.
This allows selection to clear all Wi-Fi must be on for this feature to
private information from the vehicle. be accessed.
Select Delete or Cancel.

Restore Radio Settings
This allows selection to restore
radio settings.
Select Restore or Cancel. If equipped, these buttons are in the
overhead console.
Software Information This system can replace up to three
Touch to view the version of the remote control transmitters used to
infotainment system software. activate devices such as garage
door openers, security systems, and
home automation devices. These
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

instructions refer to a garage door Make sure the hand-held transmitter system buttons to be used to
opener, but can be used for other has a new battery for quicker and operate the garage door. Do
devices. more accurate transmission of the not release either button until
Do not use the Universal Remote radio-frequency signal. the indicator light changes from
system with any garage door opener a slow to a rapid flash. Then
Programming the Universal release both buttons.
that does not have the stop and Remote System
reverse feature. This includes any Some garage door openers
garage door opener model For questions or programming help, may require substitution of
manufactured before April 1, 1982. see www.homelink.com/gm or call Step 2 with the procedure
1-800-355-3515. under “Radio Signals for
Read these instructions completely
before programming the Universal Programming involves Canada and Some Gate
Remote system. It may help to have time-sensitive actions, and may time Operators” later in this section.
another person assist with the out causing the procedure to be 3. Press and hold the newly
programming process. repeated. programmed Universal Remote
Keep the original hand-held To program up to three devices: system button for five seconds
transmitter for use in other vehicles while watching the indicator
1. Hold the end of the hand-held light and garage door
as well as for future programming. transmitter about 3 to 8 cm (1
Erase the programming when activation.
to 3 in) away from the
vehicle ownership is terminated. Universal Remote system . If the indicator light stays on
See “Erasing Universal Remote buttons with the indicator light continuously or the garage
System Buttons” later in this in view. The hand-held door moves when the
section. transmitter was supplied by the button is pressed, then
To program a garage door opener, manufacturer of the garage programming is complete.
park outside directly in line with and door opener receiver. There is no need to
facing the garage door opener complete Steps 4–6.
2. At the same time, press and
receiver. Clear all people and hold both the hand-held . If the indicator light does
objects near the garage door. transmitter button and one of not come on or the garage
the three Universal Remote door does not move, a
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

second button press may The name and color of the Repeat the process for
be required. For a second button may vary by programming the two remaining
time, press and hold the manufacturer. buttons.
newly programmed button 5. Press and release the Learn or
for five seconds. If the light Radio Signals for Canada and
Smart button. Step 6 must be Some Gate Operators
stays on or the garage door completed within 30 seconds of
moves, programming is pressing this button. For questions or programming help,
complete. see www.homelink.com/gm or call
6. Inside the vehicle, press and 1-800-355-3515.
. If the indicator light blinks hold the newly programmed
rapidly for two seconds, Universal Remote system Canadian radio-frequency laws and
then changes to a solid light button for two seconds, then some U.S. gate operators require
and the garage door does release it. If the garage door transmitter signals to time out or quit
not move, continue with does not move or the lamp on after several seconds of
programming Steps 4–6. the garage door opener transmission. This may not be long
receiver does not flash, press enough for the Universal Remote
and hold the same button a system to pick up the signal during
second time for two seconds, programming.
then release it. Again, if the If the programming did not work,
door does not move or the replace Step 2 under “Programming
garage door lamp does not the Universal Remote System” with
flash, press and hold the same the following:
button a third time for
two seconds, then release it. Press and hold the Universal
Learn or Smart Button Remote system button while
The Universal Remote system pressing and releasing the
4. After completing Steps 1–3, should now activate the hand-held transmitter button every
locate the Learn or Smart garage door. two seconds until the signal has
button inside the garage on the been successfully accepted by the
garage door opener receiver. Universal Remote system. The
Universal Remote system indicator
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

light will flash slowly at first and then Reprogramming a Single
rapidly. Proceed with Step 3 under Universal Remote System
“Programming the Universal Remote Button
System” to complete.
To reprogram any of the system
Universal Remote System buttons:
Operation 1. Press and hold any one of the
buttons. Do not release the
Using the Universal Remote button.
System 2. The indicator light will begin to
Press and hold the appropriate flash after 20 seconds. Without
Universal Remote system button for releasing the button, proceed
at least one-half second. The with Step 1 under
indicator light will come on while the “Programming the Universal
signal is being transmitted. Remote System.”
Erasing Universal Remote
System Buttons
Erase all programmed buttons when
vehicle ownership is terminated.
To erase:
1. Press and hold the two outside
buttons until the indicator light
begins to flash. This should
take about 10 seconds.
2. Release both buttons.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
164 Lighting
Lighting Battery Power Protection . . . . . 171
Exterior Lighting Battery
Exterior Lighting
Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Exterior Lamp Controls
Exterior Lighting
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . 164
Exterior Lamps Off
Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 The exterior lamp control is on the
Automatic Headlamp turn signal lever.
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Turn the control to the following
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 168 positions:
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 O : Turns the exterior lamps off and
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 deactivates the AUTO mode. Turn
to O again to reactivate the
Interior Lighting
AUTO mode.
Instrument Panel Illumination
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 In Canada, the headlamps will
Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 automatically reactivate when the
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 vehicle is shifted out of P (Park).
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 AUTO : Automatically turns the
Lighting Features exterior lamps on and off,
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 depending on outside lighting.
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Battery Load Management . . . 171
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Lighting 165
; : Turns on the parking lamps Turning On and Enabling The high-beam headlamps remain
including all lamps, except the IntelliBeam on, under the automatic control,
headlamps. until one of the following situations
occurs:
2 : Turns on the headlamps
together with the parking lamps and . The system detects an
instrument panel lights. approaching vehicle's
headlamps.
IntelliBeam® System . The system detects a preceding
If equipped, this system turns the vehicle's taillamps.
vehicle's high-beam headlamps on To enable the IntelliBeam system,
press the button on the end of the . The outside light is bright
and off according to surrounding
turn signal lever when the exterior enough that high-beam
traffic conditions.
headlamps are not required.
The system turns the high-beam lamp control is in the AUTO or 2
position. The blue high-beam on . The vehicle's speed drops below
headlamps on when it is dark
light appears on the instrument 20 km/h (12 mph).
enough and there is no other traffic
present. cluster when the high beams are on. . The IntelliBeam system is
Driving with IntelliBeam disabled by the button on the
This light b comes on in the turn signal lever. If this happens,
instrument cluster when the The system only activates the high press the button on the end of
IntelliBeam system is enabled. beams when driving over 40 km/h the turn signal lever when the
(25 mph). exterior lamp control is in the
There is a sensor near the top AUTO or 2 position. The
center of the windshield that instrument cluster light will come
automatically controls the system. on to indicate the IntelliBeam is
Keep this area of the windshield reactivated.
clear of debris to allow for best
system performance.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
166 Lighting
The high beams may not turn off The automatic high-beam Flash-to-Pass
automatically if the system cannot headlamps may need to be disabled
detect another vehicle's lamps if any of the above conditions exist. This feature is used to signal to the
because of any of the following: vehicle ahead that you want
Exterior Lamps Off to pass.
. The other vehicle's lamps are
missing, damaged, obstructed Reminder If the headlamps are off or in the
from view, or otherwise low-beam position, pull the turn
A warning chime sounds if the driver signal lever toward you to
undetected.
door is opened while the ignition is momentarily switch to high beams.
. The other vehicle's lamps are off and the exterior lamps are on.
covered with dirt, snow, and/or Release the lever to turn the
road spray. high-beam headlamps off.
Headlamp High/
. The other vehicle's lamps cannot Low-Beam Changer
be detected due to dense
Daytime Running
exhaust, smoke, fog, snow, road 3 : Push the turn signal lever away Lamps (DRL)
spray, mist, or other airborne from you and release, to turn the
high beams on. To return to low DRL can make it easier for others to
obstructions. see the front of your vehicle during
beams, push the lever again or pull
. The vehicle's windshield is dirty, it toward you and release. the day. Fully functional DRL are
cracked, or obstructed by required on all vehicles first sold in
something that blocks the view Canada.
of the light sensor. If equipped with High Intensity
. The vehicle is loaded such that Discharge (HID) headlamps, the
the front end points upward, dedicated DRL will come on when
causing the light sensor to aim all of the following conditions
high and not detect headlamps are met:
and taillamps. This indicator light turns on in the . The ignition is on.
. Driving on winding or hilly roads. instrument cluster when the . The exterior lamp control is
high-beam headlamps are on.
in AUTO.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Lighting 167
. The light sensor determines it is panel brightness control is in the full
daytime. bright position. See Instrument
. The parking brake is released or Panel Illumination Control 0 169.
the vehicle is not in P (Park). When it is bright enough outside,
When the DRL are on, the taillamps the headlamps will turn off or may
and other lamps will not be on. change to DRL.
The DRL turn off when the The automatic headlamp system
turns off when the exterior lamp
headlamps are turned to O or the
control is turned to O or the ignition
ignition is off. For vehicles first sold
in Canada, the DRL can only be is off.
turned off when the vehicle is For vehicles sold in Canada, this
parked. There is a light sensor on top of the control only works when the
instrument panel. Do not cover the transmission is in P (Park).
Automatic Headlamp sensor.
Lights On with Wipers
System The system may also turn on the
headlamps when driving through a If the windshield wipers are
When the exterior lamp control is activated in daylight with the engine
parking garage or tunnel.
set to AUTO and it is dark enough on, and the exterior lamp control is
outside, the headlamps come on If the vehicle is started in a dark in AUTO, the headlamps, parking
automatically. garage, the automatic headlamp lamps, and other exterior lamps
system comes on immediately. If it come on. The transition time for the
is light outside when the vehicle lamps coming on varies based on
leaves the garage, there is a slight wiper speed. When the wipers are
delay before the automatic not operating, these lamps turn off.
headlamp system changes to the Move the exterior lamp control to O
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL).
During that delay, the instrument or ; to disable this feature.
cluster may not be as bright as
usual. Make sure the instrument
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
168 Lighting
Hazard Warning Flashers Turn and Lane-Change If after signaling a turn or lane
change, the arrow flashes rapidly or
Signals does not come on, a signal bulb
may be burned out.
Replace any burned out bulbs. If a
bulb is not burned out, check the
fuse. See Fuses and Circuit
Breakers 0 306.
Fog Lamps
Move the lever all the way up or
down to signal a turn.
An arrow on the instrument cluster
flashes in the direction of the turn or
lane change.
| : Press this button to make the Raise or lower the lever until the
front and rear turn signal lamps
arrow starts to flash to signal a lane
flash on and off. This warns others
change. Hold it there until the lane Use the fog lamps for better vision
that you are having trouble. Press
change is completed. If the lever is in foggy or misty conditions.
again to turn the flashers off.
briefly pressed and released, the
The turn signals do not work while turn signal flashes three times. # : Turn the band down and
the hazard warning flashers are on. release to turn the fog lamps on or
The turn and lane-change signal off. A light comes on in the
can be turned off manually by instrument cluster when the fog
moving the lever back to its original lamps are in use. The ignition must
position. be on for the fog lamps to work.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Lighting 169
When the headlamps are changed Interior Lighting Dome Lamps
to high beam, the fog lamps turn off.
The fog lamps come back on again
when the high-beam headlamps are Instrument Panel
turned off. Illumination Control
Some localities have laws that
require the headlamps to be on
along with the fog lamps.
The brightness of the instrument The dome lamp is in the overhead

panel lighting and steering wheel console.
controls can be adjusted. To operate, press the following
D : Move the thumbwheel up or buttons:
down to brighten or dim the lights. j OFF : Press to turn off the
dome lamps when a door is open.
Courtesy Lamps An indicator light on the button will
turn on when the dome lamp
The courtesy lamps come on when
any door is opened unless the dome override is activated. Press j
lamp override is activated. To OFF again to deactivate this feature
deactivate the dome lamp override, and the indicator light will turn off.
The dome lamps will come on when
press j OFF and the indicator
the doors are opened.
light on the button will turn off.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
170 Lighting
+ ON/OFF : Press to turn the dome Lighting Features
lamps on manually.
Reading Lamps Entry Lighting

Some exterior lamps and most of
There are front and rear reading
the interior lights turn on briefly at
lamps on the overhead console and
night, or in areas of limited lighting
in the headliner. These lamps come
on when any door is opened. when K is pressed on the Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.
Rear Reading Lamps
See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
Press the buttons to turn the rear System Operation 0 30. When the
passenger reading lamps on or off. driver door is opened, all control
lights, Driver Information Center
(DIC) lights, and door pocket lights
turn on. After about 30 seconds the
exterior lamps turn off, then the
remaining interior lights dim to off.
Entry lighting can be disabled
manually by turning the ignition on
or to ACC/ACCESSORY, or by
pressing Q on the RKE transmitter.
Front Reading Lamps
This feature can be changed. See
Press the lamp lenses to turn the “Vehicle Locator Lights” under
front reading lamps on or off. Vehicle Personalization 0 152.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Lighting 171
Exit Lighting When the state of charge is high, It can increase engine idle speed to
the voltage is lowered slightly to generate more power whenever
Some exterior lamps and interior prevent overcharging. If the vehicle needed. It can temporarily reduce
lights come on at night, or in areas has a voltmeter gauge or a voltage the power demands of some
with limited lighting, when the driver display on the Driver Information accessories.
door is opened after the ignition is Center (DIC), you may see the
turned off. The dome lamp comes Normally, these actions occur in
voltage move up or down. This is steps or levels, without being
on after the ignition is turned off. normal. If there is a problem, an
The exterior lamps and dome lamp noticeable. In rare cases at the
alert will be displayed. highest levels of corrective action,
remain on for a set amount of time,
then automatically turn off. The battery can be discharged at this action may be noticeable to the
idle if the electrical loads are very driver. If so, a DIC battery voltage
The exterior lamps turn off high. This is true for all vehicles. and charging message displays. It is
immediately by turning the exterior This is because the generator recommended that the driver reduce
lamp control off. (alternator) may not be spinning fast the electrical loads as much as
This feature can be changed. See enough at idle to produce all of the possible.
Vehicle Personalization 0 152. power needed for very high See Driver Information Center (DIC)
electrical loads. (Base and Midlevel) 0 145 or Driver
Battery Load A high electrical load occurs when Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel)
0 148.
Management several of the following are on, such
as: headlamps, high beams, rear
The vehicle has Electric Power window defogger, climate control fan Battery Power Protection
Management (EPM) that estimates at high speed, heated seats, engine The battery saver feature is
the battery's temperature and state cooling fans, trailer loads, and loads designed to protect the vehicle's
of charge. It then adjusts the voltage plugged into accessory power battery.
for best performance and extended outlets.
life of the battery.
EPM works to prevent excessive
When the battery's state of charge discharge of the battery. It does this
is low, the voltage is raised slightly by balancing the generator's output
to quickly bring the charge back up. and the vehicle's electrical needs.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
172 Lighting
If some interior lamps are left on
and the ignition is turned off, the
battery rundown protection system
automatically turns the lamp off after
some time.
Exterior Lighting Battery

Saver
The exterior lamps turn off about
10 minutes after the ignition is
turned off, if the parking lamps or
headlamps have been manually left
on. This protects against draining
the battery. To restart the 10-minute
timer, turn the exterior lamp control
to the off position and then back to
the parking lamp or headlamp
position.
To keep the lamps on for more than
10 minutes, the ignition must be on
or in ACC/ACCESSORY.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Infotainment System 173

Infotainment Trademarks and License
Agreements
Introduction
System Trademarks and License
Infotainment
Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Base radio information is included in
Introduction this manual. See the infotainment
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 manual for information on other
Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . 174 available infotainment systems.
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 Read the following pages to
Home Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 become familiar with the features.
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Software Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
{ Warning
Radio
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 Taking your eyes off the road for
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 too long or too often while using
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 any infotainment feature can
Multi-Band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . 181 cause a crash. You or others
could be injured or killed. Do not
Audio Players give extended attention to
USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
infotainment tasks while driving.
Auxiliary Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Limit your glances at the vehicle
Phone displays and focus your attention
Bluetooth (Overview) . . . . . . . . . 188 on driving. Use voice commands
Bluetooth (Infotainment whenever possible.
Controls) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Apple CarPlay and
Android Auto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 The infotainment system has built-in
Hands-Free Phone . . . . . . . . . . . 194 features intended to help avoid
distraction by disabling some
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
174 Infotainment System

functions when driving. These Theft-Deterrent Feature
functions may gray out when they
are unavailable. Many infotainment The infotainment system has an
features are also available through electronic security system installed
the instrument cluster and steering to prevent theft.
wheel controls. The infotainment system only works
Before driving: in the vehicle in which it was first
installed, and cannot be used in
. Become familiar with the another vehicle.
operation, center stack controls,
and infotainment display
controls.
. Set up the audio by presetting
favorite stations, setting the
tone, and adjusting the
speakers.
. Set up phone numbers in
advance so they can be called
easily by pressing a single
control or by using a single voice
command if equipped with
Bluetooth phone capability.
See Defensive Driving 0 207.
To play the infotainment system with
the ignition off, see Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) 0 226.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Overview 1. {
. Press to go to the Home
Page. See “Home Page”
later in this section.
2. 7
. Radio: Press and release to
go to the previous station or
channel. Press and hold to
fast seek the next strongest
previous station or channel.
. USB/BT Music/Pictures:
Press and hold to go to the
previous content. Press and
hold to fast rewind.
3. O
. Press to turn the power on.
. Press and hold to turn the
power off.
. Press to mute the system
when on.
. Turn to decrease or
increase the volume.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

4. 6 Home Page Features Settings : Touch to access the
Personalization menu. See Vehicle
. Radio: Press and release to Personalization 0 152.
go to the next station or
channel. Press and hold to OnStar : If equipped, touch to
fast seek the next strongest access the OnStar menu. See
station or channel. OnStar Overview 0 398.
. USB/BT Music/Pictures:
Press and hold to go to the
Operation
next content. Press and Radio Controls
hold to fast forward.
The infotainment system is operated
5. # Press { to go to the Home Page. by using the center stack controls,
Audio : Touch to select AM, FM, menus shown on the display, and
. Press and release to
SiriusXM (if equipped), USB/iPod/ steering wheel controls.
access the phone screen,
answer an incoming call, Bluetooth Audio, or AUX. Turning the System On or Off
or access the device home Gallery : Touch to view a picture. O : Press to turn the radio on.
screen. Press and hold to Press and hold to turn the radio off.
access Press to Talk. Phone : Touch to activate the
phone features (if equipped). Automatic Switch-Off
See Bluetooth (Infotainment
Home Page Controls) 0 189 or Bluetooth If the infotainment system has been
(Overview) 0 188. turned on after the ignition is off, the
Infotainment Display Buttons
system will turn off automatically
Infotainment display buttons show Projection : Touch to access after 10 minutes.
on the screen when available. When supported (Android Auto/CarPlay)
a function is unavailable, the button devices when connected. See USB Volume Control
may gray out. When a function is Port 0 181. O : Turn to increase or decrease.
selected, the button may highlight. Press when the system is on to
mute and unmute the system.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

System Settings 2. Select Radio. Update. Follow the on-screen
3. Select Tone Settings. prompts. Steps for downloading and
Auto Volume installing updates may vary by
This feature automatically adjusts . Bass, Midrange, or Treble: vehicle.
the radio volume to compensate for Touch − or +.
Downloading Over-the-Air vehicle
road and wind noise. . Fader or Balance: Adjust software updates requires Internet
The level of volume compensation the front/rear or left/right connectivity, which can be accessed
can be selected, or the feature can speakers by dragging the through the vehicle’s built-in OnStar
be turned off. dot in the vehicle image on 4G LTE connection, if equipped and
the display. active. If required, data plans are
Auto Volume Settings provided by a third party. Optionally,
4. Touch Back on the infotainment
1. Touch SETTINGS on the display to go back to the a secure Wi-Fi hotspot such as a
Home Page. source screen. compatible mobile device hotspot,
home hotspot or public hotspot can
2. Select Radio.
Software Updates be used. Applicable data rates may
3. Select Auto Volume and apply.
choose between selections. Over-the-Air Software Updates To connect the infotainment system
4. Touch Back on the infotainment If equipped, the infotainment system to a secured mobile device hotspot,
display to go back to the can download and install select home hotspot, or a public hotspot,
source screen. software updates over a wireless touch SETTINGS on the Home
connection. The system will prompt Page, followed by Wi-Fi, and then
Tone Settings
for certain updates to be Manage Wi-Fi Networks. Select the
The tone settings can be set for downloaded and installed. There is appropriate Wi-Fi network, and
each radio band and each audio also an option to check for updates follow the on-screen prompts.
player source. manually. Download speeds may vary.
Custom Tone Settings To manually check for updates,
1. Touch SETTINGS on the touch SETTINGS on the Home
Home Page. Page, followed by Software
Information, and then System
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

On most compatible mobile devices, Radio Direct Tune
activation of the Wi-Fi hotspot is in From the AM or FM menu:
the Settings menu under Mobile
Network Sharing, Personal Hotspot, AM-FM Radio 1. Touch Tune.
Mobile Hotspot or similar. Playing the Radio 2. Enter the station number.
Availability of Over-the-Air vehicle 3. Touch Go.
Audio Source Menu
software updates varies by vehicle
and country. For more information { : Press to go to the Home Page. Favorites
on this feature, see my.gmc.com/ O : Press to turn on, mute, 1. Touch S or T to scroll through
learn. or unmute the system. Press and the favorite pages.
hold to turn off the system.
2. Touch the station to select it.
Selecting a Band
Update Station List
1. Press {. . From the AM or FM menu, touch
2. Touch AUDIO. Menu, then touch Update Station
List. The broadcasting list
3. Touch Source. updating will begin.
4. Select AM or FM. . During the AM or FM
The last station that was playing broadcasting list update, touch
starts playing again. Cancel to stop the updates.
Selecting a Station Station List
Seek Tuning 1. From the AM or FM menu,
touch Menu.
If the radio station is not known:
2. Select Station List.
Press g or d to automatically
search for available radio stations.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

3. Touch Q or R to scroll through To change a preset, tune to the new For more information, contact
the list. Touch the station to desired radio station and touch and SiriusXM at www.siriusxm.com or
select it. hold the preset. 1-888-601-6296 (U.S.), and
www.siriusxm.ca or 1-877-438-9677
Menu Satellite Radio (Canada).
Touch to choose between available If equipped, vehicles with a Listening to SiriusXM Radio
menus for the current source. SiriusXM Satellite Radio tuner and a
valid SiriusXM Satellite Radio 1. Press {.
Storing a Station as a Favorite
subscription can receive SiriusXM 2. Touch AUDIO.
Stations from all bands can be programming.
stored in any order in the favorite 3. Touch Source.
pages. SiriusXM Satellite Radio 4. Touch SXM and the most
Service recent listened to SiriusXM
Up to 25 stations can be stored.
SiriusXM is a satellite radio service channel will display.
Storing Stations based in the 48 contiguous United
Selecting a Category
To store the station to a position in States and 10 Canadian provinces.
the list, touch the corresponding SiriusXM Satellite Radio has a wide From Menu, touch Categories, then
preset 1−5 until a beep is heard. variety of programming and touch the desired category or from
1. Select the desired station.
commercial-free music, coast to Categories, touch Q or R to find the
coast, and in digital-quality sound. desired channel. Touch the channel
2. Touch S or T to select the During your trial or when you to select it.
desired page of saved subscribe, you will get unlimited
favorites. access to SiriusXM Radio Online for Selecting a Channel
when you are not in the vehicle.
3. Touch and hold any of the A service fee is required to receive Press g or d to seek the previous
presets to save the current the SiriusXM service. If SiriusXM or next channel.
radio station to that location of service needs to be reactivated, the
the selected favorites page. radio will display "No Subscription
Please Renew" on channel SXM1.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Using the Presets Channel List Explicit Content Filter
Up to five favorites pages can be 1. Touch Channel List from the When on, only a filtered list of
saved, and each page can store up SXM menu. The channel list is channels will be received. When off,
to five channels. displayed. all regular SXM programming
subscribed to will be received.
To change a preset, tune to the new 2. Touch Q or R to find the
desired channel then touch and hold desired channel. Touch the 1. Touch SXM Explicit Filter.
the preset. channel to select it. 2. Select to enable or disable.
Listening to Preset Channels Tone Settings
Radio Reception
1. Touch S or T repeatedly to 1. Touch Tone Settings. See
select the desired “Tone Settings” under Frequency interference and static
favorites page. Operation 0 176. can occur during normal radio
reception if items such as mobile
2. Touch the preset to listen to the 2. Touch Back on the infotainment phone chargers, vehicle
channel. display. convenience accessories, and
Using the SiriusXM Menu Auto Volume external electronic devices are
plugged into the accessory power
Operation 1. Touch Auto Volume. See “Auto outlet. If there is interference or
Volume” under Operation static, unplug the item from the
1. Touch MENU on the SXM radio 0 176.
screen. accessory power outlet.
2. Touch Back on the infotainment
2. Touch the menu to select the display. FM
desired item or to display the FM signals only reach about 16 to
detail menu item. Categories
65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although the
3. Touch Back on the infotainment 1. Touch Categories. radio has a built-in electronic circuit
display to return to the that automatically works to reduce
2. Touch Q or R to find the interference, some static can occur,
previous menu.
desired category. Touch the
category to select it.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

especially around tall buildings or Cell Phone Usage Audio Players
hills, causing the sound to fade in
Cell phone usage, such as making
and out.
or receiving phone calls, charging, USB Port
AM or just having the phone on may
cause static interference in the Using the USB Port
The range for most AM stations is radio. Unplug the phone or turn it off
greater than for FM, especially at The infotainment system can play
if this happens. music by connecting an auxiliary
night. The longer range can cause
station frequencies to interfere with device to the USB port.
each other. Static can occur when Multi-Band Antenna
USB Support
things like storms and power lines The multi-band antenna is on the
interfere with radio reception. When roof of the vehicle. The antenna is If equipped, the USB ports are in
this happens, try reducing the treble used for the AM-FM radio, OnStar, the center stack, and use the
on the radio. the SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service USB 2.0 standard.
System, and GPS (Global USB Supported Devices
SiriusXM Satellite Radio Positioning System), if the vehicle
Service . USB Flash Drives
has these features. Keep the
SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service antenna clear of obstructions for . Portable USB Hard Drives
gives digital radio reception from clear reception.
Not all iPods and USB drives are
coast to coast in the 48 contiguous If the vehicle has a sunroof, and it is compatible with the USB port.
United States, and in Canada. Just open, reception can also be
as with FM, tall buildings or hills can Make sure the iPod has the latest
affected.
interfere with satellite radio signals, firmware from Apple for proper
causing the sound to fade in and operation. iPod firmware can be
out. In addition, traveling or standing updated using the latest iTunes®
under heavy foliage, bridges, application. See www.apple.com/
garages, or tunnels may cause loss itunes.
of the SiriusXM signal for a period For help with identifying your iPod,
of time. see www.apple.com/support.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

The USB port can play both lower To connect an iPod/iPhone, connect . MP3 files that can be played: Bit
and upper case .mp3, .wma, .ogg, one end of the device’s cable to the rate: 8 kbps to 320 kbps.
and .wav files stored on a USB iPod/iPhone and the other end to Sampling frequency: 48 kHz,
storage device. the USB port. 44.1 kHz, 32 kHz, 24 kHz, 22.05
The iPod/iPhone charges while it is kHz, and 16 kHz.
Supported Apple Devices
connected to the vehicle if the . Files with a bit rate above
To view supported devices in the ignition is on or in ACC/ 128 kbps will result in higher
U.S., see my.gmc.com/learn. ACCESSORY. See Ignition quality sound.
To view supported devices in Positions 0 221. When the vehicle is . ID3 Tag information for MP3
Canada, see gmcowner.ca. turned off, the iPod/iPhone files, such as the album name
To view supported devices in automatically powers off and will not and the artist, can be played.
Mexico, see gmc.com.mx/ charge or draw power from the
vehicle's battery. . To display album title, track title,
gmcintellilink.html. and artist information, the file
For more information on USB should be compatible with the
USB Supported File and Folder
usage, see “Audio System ID3 Tag V1 and V2 formats.
Structure
Information” following.
The infotainment system supports: Using USB Storage Devices and
Audio System Information iPod/iPhone
. FAT16
The infotainment system can play . Use a USB or flash memory type
. FAT32 the music files contained in the USB storage device. Do not connect
. exFAT storage device or iPod/iPhone using a USB adaptor.
products.
Connecting a USB Storage . Do not connect and reconnect
Using MP3/WMA/OGG/WAV Files the USB device repeatedly in a
Device or iPod/iPhone
. Music files with .mp3, .wma, short time, as this may cause
To connect a USB storage device, static electricity and problems
.ogg, and .wav file name
connect the device to the USB port. using the device.
extensions can be played.
. Use a USB device with a metal
connecting terminal.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

. Connection with i-Stick Type . Do not disconnect the USB structure. Normal usage cannot
USB storage devices may be storage device while it is playing. be guaranteed for a storage
faulty due to vehicle vibration. This may cause damage to the device that exceeds this limit.
. Do not touch the USB product or affect the The iPod/iPhone can play all
connecting terminal. performance of the USB device. music files that are supported.
. Disconnect the USB storage The music file lists will only
. Only USB storage devices display up to 5,000 files on the
formatted in FAT16/32 or exFAT device when the ignition is
turned off. If the ignition is turned screen. These files are sorted in
file systems are recognized. alphabetical order.
NTFS and other file systems are on while the USB device is
connected, the USB device may . Some iPod/iPhone product
not recognized.
be damaged or may not operate models may not support the
. The time it takes to process files normally. connectivity or functionality of
will depend on the USB storage this product.
. USB storage devices can only
device type and capacity, and
be connected for playing music, . Only connect the iPod/iPhone
the type of files stored.
viewing photo files, with connection cables
. Some USB storage device files or upgrading. supported by iPod/iPhone
may not be compatible. products. Other connection
. Do not use the USB terminal to
. Up to two USB devices and one charge USB accessory cables cannot be used.
iPod can be played through a equipment. The heat generated . The iPod/iPhone may be
USB hub. All devices may not be may cause performance issues damaged if it is connected to the
supported, depending on the or damage. vehicle with the ignition on.
performance of the USB hub. When not in use, disconnect the
. Music files to which Digital Right
If there is not enough power iPod/iPhone.
supply, it may not operate Management (DRM) is applied
cannot be played. . When the iPod/iPhone is
normally.
. USB storage devices can have a connected to the USB port by
capacity with a limit of 5,000 using the iPod/iPhone cable, the
files, such as music, photo, Bluetooth music is not
video, 15 stages of folder supported.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

. The iPod/iPhone playback . If a non-readable USB device is . Touch g within five seconds of
functions and the information connected, an error message the playback time to play the
displayed may be different when displays and the system will previous file.
played on the infotainment switch to the previous audio
system. function. Returning to the Beginning of the
Current File
If the USB device is already
connected: Touch g after five seconds of the
playback time.
1. Press {.
Scanning Forward or Backward
2. Touch AUDIO.
Touch and hold g or l during
3. Touch Source.
playback to rewind or fast forward.
4. Touch USB. Release the button to resume
To stop the USB device and select playback at normal speed.
. Refer to the table for the another media source, touch Playing a File Randomly
classification items related to the Source, then select the other
search function provided by the source. Touch Z during playback.
iPod/iPhone. To remove the USB device, select . ON: Plays all files randomly.
USB Player another function, then remove the . OFF: Returns to normal
USB device. playback.
Playing Music from a USB Device
Pause Using the USB Music Menu
. Connect the USB device to the
USB port. . Touch j to pause. . Touch Menu during playback.
. Play will start automatically after . Touch r to resume.
the system has finished reading
the USB device. Changing to Next/Previous Files
. Touch l to change to the
next file.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

MTP (Media Transfer Protocol) . If a non-readable USB device is
. Connect an MTP supported connected, an error message
device. displays and the system will
switch to the previous audio
. Play will start automatically after function.
the system has finished reading
the MTP device. If the iPod/iPhone is already
connected:
. If a non-readable MTP device is
connected, an error message 1. Press {.
. Touch the desired menu. displays and the system will 2. Touch AUDIO.
Browse Music switch to the previous audio
function. 3. Touch Source.
1. Touch Browse Music. 4. Touch iPod.
iPod/iPhone Player
2. Touch the desired music. To stop the device and select
This feature is limited to models
Tone Settings supporting the iPod/iPhone another media source, touch
. Touch Tone Settings. The Tone connection. Source, then select the other
Settings menu is displayed. See source.
Playing Music Files
“Tone Settings” under “Radio To remove the device, select
Controls” in Operation 0 176. . Connect the iPod/iPhone to the another function, then remove the
USB port. device.
Auto Volume
. Play will start from the previously Pause
. Touch Auto Volume. The Auto
played point after the system
Volume menu is displayed. See has finished reading the USB . Touch j to pause.
“Auto Volume” under “Radio device.
Controls” in Operation 0 176. . Touch r to resume.
Traffic Program (If Equipped)
. Touch On or Off.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Changing to the Next/ . Touch the appropriate . Some files may not operate due
Previous Song play mode. to a different recording format or
Browse Music the condition of the file.
. Touch l to change to the
next song. 1. Touch Browse Music. Viewing Pictures
. Touch g within two seconds of 2. Touch the desired music. 1. Connect the USB device to the
USB port.
the playback time to play the Tone Settings
previous file. 2. Touch the screen to open to full
. Touch Tone Settings. The Tone screen. Touch the screen again
Returning to the Beginning of the Settings menu is displayed. See to return to the previous
Current File “Tone Settings” under “Radio screen.
Touch g after two seconds of the Controls” in Operation 0 176.
If the USB device is already
playback time. Auto Volume connected:
Scanning Forward or Backward . Touch Auto Volume. The Auto
Volume menu is displayed. See
1. Press {.
Touch and hold g or l during “Auto Volume” under “Radio 2. Touch GALLERY.
playback to rewind or fast forward. Controls” in Operation 0 176.
Release the button to resume Some features are disabled while
playback at normal speed. Picture System Information the vehicle is in motion.
Playing a File Randomly The infotainment system can view Viewing a Slide Show
picture files stored on a USB
Touch Z during playback. storage device and devices that 1. Touch z from the picture
support Media Transfer screen.
. ON: Plays all files randomly.
Protocol (MTP). 2. Touch the screen to cancel the
. OFF: Returns to normal
. Supported file extensions: .jpg, slide show during the slide
playback. show playback.
.bmp, .png, .gif.
Using the iPod Menu
. Animated GIF files are not
. Touch Menu during playback. supported.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Viewing a Previous or Next Auxiliary Devices 3. Touch Source.
Picture 4. Touch AUX.
Using the Auxiliary Input Jack
Touch S or T from the picture To adjust the tone settings, see
screen. Settings menus and functions may
“Tone Settings” in Operation 0 176.
vary depending on vehicle options.
Rotating a Picture
The auxiliary input jack can be used
Touch w from the picture screen. to connect external audio devices
such as an iPod®, iPhone®, MP3
Enlarging a Picture player, CD player, and other
Touch x from the picture screen. supported devices for use as
another source for audio listening.
Using the USB Picture Menu This input jack is not an audio
1. Touch MENU from the picture output; do not plug headphones into
screen. the front auxiliary input jack.
2. Touch the appropriate menu: The auxiliary input jack is in the

center stack. The infotainment
. Slide Show Time: Allows system can play music connected
selection of the slide show by the auxiliary device.
interval.
Play will begin when the system has
. Clock, Temp. Display: finished reading the information on
Allows selection of On or the device.
Off to show the clock and
temperature on the full Playing Music
screen. To play music from the device, if the
. Display Settings: Adjusts device is already connected:
for Brightness and Contrast. 1. Press {.
3. Touch Back on the infotainment 2. Touch AUDIO.
display to exit.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

.
Phone Review the controls and
operation of the infotainment
support all functions and not all
phones work with the Bluetooth
system. system. In the U.S. and Canada,
Bluetooth (Overview) see www.gm.com/bluetooth for more
. Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle.
If equipped with Bluetooth capability, The system may not work with information about compatible
the system can interact with many all cell phones. See “Pairing” phones.
Bluetooth phones, PDAs, or other under “Bluetooth (Infotainment The Bluetooth system range can be
devices to: Controls)” later in this section. up to 9.1 m (30 ft).
. Place and receive hands-free There may be restrictions on using
calls. { Warning Bluetooth wireless technology in
. Transmit hands-free data. some locations.
When using a cell phone, it can
. Play audio streaming files. be distracting to look too long or Due to the variety of Bluetooth
too often at the screen of the devices and their firmware versions,
The device must be paired first. See the device may respond differently
“Pairing” under “Bluetooth phone or the infotainment system.
Taking your eyes off the road too when performing over Bluetooth.
(Infotainment Controls)” later in this
section. long or too often could cause a On a current phone call, an image
crash resulting in injury or death. of the current contact from the
To minimize driver distraction, phone's contact list may be
before driving, and with the vehicle Focus your attention on driving.
displayed. Not all phones are
parked: compatible with this feature.
. Become familiar with the Vehicles with a Bluetooth system
can use a Bluetooth-capable cell Refer to the cell phone
features of the cell phone. manufacturer’s user guide for
Organize the phone book and phone with a Hands-Free Profile to
make and receive phone calls. The questions about the phone's
contact lists clearly and delete Bluetooth functionality.
duplicate or rarely used entries. infotainment system is used to
If possible, program speed dial control the system. The system can
or other shortcuts. be used while the ignition is on or in
ACC/ACCESSORY. See Ignition
Positions 0 221. Not all phones
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Bluetooth Controls Pairing Information paired. If the automatic download
. A Bluetooth phone with MP3 does not occur, proceed with the
If equipped with Bluetooth capability,
capability cannot be paired to phone book download on the
use the infotainment controls on the
the vehicle as a phone and an phone.
center stack and the steering wheel
to operate the system. MP3 player at the same time. Pairing a Phone – SSP and No
. Up to 10 cell phones can be Paired Device
Steering Wheel Controls
paired to the Bluetooth system. When there is no paired device on
See Steering Wheel Controls 0 119.
. The pairing process is disabled the infotainment system and Simple
when the vehicle is moving. Secure Pairing (SSP) is supported:
Bluetooth (Infotainment
Controls) . Pairing only needs to be 1. Press {.
completed once, unless the
To use infotainment controls to pairing information on the cell 2. Touch PHONE, or press g on
access the menu system, see phone changes or the cell phone the steering wheel without
Overview 0 175. is deleted from the system. OnStar.
Pairing . Only one paired cell phone can 3. Touch Search Device.
A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone be connected to the Bluetooth 4. Touch the desired device to
must be paired to the Bluetooth system at a time. pair on the searched list
system and then connected to the . If multiple paired cell phones are screen.
vehicle before it can be used. See within range of the system, the 5. Touch Yes on the pop-up
your cell phone manufacturer's user system connects to the first screen of the Bluetooth device
guide for Bluetooth functions before available paired cell phone in the and infotainment system.
pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth order that they were first paired.
phone is not connected, calls will be 6. When the Bluetooth device and
When the Bluetooth device and infotainment system are
made using OnStar Hands-Free infotainment system are
Calling, if available. See OnStar successfully paired, the phone
successfully paired, the phone book screen is displayed on the
Overview 0 398. is downloaded automatically. This is infotainment system.
dependent on the type of phone
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Pairing a Phone – SSP and Paired . The connected phone is 5. Input the Personal
Device highlighted by 5. Identification Number (PIN)
When a paired device is on the code (default: 1234) to the
infotainment system and SSP is
. Z / 5 indicates the hands-free Bluetooth device. When the
supported: and phone music functions are Bluetooth device and
enabled. infotainment system are
1. Press {. successfully paired, the
. 5 indicates only the hands-free PHONE screen is displayed on
2. Touch SETTINGS. function is enabled. the infotainment system.
3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device . Z indicates only Bluetooth When the connection fails, a failure
Management. message is displayed on the
music is enabled.
4. Touch the desired device to infotainment system.
pair. When the Bluetooth Pairing a Phone – No SSP and No
Paired Device If a Bluetooth device was previously
device and infotainment system connected, the infotainment system
are successfully paired, Z / 5 When there is no paired device on executes the auto connection.
is displayed on the pair device the infotainment system and SSP is However, if the Bluetooth setting on
screen. If no desired device is not supported: the Bluetooth device is turned off, a
available go to Step 5. 1. Press {. failure message is displayed on the
5. Touch Search Device to search infotainment system.
for the desired device. 2. Touch PHONE, or press g on
Pairing a Phone – No SSP and
the steering wheel without
6. Touch the desired device to Paired Device
OnStar.
pair on the searched list When a paired device is on the
screen. 3. Touch Search Device.
infotainment system and SSP is not
7. Touch Yes on the pop-up 4. Touch the desired device to supported:
screen of the Bluetooth device pair on the searched list
and infotainment system. screen. 1. Press {.
2. Touch SETTINGS.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device . Z / 5 indicates the hands-free Disconnecting a Bluetooth Device
Management. and phone music functions are 1. Press {.
4. Touch the desired device to enabled.
pair. When the Bluetooth 2. Touch SETTINGS.
device and infotainment system
. 5 indicates only the hands-free
function is enabled. 3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device
are successfully paired, Z / 5 Management.
is displayed on the pair device . Z indicates only Bluetooth 4. Touch the name of the device
screen. If no desired device is music is enabled. to be disconnected.
available go to Step 5.
Connecting a Paired Bluetooth 5. Touch Disconnect.
5. Touch Search Device to search Device
for the desired device. Deleting a Bluetooth Device
1. Press {.
6. Touch the desired device to 1. Press {.
pair on the searched list 2. Touch SETTINGS.
screen. 2. Touch SETTINGS.
3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device
7. Input the Personal Management. 3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device
Identification Number (PIN) Management.
4. Touch the device to be
code (default: 1234) to the connected. 4. Touch the device to delete.
Bluetooth device. When the
Bluetooth device and Checking the Bluetooth 5. Touch Y.
infotainment system are Connection 6. Touch Delete.
successfully paired, Z / 5 is 1. Press {. Bluetooth Music
displayed on the pair device
screen. 2. Touch SETTINGS. Before playing Bluetooth music,
3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device read the following information:
. The connected phone is
Management. . A cell phone or Bluetooth device
highlighted by 5.
4. The paired device will show. that supports Advanced Audio
Distribution Profile (A2DP)
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

versions over 1.2 must be music function. For example, Returning to the Beginning of the
registered and connected to the if you convert to Bluetooth Current Song
product. hands-free while playing Phone
music, the music is Touch g after two seconds of
. From the cell phone or Bluetooth playback time.
device, find the Bluetooth device discontinued. Playing music from
type to set/connect the item as a the car is not possible when Search
stereo headset. there are no music files stored in
the cell phone. Touch and hold g or l to rewind
. e will appear on the screen if Playing Bluetooth Music
or fast forward.
the stereo headset is Playing Music Randomly
successfully connected. 1. Press {.
. The sound played by the Touch Z during playback. Touch
2. Touch AUDIO.
Bluetooth device is delivered again to return to normal play.
through the infotainment system. 3. Touch Source.
This function may not be supported
. Bluetooth music can be played 4. Touch Bluetooth. depending on the Bluetooth device.
only when a Bluetooth device Pause Do not change the track too quickly
has been connected. To play when playing Bluetooth music.
Bluetooth music, connect the Touch j to pause.
Bluetooth phone to the Conditions that may occur when
Touch r to resume. playing Bluetooth music:
infotainment system.
. Playing the Next Song . It takes time to transmit data
If the Bluetooth device is
disconnected while playing from the Bluetooth device to the
Touch l. infotainment system.
phone music, the music is
discontinued. The audio Playing the Previous Song . If the cell phone or Bluetooth
streaming function may not be device is not in the waiting
supported in some Bluetooth Touch g within two seconds of screen mode, it may not
phones. Only one function can playback time to play the automatically play.
be used at a time between the previous song.
Bluetooth hands-free or Phone
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

. The infotainment system PROJECTION will appear on the . Select Disable to remove
transmits the order to play from Home Page of the infotainment Apple CarPlay and Android
the Bluetooth device in the display. Auto capability from the
Bluetooth music play mode. To use Android Auto or Apple vehicle Settings menu.
If this is done in a different CarPlay: Other functions may
mode, then the device transmits still work.
the order to stop. Depending on 1. Download the Android Auto
app to your phone from the PROJECTION on the Home Page
the Bluetooth device options, will change to Android Auto or Apple
this order to play/stop may take Google Play store. No app is
required for Apple CarPlay. CarPlay depending on the phone.
time to activate. Android Auto and/or Apple CarPlay
. If the Bluetooth music playback 2. Connect an Android phone or may automatically launch upon USB
is not functioning, then check to iPhone by using the compatible connection. If not, touch the
see if the Bluetooth device is in phone USB cable and plugging ANDROID AUTO and/or APPLE
the waiting screen mode. into a USB data port. For best CARPLAY icon on the Home Page
performance, use the device’s to launch.
. Sounds may be cut off during factory-provided USB cable.
the Bluetooth music playback. Aftermarket or third-party Press { on the center stack to
. The infotainment system outputs cables may not work. return to the Home Page.
the audio from the cell phone or 3. When the phone is first For further information on how to set
Bluetooth device as it is connected to activate Apple up Android Auto and Apple CarPlay
transmitted. CarPlay or Android Auto, the in the vehicle, see my.gmc.com or
message “Device Projection see Customer Assistance Offices
Apple CarPlay and Privacy Consent” will appear. 0 386.
Android Auto . Select Continue to launch Android Auto is provided by Google
If equipped, Android Auto and/or Apple CarPlay or and is subject to Google’s terms
Apple CarPlay capability may be Android Auto. and privacy policy. Apple CarPlay is
available through a compatible provided by Apple and is subject to
smartphone. If available, Apple’s terms and privacy policy.
Data plan rates apply. For Android
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Auto support see https:// Steering Wheel Controls Switching a Call to the Cell Phone
support.google.com/androidauto. Steering wheel controls can be (Private Mode)
For Apple CarPlay support see used to: To switch the call from the cell
www.apple.com/ios/carplay/. Apple phone to hands-free:
or Google may change or suspend . Answer incoming calls.
availability at any time. Android . Confirm system information. 1. Touch 0.
Auto, Android, Google, Google Play,
and other marks are trademarks of . End a call. 2. Touch 0 again to switch back
Google Inc.; Apple CarPlay is a . Decline a call. to hands-free.
trademark of Apple Inc. Turning the Microphone On
. Cancel an operation.
and Off
Hands-Free Phone . Make outgoing calls using the
call list. Touch 3 to turn the microphone on
General Information or off.
g : Press to answer incoming calls.
Vehicles with a Hands-Free Phone
system can use a Bluetooth-capable
i : Press to end a call, decline a Calling by Redial
call, or cancel an operation. To call by using redial:
cell phone with a hands-free profile
to make and receive phone calls. Making a Call by Entering a Phone . Press i on the steering wheel
The infotainment system and voice Number
controls to display the redial
control are used to operate the
system. Not all phones support all . Press {, then touch PHONE on guidance screen.
functions and not all phones work the screen. . Touch 5 on the screen.
with the Hands-Free Phone system. . Press g on the steering wheel. Redialing is not possible when there
Hands-Free Phone Controls If a wrong number is entered, touch is no call history.
Use the buttons on the infotainment } to delete the number one digit at
system and the steering wheel to a time, or touch and hold } to
operate the Hands-Free Phone delete all digits of the number.
system.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Taking Calls Searching for Contacts Entries Searching for a Name
When a phone call comes through 1. Touch contacts on the phone Select characters by using the
the connected Bluetooth cell phone, screen. keypad on the phone book screen.
the audio system will be muted or As characters are selected, the
paused and the phone will ring with 2. Touch 9 on the contacts names that include those characters
the relevant information displayed. screen. will display on the phone book
3. Use the keypad to input the screen. As more characters of the
Press i on the steering wheel name are entered, the list of
name to search. For details,
controls, or touch 5 on the screen. see “Searching for a Name” possible names is shortened.
following. To search for the name Alex:
To decline the call, press i on the
steering wheel controls or touch 4. Touch the phone book entry 1. Touch (abc) to select the first
Reject on the screen. to call. character.
Using the Contacts Menu 5. If there is more than one 2. Touch (jkl) three times to select
number associated with the the second character.
1. Touch contacts on the phone name, touch the number
screen. to dial. 3. Touch (def) two times to select
the third character.
2. Touch Q or R to scroll through When the Bluetooth device and
the list. infotainment system are 4. Touch (wxy) two times to select
successfully paired, the phone book the fourth character.
3. Touch the phone book entry
will download. Some phones may Making a Call from Call History
to call.
not download automatically. If this
4. If there is more than one happens, connect it again or 1. Touch Call History on the
number associated with the proceed with the phone book phone screen.
name, touch the number download on the phone. 2. Touch one of the following for:
to dial.
. W All calls history.
. [ Dialed calls.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

. Y Missed calls. Trademarks and iPod and iPhone are trademarks of
Apple Computer, Inc., registered in
. X Received calls. License Agreements the U.S. and other countries.
3. Select the contact entry to call. FCC Information
Making a Call with Speed Dial See Radio Frequency Statement
Numbers 0 394.
Touch and hold the speed dial Bluetooth
number using the keypad on the
phone screen. The Bluetooth word mark and logos
are owned by the Bluetooth SIG,
Only speed dial numbers already Inc. and any use of such marks by Fees and Taxes: Subscription fee,
stored on the cell phone can be General Motors is under license. taxes, one time activation fee, and
used for speed dial calls. Up to Other trademarks and trade names other fees may apply. Subscription
two-digit speed dial numbers are are those of their respective owners. fee is consumer only. All fees and
supported. programming subject to change.
Subscriptions subject to Customer
For two-digit speed dial numbers, Agreement available at
touch and hold the second digit to www.siriusxm.com or
make a call to the speed dial www.siriusxm.ca. SiriusXM service
number. only available in the 48 contiguous
United States and Canada.
In Canada: Some deterioration of
“Made for iPod” and “Made for service may occur in extreme
iPhone” mean that an electronic northern latitudes. This is beyond
accessory has been designed to the control of SiriusXM Satellite
connect specifically to iPod or Radio.
iPhone and has been certified by
the developer to meet Apple
performance standards.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

It is prohibited to copy, decompile, is required with Canadian
disassemble, reverse engineer, Satellite Radio Inc. (operating
hack, manipulate, or otherwise as SiriusXM Canada).
make available any technology or FreeType 2
software incorporated in receivers
compatible with the SiriusXM Portions of this software are
Satellite Radio System or that copyright 2007-2012 The FreeType
support the SiriusXM website, the Project (www.freetype.org). All rights
Online Service or any of its content. reserved.
Furthermore, the AMBER voice Libjpeg
compression software included in
this product is protected by The navigation software is based in
intellectual property rights including part on the work of the independent
patent rights, copyrights, and trade JPEG Group.
secrets of Digital Voice
Systems, Inc.
General Requirements:
1. A License Agreement from
SiriusXM is required for any
product that incorporates
SiriusXM Technology and/or for
use of any of the SiriusXM
marks to be manufactured,
distributed, or marketed in the
SiriusXM Service Area.
2. For products to be distributed,
marketed, and/or sold in
Canada, a separate agreement
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
198 Climate Controls

Climate Controls Climate Control Systems
Climate Control Systems Dual Automatic Climate Control System

Dual Automatic Climate With this system the heating, cooling, and ventilation in the vehicle can be
Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 controlled.
Rear Climate Control
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Air Vents
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Maintenance
Passenger Compartment Air
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
1. Driver Temperature Control 7. SYNC (Synchronized

2. A/C (Air Conditioning) Temperature)
3. Air Delivery Mode Controls 8. Rear Window Defogger
4. Fan Control 9. Power Button
5. Defrost 10. Air Recirculation
6. Passenger Temperature 11. AUTO (Automatic Operation)

Control
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Climate Controls 199

Automatic Operation To find your comfort setting, or knob is turned, the climate control
The system automatically controls start with 22 °C (72 °F) and system will turn on and deliver
the following four functions to heat allow the system time to airflow per the current setting.
or cool the vehicle to the desired stabilize. Then adjust the 9 : Turn clockwise or
temperature: temperature as needed for best counterclockwise to increase or
comfort. decrease the fan speed. Press the
. Fan Speed
To improve fuel efficiency and to knob to turn the fan off.
. Air Delivery Mode cool the vehicle faster, recirculation Press AUTO to return to automatic
. Air Conditioning may be automatically selected in operation.
warm weather.
. Recirculation Driver and Passenger
The recirculation light will not come Temperature Control : The
When the AUTO indicator light is lit, on when automatically controlled.
all four functions are operating temperature can be adjusted
Press @ to manually select separately for the driver and
automatically. Each function can be
manually set and the selected recirculation; press it again to select passenger.
setting will be shown. This cancels outside air.
Turn the knob clockwise or
full automatic operation and the Do not cover the solar sensor on the counterclockwise to increase or
AUTO indicator light turns off. top of the instrument panel near the decrease the driver or passenger
Functions that are not manually set windshield. This sensor regulates temperature setting.
will continue to be automatically air temperature based on sun load.
controlled, although the AUTO See “Sensors” later in this section. SYNC : Press to link the passenger
indicator light will not be lit. and rear climate temperature
Manual Operation settings, if equipped, to the driver
To place the system in setting. The SYNC indicator light will
automatic mode: O : Press to turn the climate control turn on. When the passenger or rear
system on or off. When the system
1. Press AUTO. climate temperature settings are
is off, outside air will be prevented
adjusted, the SYNC indicator light
2. Set the driver and passenger from entering the vehicle. When the
is off.
temperature. system is on, a button is pressed,
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

The driver side or passenger side side window vents. The system used to help reduce outside air and
temperature display shows the automatically forces outside air into odors that enter the vehicle. The air
temperature setting increasing or the vehicle and the air conditioning conditioning compressor also comes
decreasing. compressor will run, unless the on when this mode is activated.
Air Delivery Mode Control : Press outside temperature is close to
freezing. Rear Window Defogger
Y, \, [ , or - to change the
direction of the airflow. An indicator 0 : Press to clear the windshield The rear window defogger uses a
light comes on in the selected mode of fog or frost more quickly. Air is warming grid to remove fog from the
button. directed to the windshield and the rear window.
Changing the mode cancels the side window vents. The air K : Press to turn the rear window
automatic operation and the system conditioning compressor also comes defogger on or off. An indicator light
goes into manual mode. Press on, unless the outside temperature on the button comes on to show that
AUTO to return to automatic is below freezing. the rear window defogger is on.
operation. Do not drive the vehicle until all The rear window defogger only
Y : Air is directed to the instrument windows are clear. works when the ignition is on. The
panel outlets. See Air Vents 0 203. defogger turns off if the ignition is
turned to off or ACC/ACCESSORY.
\ : Air is divided between the A/C : Press to turn the air
instrument panel and floor outlets. conditioning system on or off. An
Some air is directed toward the indicator light comes on to show
Caution
windshield and side window outlets. that the air conditioning is enabled. Using a razor blade or sharp
[ : Air is directed to the floor If the fan is turned off, the air object to clear the inside rear
outlets, with some to the windshield, conditioner will not run. The A/C window can damage the rear
side window outlets, and second light will stay on even if the outside
window defogger. Repairs would
row floor outlets. temperatures are below freezing.
not be covered by the vehicle
- : This mode clears the windows @ : Press to turn on recirculation. warranty. Do not clear the inside
of fog or moisture. Air is directed to An indicator light comes on. Air is rear window with sharp objects.
the windshield, floor outlets, and recirculated to quickly cool the
inside of the vehicle. It can also be
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Heated Mirror : If equipped with Sensors The climate control system uses the
heated outside mirrors, the mirrors information from these sensors to
heat to help clear fog or frost from maintain comfort settings by
the surface of the mirror when the adjusting the outlet temperature, fan
rear window defog button is speed, and air delivery mode. The
pressed. See Heated Mirrors 0 50. system may also supply cooler air to
Remote Start Climate Control the side of the vehicle facing the
Operation : If equipped with remote sun. The recirculation mode will also
start, the climate control system be used as needed to maintain cool
may run when the vehicle is started outlet temperatures.
remotely. The rear defog may come
on during remote start based on Rear Climate Control
cold ambient conditions. The rear System
defog indicator light does not come
If equipped, the rear climate control
on during a remote start. The solar sensor, located in the system is on the rear of the center
If equipped, the heated seats will defrost grille in the middle of the console storage. The rear climate
turn on if it is cold outside or the instrument panel, monitors the solar settings can be adjusted with this
ventilated seats will turn on if it is heat. Do not cover the solar sensor system.
hot outside. The heated and or the system will not work properly.
ventilated seat indicator lights may There is also an exterior
not come on during a remote start. temperature sensor behind the front
If equipped, the heated steering grille. This sensor reads the outside
wheel will come on in a remote start air temperature and helps maintain
if it is cold outside. The heated the temperature inside the vehicle.
steering wheel indicator light may Any cover on the front of the
not come on. vehicle, could cause a false reading
in the displayed temperature.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

REAR O : Touch REAR O to turn
the rear climate control on or off.
SYNC : Touch SYNC on the display
to match the rear climate control
temperature to the front climate
control driver temperature. The
SYNC button will be lit. Adjust the
rear climate control temperature to
change the linked temperature. The
SYNC button turns off.
Rear Control Lockout : Touch
1. Fan Control Rear Climate Control Display Rear Control Lockout on the display
to lock or unlock control of the rear
2. AUTO (Automatic Operation) 1. Outside Temperature Display climate control system from the front
3. MODE (Air Delivery Mode 2. Rear Climate Temperature seat. When locked the rear climate
Control) Control control cannot be adjusted from the
4. TEMP (Temperature Control) rear climate controls.
3. Fan Control
5. Heated Rear Seats (If 4. SYNC (Synchronized Automatic Operation
Equipped) Temperatures) AUTO : Touch AUTO or Rear Auto
on the display to automatically
5. REAR O (On/Off) control air delivery and fan speed. A
6. Rear Auto (Automatic is indicated in the display when
Operation) automatic operation is active. If any
7. Rear Control Lockout of the climate control settings are
manually adjusted, this cancels full
8. Air Delivery Mode Control automatic operation.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

The display only indicates climate . Keep the path under all seats
control functions when the system is
Air Vents clear of objects to help circulate
in rear independent mode. When To adjust the center and side air the air inside the vehicle more
SYNC is active the display is not outlets on the instrument panel, use effectively.
shown. the slider switch in the center of the
outlet to change the direction of the . If fogging reoccurs while in Y or
Manual Operation airflow and also to shut off the \ modes with mild temperature
9 : Turn the knob clockwise or airflow. throughout the vehicle, turn on
counterclockwise, or touch and hold the air conditioner to reduce
There may be outlets overhead in windshield fogging.
the fan control on the display to the rear passenger area; adjust as
increase or decrease the fan speed. needed.
TEMP : Turn the knob clockwise or Keep all outlets open whenever
counterclockwise, or touch and hold possible for best system
the temperature controls on the performance.
display to adjust the rear passenger
temperature. If SYNC is lit, the rear Operation Tips
climate temperature is linked to the . Clear away any ice, snow,
driver temperature setting. or leaves from the air inlets at
Y/\/Y or MODE : Touch the the base of the windshield that
desired mode button on the display can block the flow of air into the
or press MODE on the rear climate vehicle.
controls to change the direction of . Clear snow off the hood to
the airflow in the rear seating area. improve visibility and help
Repeatedly touch MODE until the decrease moisture drawn into
desired mode appears on the the vehicle.
display.
. Use of non-GM approved hood
M or L : If equipped, press M or L deflectors can adversely affect
to heat the left or right outboard the performance of the system.
seat. See Heated Rear Seats 0 69.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Maintenance 2. Disconnect the glove box door
dampener arm from the glove
7. Reverse the steps to reinstall
the glove box.
box door assembly.
Passenger Compartment See your dealer if additional
3. Squeeze both sides of the assistance is needed.
Air Filter glove box door to open beyond
The filter reduces the dust, pollen, the stops. Service
and other airborne irritants from
outside air and inside air when in All vehicles have a label underhood
recirculation mode. that identifies the refrigerant used in
the vehicle. The refrigerant system
The filter should be replaced as part should only be serviced by trained
of routine scheduled maintenance. and certified technicians. The air
See Maintenance Schedule 0 369. conditioning evaporator should
never be repaired or replaced by
one from a salvage vehicle.
It should only be replaced by a new
evaporator to ensure proper and
safe operation.
During service, all refrigerants
4. Release the retainer clips should be reclaimed with proper
holding the service door. Open equipment. Venting refrigerants
the service door (1) slightly and directly to the atmosphere is harmful
slide toward the center of the to the environment and may also
vehicle to disengage the hinge. create unsafe conditions based on
Remove the old air filter (2). inhalation, combustion, frostbite,
or other health-based concerns.
1. Open the glove box completely. 5. Install the new air filter.
6. Reattach the service door and
close.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Driving and Operating 205

Driving and Parking over Things
That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . 242
Driver Assistance Systems
Operating Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Driver Assistance Systems . . . 251
Engine Exhaust Assistance Systems for
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 Parking or Backing . . . . . . . . . . 252
Driving Information Running the Vehicle While Assistance Systems for
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Automatic Transmission System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 229 Forward Automatic
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Braking (FAB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 Front Pedestrian Braking
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 208 (FPB) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Drive Systems
All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 Side Blind Zone
Off-Road Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . 214 Brakes Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . 263
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 215 Antilock Brake Lane Departure
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . 217 Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . 233 Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . 265
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . 235 Fuel
Starting and Operating Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . 221 Ride Control Systems California Fuel
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 Traction Control/Electronic Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . 223 Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 268
Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 Hill Descent Control (HDC) . . . 238 Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Retained Accessory Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . 238 Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Filling a Portable Fuel
Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Cruise Control Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . 227 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
206 Driving and Operating

Trailer Towing . Designate a front seat
Driving Information passenger to handle potential
General Towing
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 distractions.
Driving Characteristics and Distracted Driving
. Become familiar with vehicle
Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Distraction comes in many forms features before driving, such as
Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 and can take your focus from the programming favorite radio
Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 task of driving. Exercise good stations and adjusting climate
judgment and do not let other control and seat settings.
Conversions and Add-Ons activities divert your attention away
Add-On Electrical Program all trip information into
from the road. Many local any navigation device prior to
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
governments have enacted laws driving.
regarding driver distraction. Become
familiar with the local laws in . Wait until the vehicle is parked
your area. to retrieve items that have fallen
to the floor.
To avoid distracted driving, keep
your eyes on the road, keep your . Stop or park the vehicle to tend
hands on the steering wheel, and to children.
focus your attention on driving. . Keep pets in an appropriate
. Do not use a phone in carrier or restraint.
demanding driving situations. . Avoid stressful conversations
Use a hands-free method to while driving, whether with a
place or receive necessary passenger or on a cell phone.
phone calls.
. Watch the road. Do not read,
take notes, or look up
information on phones or other
electronic devices.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

. Focus on the task of driving. Braking
{ Warning
Drunk Driving Braking action involves perception
Taking your eyes off the road too time and reaction time. Deciding to
long or too often could cause a Death and injury associated with push the brake pedal is perception
crash resulting in injury or death. drinking and driving is a global time. Actually doing it is
Focus your attention on driving. tragedy. reaction time.
Average driver reaction time is
Refer to the infotainment section for { Warning about three-quarters of a second. In
more information on using that that time, a vehicle moving at
Drinking and then driving is very 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m
system and the navigation system,
dangerous. Your reflexes, (66 ft), which could be a lot of
if equipped, including pairing and
using a cell phone. perceptions, attentiveness, and distance in an emergency.
judgment can be affected by even
a small amount of alcohol. You Helpful braking tips to keep in mind
Defensive Driving can have a serious — or even include:
Defensive driving means “always fatal — collision if you drive after . Keep enough distance between
expect the unexpected.” The first drinking. you and the vehicle in front
step in driving defensively is to wear of you.
the seat belt. See Seat Belts 0 71. Do not drink and drive or ride with
a driver who has been drinking. . Avoid needless heavy braking.
. Assume that other road users Ride home in a cab; or if you are . Keep pace with traffic.
(pedestrians, bicyclists, and with a group, designate a driver
other drivers) are going to be If the engine ever stops while the
who will not drink.
careless and make mistakes. vehicle is being driven, brake
Anticipate what they might do normally but do not pump the
and be ready. Control of a Vehicle brakes. Doing so could make the
. Allow enough following distance pedal harder to push down. If the
Braking, steering, and accelerating engine stops, there will be some
between you and the driver in are important factors in helping to power brake assist but it will be
front of you. control a vehicle while driving. used when the brake is applied.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Once the power assist is used up, it See your dealer if there is a Off-Road Recovery
can take longer to stop and the problem.
brake pedal will be harder to push.
Curve Tips
Steering . Take curves at a reasonable
speed.
Electric Power Steering
. Reduce speed before entering a
The vehicle has electric power curve.
steering. It does not have power
. Maintain a reasonable steady
steering fluid. Regular maintenance
is not required. speed through the curve.
If power steering assist is lost due . Wait until the vehicle is out of
to a system malfunction, the vehicle the curve before accelerating
can be steered, but may require gently into the straightaway.
increased effort. Steering in Emergencies The vehicle's right wheels can drop
If the steering assist is used for an off the edge of a road onto the
. There are some situations when
extended period of time while the shoulder while driving. Follow
steering around a problem may
vehicle is not moving, power assist these tips:
be more effective than braking.
may be reduced. 1. Ease off the accelerator and
. Holding both sides of the
If the steering wheel is turned until it then, if there is nothing in the
steering wheel allows you to turn
reaches the end of its travel and is way, steer the vehicle so that it
180 degrees without removing
held against that position for an straddles the edge of the
a hand. pavement.
extended period of time, power
steering assist may be reduced. . The Antilock Brake System
2. Turn the steering wheel about
(ABS) allows steering while
Normal use of the power steering one-eighth of a turn, until the
braking.
assist should return when the right front tire contacts the
system cools down. pavement edge.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

3. Turn the steering wheel to go If the vehicle starts to slide, follow Remember: Antilock brakes help
straight down the roadway. these suggestions: avoid only the braking skid.
. Ease your foot off the
Loss of Control accelerator pedal and steer the Off-Road Driving
Skidding way you want the vehicle to go. All-wheel-drive vehicles can be
The vehicle may straighten out. used for off-road driving. Vehicles
There are three types of skids that Be ready for a second skid if it without all-wheel drive and vehicles
correspond to the vehicle's three occurs. not equipped with All Terrain (AT) or
control systems: On-Off Road (OOR) tires must not
. Slow down and adjust your
. Braking Skid — wheels are not driving according to weather be driven off-road except on a level,
rolling. conditions. Stopping distance solid surface. To contact the tire
. Steering or Cornering Skid — can be longer and vehicle manufacturer for more information
control can be affected when about the original equipment tires,
too much speed or steering in a
traction is reduced by water, see the warranty manual.
curve causes tires to slip and
lose cornering force. snow, ice, gravel, or other Controlling the vehicle is the key to
material on the road. Learn to successful off-road driving. One of
. Acceleration Skid — too much recognize warning clues — such the best ways to control the vehicle
throttle causes the driving as enough water, ice, or packed is to control the speed.
wheels to spin. snow on the road to make a
mirrored surface — and slow
Defensive drivers avoid most skids
by taking reasonable care suited to down when you have any doubt.
{ Warning
existing conditions, and by not . Try to avoid sudden steering, When driving off-road, bouncing
overdriving those conditions. But acceleration, or braking, and quick changes in direction
skids are always possible. including reducing vehicle speed can easily throw you out of
by shifting to a lower gear. Any position. This could cause you to
sudden changes could cause lose control and crash. You and
the tires to slide. your passengers should always
wear seat belts.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Before Driving Off-Road
Caution Warning (Continued)
. Have all necessary maintenance
and service work completed. Operating the vehicle for heaviest things should be
. Fuel the vehicle, fill fluid levels, extended periods without the front on the floor, forward of the
and check inflation pressure in fascia lower air dam installed can rear axle.
all tires, including the spare, cause improper airflow to the . Heavy loads on the roof
if equipped. engine. Reattach the front fascia raise the vehicle's center of
. air dam after off-road driving. gravity, making it more likely
Read all the information about
all-wheel-drive vehicles in this to roll over. You can be
manual. Loading the Vehicle for seriously or fatally injured if
the vehicle rolls over. Put
. Make sure all underbody Off-Road Driving heavy loads inside the
shields, if equipped, are properly cargo area, not on the roof.
attached. { Warning
. Know the local laws that apply to . For more information about loading
Unsecured cargo on the
off-road driving. load floor can be tossed the vehicle, see Vehicle Load Limits
To gain more ground clearance if about when driving over 0 217.
needed, it may be necessary to rough terrain. You or your
passengers can be struck
Environmental Concerns
remove the front fascia lower air
dam. However, driving without the by flying objects. Secure the . Always use established trails,
air dam reduces fuel economy. cargo properly. roads, and areas that have been
. set aside for public off-road
Keep cargo in the cargo
recreational driving and obey all
area as far forward and as
posted regulations.
low as possible. The
(Continued) . Do not damage shrubs, flowers,
trees, or grasses or disturb
wildlife.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

. Do not park over things that When driving on hills: . Never go downhill forward or
burn. See Parking over Things . Use a low gear and keep a firm backward with the transmission
That Burn 0 228. grip on the steering wheel. in N (Neutral). The brakes could
overheat and you could lose
Driving on Hills . Maintain a slow speed. control.
Driving safely on hills requires good . When possible, drive straight up . When driving down a hill, keep
judgment and an understanding of or down the hill. the vehicle headed straight
what the vehicle can and cannot do. down. Use a low gear because
. Slow down when approaching
the top of the hill. the engine will work with the
{ Warning . Use headlamps even during the
brakes to slow the vehicle and
help keep the vehicle under
Many hills are simply too steep day to make the vehicle more control.
for any vehicle. Driving up hills visible.
can cause the vehicle to stall.
Driving down hills can cause loss { Warning { Warning
of control. Driving across hills can Heavy braking when going down
cause a rollover. You could be Driving to the top of a hill at high a hill can cause your brakes to
injured or killed. Do not drive on speed can cause an accident. overheat and fade. This could
steep hills. There could be a drop-off, cause loss of control and you or
embankment, cliff, or even others could be injured or killed.
another vehicle. You could be Apply the brakes lightly when
Before driving on a hill, assess the seriously injured or killed. As you
steepness, traction, and descending a hill and use a low
near the top of a hill, slow down gear to keep vehicle speed under
obstructions. If the terrain ahead
and stay alert. control.
cannot be seen, get out of the
vehicle and walk the hill before
driving further.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

If the vehicle stalls on a hill: . If driving downhill when the can cause the tires to slip
1. Apply the brakes to stop the vehicle stalls, shift to a sideways, downhill. If the vehicle
vehicle, and then apply the lower gear, release the slips sideways, it can hit
parking brake. parking brake, and drive something that will trip it – a
straight down the hill. rock, a rut, etc. – and roll over.
2. Shift into P (Park) and then
3. If the vehicle cannot be . Hidden obstacles can make the
restart the engine.
restarted after stalling, set the steepness of the incline more
. If driving uphill when the parking brake, shift an severe. If a rock is driven across
vehicle stalls, shift to automatic transmission into with the uphill wheels, or if the
R (Reverse), release the P (Park), and turn the downhill wheels drop into a rut
parking brake, and back vehicle off. or depression, the vehicle can tilt
straight down. even more.
3.1. Leave the vehicle and
. Never try to turn the vehicle seek help. . If an incline must be driven
around. If the hill is steep across, and the vehicle starts to
enough to stall the vehicle, 3.2. Stay clear of the path the
vehicle would take if it slide, turn downhill. This should
it is steep enough to cause help straighten out the vehicle
it to roll over. rolled downhill.
and prevent the side slipping.
. If you cannot make it up the . Avoid turns that take the vehicle
hill, back straight down across the incline of the hill.
A hill that can be driven straight
{ Warning
the hill.
up or down might be too steep to Getting out of the vehicle on the
. Never back down a hill in drive across. Driving across an downhill side when stopped
N (Neutral) using only the incline puts more weight on the across an incline is dangerous.
brake. downhill wheels which could If the vehicle rolls over, you could
. The vehicle can roll cause a downhill slide or a
be crushed or killed. Always get
backward quickly and you rollover.
out on the uphill side of the
could lose control. . Surface conditions can be a vehicle and stay well clear of the
problem. Loose gravel, rollover path.
muddy spots, or even wet grass
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Driving in Mud, Sand, Snow,
or Ice Warning (Continued) Caution
Use a low gear when driving in you and your passengers could Do not drive through standing
mud – the deeper the mud, the drown. Drive your vehicle on safe water if it is deep enough to cover
lower the gear. Keep the vehicle surfaces only. the wheel hubs, axles, or exhaust
moving to avoid getting stuck. pipe. Deep water can damage the
Traction changes when driving on axle and other vehicle parts.
Driving in Water
sand. On loose sand, such as on
beaches or sand dunes, the tires
tend to sink into the sand. This { Warning If the standing water is not too deep,
drive through it slowly. At faster
affects steering, accelerating, and Driving through rushing water can speeds, water can get into the
braking. Drive at a reduced speed be dangerous. Deep water can engine and cause it to stall. Stalling
and avoid sharp turns or abrupt sweep your vehicle downstream can occur if the exhaust pipe is
maneuvers. under water. Do not turn off the
and you and your passengers
Traction is reduced on hard packed could drown. If it is only shallow ignition when driving through water.
snow and ice and it is easy to lose water, it can still wash away the If the exhaust pipe is under water,
control. Reduce vehicle speed when ground from under your tires. the engine will not start. When going
driving on hard packed snow through water, the brakes get wet,
Traction could be lost, and the
and ice. and it might take longer to stop. See
vehicle could roll over. Do not
Driving on Wet Roads 0 214.
drive through rushing water.
{ Warning After Off-Road Driving
Driving on frozen lakes, ponds, Remove any brush or debris that
or rivers can be dangerous. Ice has collected on the underbody or
conditions vary greatly and the chassis, or under the hood. These
vehicle could fall through the ice; accumulations can be a fire hazard.
(Continued)
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

After operation in mud or sand, wet enough and you are going fast
have the brake linings cleaned and { Warning enough. When the vehicle is
checked. These substances can hydroplaning, it has little or no
cause glazing and uneven braking. Wet brakes can cause crashes. contact with the road.
Check the body structure, steering, They might not work as well in a
quick stop and could cause There is no hard and fast rule about
suspension, wheels, tires, and hydroplaning. The best advice is to
exhaust system for damage and pulling to one side. You could
lose control of the vehicle. slow down when the road is wet.
check the fuel lines and cooling
system for any leakage. After driving through a large Other Rainy Weather Tips
More frequent maintenance service puddle of water or a car/vehicle Besides slowing down, other wet
is required. See Maintenance wash, lightly apply the brake weather driving tips include:
Schedule 0 369. pedal until the brakes work . Allow extra following distance.
normally.
Driving on Wet Roads . Pass with caution.
Flowing or rushing water creates
Rain and wet roads can reduce strong forces. Driving through . Keep windshield wiping
vehicle traction and affect your flowing water could cause the equipment in good shape.
ability to stop and accelerate. vehicle to be carried away. If this . Keep the windshield washer fluid
Always drive slower in these types happens, you and other vehicle reservoir filled.
of driving conditions and avoid occupants could drown. Do not . Have good tires with proper
driving through large puddles and ignore police warnings and be
deep-standing or flowing water. tread depth. See Tires 0 314.
very cautious about trying to drive
through flowing water. . Turn off cruise control.
. Activate All-Wheel Drive (AWD)
Hydroplaning mode. See Driver Mode Control
0 238.
Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water
can build up under the vehicle's
tires so they actually ride on the
water. This can happen if the road is
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Hill and Mountain Roads Winter Driving
{ Warning
Driving on steep hills or through Driving on Snow or Ice
mountains is different than driving Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)
on flat or rolling terrain. Tips include: or with the ignition off is Snow or ice between the tires and
dangerous. This can cause the road creates less traction or
. Keep the vehicle serviced and in grip, so drive carefully. Wet ice can
good shape. overheating of the brakes and
loss of steering assist. Always occur at about 0 °C (32 °F) when
. Check all fluid levels and brakes, freezing rain begins to fall. Avoid
have the engine running and the
tires, cooling system, and driving on wet ice or in freezing rain
vehicle in gear.
transmission. until roads can be treated.
. Shift to a lower gear when going . For Slippery Road Driving:
Drive at speeds that keep the
down steep or long hills. vehicle in its own lane. Do not . Accelerate gently. Accelerating
swing wide or cross the too quickly causes the wheels to
{ Warning center line. spin and makes the surface
. Be alert on top of hills; under the tires slick.
Using the brakes to slow the
vehicle on a long downhill slope something could be in your lane . Turn on Traction Control. See
can cause brake overheating, can (e.g., stalled car, accident). Traction Control/Electronic
reduce brake performance, and . Pay attention to special road Stability Control 0 236.
could result in a loss of braking. signs (e.g., falling rocks area, . The Antilock Brake System
Shift the transmission to a lower winding roads, long grades, (ABS) improves vehicle stability
gear to let the engine assist the passing or no-passing zones) during hard stops, but the
brakes on a steep downhill slope. and take appropriate action. brakes should be applied sooner
than when on dry pavement.
See Antilock Brake System
(ABS) 0 233.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

. Allow greater following distance . Tie a red cloth to an outside
and watch for slippery spots. Icy mirror. Warning (Continued)
patches can occur on otherwise
. Adjust the climate control
clear roads in shaded areas.
The surface of a curve or an
{ Warning system to circulate the air
overpass can remain icy when inside the vehicle and set
Snow can trap engine exhaust
the surrounding roads are clear. the fan speed to the highest
under the vehicle. This may setting. See “Climate
Avoid sudden steering cause exhaust gases to get
maneuvers and braking while Control Systems.”
inside. Engine exhaust contains
on ice. carbon monoxide (CO), which For more information about CO,
. Turn off cruise control. cannot be seen or smelled. It can see Engine Exhaust 0 228.
. cause unconsciousness and even
Select All-Wheel Drive (AWD)
Mode for vehicles equipped with death. To save fuel, run the engine for
AWD. Select Snow/Ice Mode for If the vehicle is stuck in snow: short periods to warm the vehicle
FWD only vehicles. and then shut the engine off and
. Clear snow from the base of partially close the window. Moving
See Driver Mode Control 0 238
the vehicle, especially any about to keep warm also helps.
and All-Wheel Drive 0 232.
blocking the exhaust pipe.
If it takes time for help to arrive,
Blizzard Conditions . Open a window about 5 cm when running the engine, push the
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and (2 in) on the vehicle side accelerator pedal slightly so the
signal for help. Stay with the vehicle that is away from the wind, engine runs faster than the idle
unless there is help nearby. to bring in fresh air. speed. This keeps the battery
If possible, use Roadside . Fully open the air outlets on charged to restart the vehicle and to
Assistance. See Roadside or under the instrument signal for help with the headlamps.
Assistance Program 0 388. To get panel. Do this as little as possible, to
help and keep everyone in the save fuel.
vehicle safe: (Continued)
flashers.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

If the Vehicle Is Stuck Rocking the Vehicle to Get vehicle capacity weight and
it Out includes the weight of all
Slowly and cautiously spin the
wheels to free the vehicle when Turn the steering wheel left and occupants, cargo, and all
stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. right to clear the area around the nonfactory-installed options.
front wheels. Turn off any traction Two labels on the vehicle may
If stuck too severely for the traction show how much weight it may
system. Shift back and forth
system to free the vehicle, turn the
traction system off and use the
between R (Reverse) and a low properly carry, the Tire and
forward gear, spinning the wheels Loading Information label and
rocking method. See Traction
as little as possible. To prevent the Certification/Tire label.
Control/Electronic Stability Control
transmission wear, wait until the
0 236.
wheels stop spinning before shifting
gears. Release the accelerator { Warning
{ Warning pedal while shifting, and press Do not load the vehicle any
lightly on the accelerator pedal
If the vehicle's tires spin at high when the transmission is in gear.
heavier than the Gross
speed, they can explode, and you Slowly spinning the wheels in the Vehicle Weight Rating
or others could be injured. The forward and reverse directions (GVWR), or either the
vehicle can overheat, causing an causes a rocking motion that could maximum front or rear Gross
engine compartment fire or other free the vehicle. If that does not get Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
damage. Spin the wheels as little the vehicle out after a few tries, it This can cause systems to
as possible and avoid going might need to be towed out. If the break and change the way the
above 56 km/h (35 mph). vehicle does need to be towed out, vehicle handles. This could
see Towing the Vehicle 0 354. cause loss of control and a
Select All-Wheel Drive (AWD) crash. Overloading can also
Mode. Vehicle Load Limits reduce stopping distance,
See Driver Mode Control 0 238 and It is very important to know how damage the tires, and shorten
All-Wheel Drive 0 232. much weight the vehicle can the life of the vehicle.
carry. This weight is called the
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Tire and Loading Information tires (3) and the recommended 3. Subtract the combined
Label cold tire inflation pressures (4). weight of the driver and
For more information on tires passengers from XXX kg or
and inflation see Tires 0 314 XXX lbs.
and Tire Pressure 0 321. 4. The resulting figure equals
There is also important loading the available amount of
information on the vehicle cargo and luggage load
Certification/Tire label. It may capacity. For example, if the
show the Gross Vehicle Weight "XXX" amount equals
Rating (GVWR) and the Gross 1400 lbs. and there will be
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for five 150 lb passengers in
the front and rear axle. See your vehicle, the amount of
“Certification/Tire Label” later in available cargo and luggage
Example Label this section. load capacity is 650 lbs.
A vehicle-specific Tire and “Steps for Determining Correct (1400-750 (5 x 150) =
Loading Information label is Load Limit– 650 lbs.)
attached to the center pillar 1. Locate the statement "The 5. Determine the combined
(B-pillar). The tire and loading combined weight of weight of luggage and cargo
information label shows the occupants and cargo should being loaded on the vehicle.
number of occupant seating never exceed XXX kg or That weight may not safely
positions (1), and the maximum XXX lbs." on your vehicle’s exceed the available cargo
vehicle capacity weight (2) in placard. and luggage load capacity
kilograms and pounds. calculated in Step 4.
2. Determine the combined
The Tire and Loading 6. If your vehicle will be towing
weight of the driver and
Information label also shows the a trailer, load from your
passengers that will be
size of the original equipment trailer will be transferred to
riding in your vehicle.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

your vehicle. Consult this 2. Subtract Occupant
manual to determine how Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs)
this reduces the available × 2 = 136 kg (300 lbs).
cargo and luggage load 3. Available Occupant and
capacity of your vehicle.” Cargo Weight = 317 kg
See Trailer Towing 0 273 for (700 lbs).
important information on towing
a trailer, towing safety rules and
trailering tips.
Example 3
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight

for Example 3 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs).
2. Subtract Occupant
Weight @ 91 kg
Example 2
(200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight (1,000 lbs).
for Example 2 = 453 kg 3. Available Cargo Weight
Example 1 = 0 kg (0 lbs).
(1,000 lbs).
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight 2. Subtract Occupant Refer to the vehicle's tire and
for Example 1 = 453 kg Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs) loading information label for
(1,000 lbs). × 5 = 340 kg (750 lbs). specific information about the
3. Available Cargo Weight vehicle's capacity weight and
= 113 kg (250 lbs). seating positions. The combined
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

weight of the driver, passengers, Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR).
and cargo should never exceed The GVWR includes the weight { Warning
the vehicle's capacity weight. of the vehicle, all occupants, Things inside the vehicle can
Certification/Tire Label
fuel, and cargo. strike and injure people in a
The Certification/Tire label may sudden stop or turn, or in a
also show the maximum weights crash.
for the front and rear axles, . Put things in the cargo
called the Gross Axle Weight area of the vehicle. In the
Rating (GAWR). To find out the cargo area, put them as
actual loads on the front and far forward as possible.
rear axles, weigh the vehicle at Try to spread the weight
a weigh station. Your dealer can evenly.
help with this. Be sure to spread
the load equally on both sides of . Never stack heavier
the centerline. things, like suitcases,
inside the vehicle so that
Label Example some of them are above
Caution
A vehicle-specific Certification/ the tops of the seats.
Tire label is attached to the Overloading the vehicle may . Do not leave an
center pillar (B-pillar). cause damage. Repairs would not
unsecured child restraint
be covered by the vehicle
The label may show the size of warranty. Do not overload the
in the vehicle.
the vehicle's original tires and vehicle. . Secure loose items in the
the inflation pressures needed to vehicle.
obtain the gross weight capacity
(Continued)
of the vehicle. The label shows
the gross weight capacity of the
vehicle. This is called the Gross
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Warning (Continued) Starting and Caution (Continued)

.
Operating
Do not leave a seat breaking-in guideline every
folded down unless time you get new brake
New Vehicle Break-In linings.
needed.
Following break-in, engine speed
Caution
and load can be gradually
The vehicle does not need an increased.
elaborate break-in. But it will
perform better in the long run if Ignition Positions
you follow these guidelines:
. Do not drive at any one
constant speed, fast or slow,
for the first 800 km (500 mi).
Do not make full-throttle
starts. Avoid downshifting to
brake or slow the vehicle.
. Avoid making hard stops for
the first 300 km (200 mi) or
so. During this time the new
brake linings are not yet
broken in. Hard stops with
new linings can mean
premature wear and earlier The vehicle has an electronic
replacement. Follow this keyless ignition with pushbutton
(Continued) start.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) When the vehicle is shifted into
transmitter must be in the vehicle for P (Park), the ignition system will { Warning
the system to operate. If the turn off.
pushbutton start is not working, the Turning off the vehicle while
Do not turn the engine off when the moving may cause loss of power
vehicle may be near a strong radio vehicle is moving. This will cause a
antenna signal causing interference assist in the brake and steering
loss of power assist in the brake systems and disable the airbags.
to the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) and steering systems and disable
system. See Remote Keyless Entry While driving, only shut the
the airbags. vehicle off in an emergency.
(RKE) System Operation 0 30.
If the vehicle must be shut off in an
To shift out of P (Park), the vehicle emergency:
must be on and the brake pedal If the vehicle cannot be pulled over,
must be applied. 1. Brake using a firm and steady and must be shut off while driving,
pressure. Do not pump the press and hold ENGINE START/
Stopping the Engine/LOCK/ brakes repeatedly. This may STOP for longer than two seconds,
OFF (No Indicator Lights) : When deplete power assist, requiring or press twice in five seconds.
the vehicle is stopped, press increased brake pedal force.
ENGINE START/STOP once to turn ACC/ACCESSORY (Amber
the engine off. 2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). Indicator Light) : This mode allows
This can be done while the some electrical accessories to be
If the vehicle is in P (Park), the vehicle is moving. After shifting used when the engine is off.
ignition will turn off, and Retained to N (Neutral), firmly apply the
Accessory Power (RAP) will remain With the ignition off, pressing the
brakes and steer the vehicle to
active. See Retained Accessory button one time without the brake
a safe location.
Power (RAP) 0 226. pedal applied will place the ignition
3. Come to a complete stop, shift system in ACC/ACCESSORY.
If the vehicle is not in P (Park), the to P (Park), and turn the
ignition will return to ACC/ The ignition will switch from ACC/
ignition off.
ACCESSORY and display the ACCESSORY to off after
message SHIFT TO PARK in the 4. Set the parking brake. See five minutes to prevent battery
Driver Information Center (DIC). Electric Parking Brake 0 233. rundown.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

ON/RUN/START (Green Indicator Starting the Engine Starting Procedure
Light) : This mode is for driving and
Move the shift lever to P (Park) or 1. With the Keyless Access
starting. With the ignition off, and
N (Neutral). The engine will not start system, the RKE transmitter
the brake pedal applied, pressing
in any other position. To restart the must be in the vehicle. Press
the button once will place the
engine when the vehicle is already ENGINE START/STOP with the
ignition system in ON/RUN/START.
moving, use N (Neutral) only. brake pedal applied. When the
Once engine cranking begins,
engine begins cranking, let go
release the button. Engine cranking
of the button.
will continue until the engine starts. Caution
See Starting the Engine 0 223. The The idle speed will go down as
ignition will then remain in ON/RUN. Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the the engine gets warm. Do not
vehicle is moving. If you do, you race the engine immediately
Service Mode could damage the transmission. after starting it.
This power mode is available for Shift to P (Park) only when the If the RKE transmitter is not in
service and diagnostics, and to vehicle is stopped. the vehicle, if there is
verify the proper operation of the interference, or if the RKE
malfunction indicator lamp as may battery is low, the Driver
be required for emission inspection Information Center (DIC) will
purposes. With the vehicle off, and Caution
display a message.
the brake pedal not applied,
pressing and holding the button for If you add electrical parts or
more than five seconds will place accessories, you could change Caution
the vehicle in Service Mode. The the way the engine operates. Any
resulting damage would not be Cranking the engine for long
instruments and audio systems will
covered by the vehicle warranty. periods of time, by returning the
operate as they do in ON/RUN, but
the vehicle will not be able to be See Add-On Electrical Equipment ignition to the START position
driven. The engine will not start in 0 278. immediately after cranking has
Service Mode. Press the button ended, can overheat and damage
again to turn the vehicle off. the cranking motor, and drain the
(Continued)
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

and transmission gently until stopped, the tachometer displays
Caution (Continued) the oil warms up and lubricates AUTO STOP. See Tachometer
all moving parts. 0 131. When the brake pedal is
battery. Wait at least 15 seconds released or the accelerator pedal is
between each try, to let the Stop/Start System pushed, the engine will restart.
cranking motor cool down.
Auto Stop may be deactivated if:
{ Warning . A minimum vehicle speed is not
2. If the engine does not start
after five to 10 seconds, The automatic engine Stop/Start reached.
especially in very cold weather feature causes the engine to shut . The engine or transmission is
(below −18 °C or 0 °F), it could off while the vehicle is still on. Do not at the required operating
be flooded with too much not exit the vehicle before shifting temperature.
gasoline. Try pushing the to P (Park). The vehicle may
restart and move unexpectedly. . The outside temperature is not
accelerator pedal all the way to
Always shift to P (Park), and then in the required operating range,
the floor and holding it there as
turn the ignition off before exiting typically between −10 °C (14 °F)
you press ENGINE START/
and 50 °C (122 °F).
STOP, for up to a maximum of the vehicle.
15 seconds. Wait at least . The shift lever is in any gear
15 seconds between each try, other than D (Drive).
If equipped with the 2.5L L4 engine,
to allow the cranking motor to . The battery charge is low.
the vehicle has a fuel saving stop/
cool down. When the engine
start system to shut off the engine to . The interior comfort level has not
starts, let go of the button and
help conserve fuel. reached the required level for
the accelerator. If the vehicle
starts briefly but then stops Auto Stop/Start the climate control system or
again, do the same thing. This defog settings.
When the brakes are applied and
clears the extra gasoline from . The Auto Stop time is greater
the vehicle is at a complete stop,
the engine. Do not race the the engine may turn off. When than two minutes.
engine immediately after
starting it. Operate the engine
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Engine Heater
{ Warning
The engine heater can provide
easier starting and better fuel Improper use of the heater cord
economy during engine warm-up in or an extension cord can damage
cold weather conditions at or below the cord and may result in
0 °F (−18 °C). Vehicles with an overheating and fire.
engine heater should be plugged in . Plug the cord into a
at least four hours before starting.
three-prong electrical utility
Some models may have an internal
receptacle that is protected
thermostat in the cord which will
by a ground fault detection
prevent engine heater operation at
function. An ungrounded
temperatures above 0 °F (−18 °C).
2. Open the hood and unwrap the outlet could cause an
electric shock.
{ Warning electrical cord. The bundled
cord is on the driver side of the . Use a weatherproof,
Do not plug in the engine block engine compartment, in front of heavy-duty, 15 amp-rated
heater while the vehicle is parked the battery. See Engine extension cord if needed.
in a garage or under a carport. Compartment Overview 0 283. Failure to use the
Property damage or personal Check the heater cord for recommended extension
injury may result. Always park the damage. If it is damaged, do cord in good operating
not use it. See your dealer for condition, or using a
vehicle in a clear open area away
a replacement. Inspect the damaged heater or
from buildings or structures.
cord for damage yearly. extension cord, could make
(Continued)
To Use the Engine Heater 3. Plug the cord into a normal,
grounded 110-volt AC outlet.
1. Turn off the engine.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

away from moving engine 2. Move the shift lever into
Warning (Continued) parts. If you do not, it could be P (Park) by holding in the
damaged. button on the shift lever and
it overheat and cause a fire, pushing the shift lever all the
property damage, electric The length of time the heater should
remain plugged in depends on way toward the front of the
shock, and injury. vehicle.
several factors. Ask a dealer in the
. Do not operate the vehicle area where you will be parking the 3. Turn the ignition off.
with the heater cord vehicle for the best advice on this.
permanently attached to the Leaving the Vehicle with the
vehicle. Possible heater Engine Running
cord and thermostat Retained Accessory
damage could occur. Power (RAP)
.
{ Warning
While in use, do not let the Some vehicle accessories may be
heater cord touch vehicle used after the ignition is turned off. It can be dangerous to leave the
parts or sharp edges. Never vehicle with the engine running.
The power windows and sunroof,
close the hood on the if equipped, will continue to work for It could overheat and catch fire.
heater cord. up to 10 minutes or until any door is It is dangerous to get out of the
. Before starting the vehicle, opened. vehicle if the shift lever is not fully
unplug the cord, reattach The infotainment system will in P (Park) with the parking brake
the cover to the plug, and continue to work for 10 minutes, firmly set. The vehicle can roll.
securely fasten the cord. until the driver door is opened,
Keep the cord away from Do not leave the vehicle when the
or until the ignition is turned on or engine is running. If you have left
any moving parts. placed in ACC/ACCESSORY. the engine running, the vehicle
can move suddenly. You or others
4. Before starting the engine, be Shifting Into Park could be injured. To be sure the
sure to unplug and store the vehicle will not move, even when
cord as it was before to keep it 1. Hold the brake pedal down and
set the parking brake. See you are on fairly level ground,
Electric Parking Brake 0 233. (Continued)
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

parking on a hill and shifting the If the vehicle has an uncharged
Warning (Continued) transmission into P (Park) is not battery or a battery with low voltage,
done properly and then it is difficult try charging or jump starting the
always set the parking brake and to shift out of P (Park). To prevent battery. See Jump Starting - North
move the shift lever to P (Park). torque lock, set the parking brake America 0 351 for more information.
See Shifting Into Park 0 226. and then shift into P (Park). To find
If you are towing a trailer, see To shift out of P (Park):
out how, see “Shifting Into Park”
Driving Characteristics and listed previously. 1. Turn the ignition on.
Towing Tips 0 270. 2. Apply the brake pedal.
If torque lock does occur, your
vehicle may need to be pushed 3. Press the shift lever button.
If you have to leave the vehicle with uphill by another vehicle to relieve
the engine running, be sure the the parking pawl pressure, so you 4. Move the shift lever to the
vehicle is in P (Park) and the can shift out of P (Park). desired position.
parking brake is firmly set before If you still are unable to shift out of
you leave it. After you have moved Shifting out of Park P (Park):
the shift lever into P (Park), hold the
regular brake pedal down. Then, The vehicle is equipped with an 1. Fully release the shift lever
see if you can move the shift lever electronic shift lock release system. button.
away from P (Park) without first The shift lock release is designed to 2. While holding down the brake
pressing the button. prevent movement of the shift lever pedal, press the shift lever
out of P (Park), unless the ignition is button again.
If you can, it means that the shift on or in ACC/ACCESSORY, and the
lever was not fully locked in regular brake pedal is applied. 3. Move the shift lever to the
P (Park). desired position.
The shift lock release is always
Torque Lock functional except in the case of an If you still cannot move the shift
uncharged or low voltage (less than lever from P (Park), see your dealer.
Torque lock is when the weight of
the vehicle puts too much force on 9-volt) battery.
the parking pawl in the
transmission. This happens when
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Parking over Things The vehicle could turn off sooner if it Engine Exhaust
is parked on a hill, due to lack of
That Burn available fuel.
The timer will reset if the vehicle is
{ Warning
{ Warning taken out of P (Park) while it is Engine exhaust contains carbon
Things that can burn could touch running. monoxide (CO), which cannot be
hot exhaust parts under the seen or smelled. Exposure to CO
vehicle and ignite. Do not park can cause unconsciousness and
over papers, leaves, dry grass, even death.
or other things that can burn. Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:
. The vehicle idles in areas
Extended Parking with poor ventilation
(parking garages, tunnels,
It is best not to park with the vehicle
deep snow that may block
running. If the vehicle is left running,
be sure it will not move and there is underbody airflow or tail
adequate ventilation. pipes).
. The exhaust smells or
See Shifting Into Park 0 226 and
Engine Exhaust 0 228. sounds strange or different.
. The exhaust system leaks
If the vehicle is left parked and
due to corrosion or damage.
running with the RKE transmitter
outside the vehicle, it will turn off . The vehicle exhaust system
after one hour. has been modified,
If the vehicle is left parked and damaged, or improperly
repaired.
running with the RKE transmitter
inside the vehicle, it will turn off after (Continued)
two hours.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Warning (Continued)
Running the Vehicle Automatic
While Parked Transmission
. There are holes or openings
It is better not to park with the
in the vehicle body from
engine running.
damage or aftermarket
modifications that are not If the vehicle is left with the engine
completely sealed. running, follow the proper steps to
be sure the vehicle will not move.
If unusual fumes are detected or
See Shifting Into Park 0 226 and
if it is suspected that exhaust is Engine Exhaust 0 228.
coming into the vehicle:
If parking on a hill and pulling a
. Drive it only with the trailer, see Driving Characteristics
windows completely down. and Towing Tips 0 270.
. Have the vehicle repaired
immediately.
Never park the vehicle with the
engine running in an enclosed P : This position locks the drive
area such as a garage or a wheels. Use P (Park) when starting
building that has no fresh air the engine because the vehicle
ventilation. cannot move easily.
{ Warning
It is dangerous to get out of the
vehicle if the shift lever is not fully
in P (Park) with the parking brake
firmly set. The vehicle can roll.
(Continued)
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

lever button and move the shift lever
Warning (Continued) into another gear. See Shifting out { Warning
of Park 0 227.
Do not leave the vehicle when the Shifting into a drive gear while the
engine is running. If you have left R : Use this gear to back up. engine is running at high speed is
the engine running, the vehicle dangerous. Unless your foot is
can move suddenly. You or others Caution firmly on the brake pedal, the
could be injured. To be sure the vehicle could move very rapidly.
vehicle will not move, even when Shifting to R (Reverse) while the You could lose control and hit
you are on fairly level ground, vehicle is moving forward could people or objects. Do not shift
always set the parking brake and damage the transmission. The into a drive gear while the engine
move the shift lever to P (Park). repairs would not be covered by is running at high speed.
See Shifting Into Park 0 226 and the vehicle warranty. Shift to
Driving Characteristics and R (Reverse) only after the vehicle
Towing Tips 0 270. is stopped.
Caution
Make sure the shift lever is fully in To rock the vehicle back and forth to Shifting out of P (Park) or
P (Park) before starting the engine. get out of snow, ice, or sand without N (Neutral) with the engine
The vehicle has an automatic damaging the transmission, see If running at high speed may
transmission shift lock control the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 217. damage the transmission. The
system. With the ignition on fully N : In this position, the engine does repairs would not be covered by
apply the regular brake, then press not connect with the wheels. To the vehicle warranty. Be sure the
the button on the back of the shift restart the engine when the vehicle engine is not running at high
lever before shifting from P (Park). is already moving, use speed when shifting the vehicle.
If you cannot shift out of P (Park), N (Neutral) only.
ease pressure on the shift lever,
then push the shift lever all the way
into P (Park) as you maintain brake
application. Then press the shift
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Caution
designed to improve fuel economy Manual Mode
and performance. Use the brake to
hold the vehicle on a hill. Do not use Electronic Range Select
A transmission hot message may the accelerator pedal. (ERS) Mode
display if the automatic
transmission fluid is too hot. L : This position gives you access ERS mode allows you to choose the
Driving under this condition can to gear ranges. This provides more top-gear limit of the transmission
damage the vehicle. Stop and idle engine braking but lower fuel and the vehicle's speed while
the engine to cool the automatic economy than D (Drive). You can driving downhill or towing a trailer.
use it on very steep hills, or in deep The vehicle has an electronic shift
transmission fluid. This message
snow or mud. See Manual Mode position indicator within the
clears when the transmission fluid
0 231. instrument cluster. When using the
has cooled sufficiently.
Operating Modes : The ERS mode a number will display
transmission may operate in a lower next to the L, indicating the highest
D : This position is for normal gear than normal to improve vehicle gear available for the range
driving. If more power is needed for performance. The engine speed selected.
passing, press the accelerator may be higher and there may be an
pedal down. increase in noise during the
following conditions:
Caution . When climbing a grade.
If the vehicle does not shift gears, . When driving downhill.
the transmission could be . When driving in hot
damaged. Have the vehicle temperatures, or at high altitude.
serviced right away.
If the vehicle is stopped on a hill,

with your foot off the brake pedal,
the vehicle may roll. This is normal
and is due to the torque converter
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

To use this feature: If the transmission is in 6 (Sixth) Drive Systems
1. Move the shift lever to gear when L (Manual Mode) is
selected, a downshift to 4 (Fourth)
L (Manual Mode).
will be commanded. If in 5 (Fifth) All-Wheel Drive
2. Press + (Plus) or − (Minus) on through 2 (Second) a single Vehicles with this feature can
the shift lever to increase or downshift will occur. operate in AWD Mode. See Driver
decrease the gear range Mode Control 0 238.
available. While in L (Manual Mode), the
transmission will prevent shifting to
When you shift from D (Drive) to a lower gear range if the engine
L (Manual Mode), the transmission speed is too high. You have a brief
will shift to a pre-determined lower period of time to slow the vehicle.
gear range. The highest gear If vehicle speed is not reduced
available for this pre-determined within the time allowed, the lower
range is displayed next to the L in gear range shift will not be
the DIC. See Driver Information completed. You must further slow
Center (DIC) (Base and Midlevel) the vehicle, then press − (Minus) to
0 145 or Driver Information Center the desired lower gear range.
(DIC) (Uplevel) 0 148. The number
displayed in the DIC is the highest Automatic Engine Grade Braking is
gear that the transmission will be not available when the ERS is
allowed to operate in. This means active. It is available in D (Drive) for
that all gears below that number are both normal driving and Tow/Haul
available. For example, when Mode. While using the ERS, cruise
4 (Fourth) is shown next to the L, control and the Tow/Haul Mode can
1 (First) through 4 (Fourth) gears are be used. See Tow/Haul Mode 0 232.
automatically shifted by the vehicle.
The transmission will not shift into Tow/Haul Mode
5 (Fifth) until the + (Plus) button is See Driver Mode Control 0 238.
used or you shift back into D (Drive).
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Brakes If driving safely on a wet road and it
becomes necessary to slam on the
Using ABS
Do not pump the brakes. Just hold
brakes and continue braking to
Antilock Brake avoid a sudden obstacle, a
the brake pedal down firmly and let
System (ABS) ABS work. You may hear the ABS
computer senses the wheels are
pump or motor operating and feel
slowing down. If one of the wheels
This vehicle has an Antilock Brake the brake pedal pulsate. This is
is about to stop rolling, the computer
System (ABS), an advanced normal.
will separately work the brakes at
electronic braking system that helps
each wheel. Braking in Emergencies
prevent a braking skid.
ABS can change the brake pressure ABS allows you to steer and brake
When the vehicle begins to drive
to each wheel, as required, faster at the same time. In many
away, ABS checks itself.
than any driver could. This can help emergencies, steering can help
A momentary motor or clicking noise
you steer around the obstacle while more than even the very best
may be heard while this test is going
braking hard. braking.
on, and it may even be noticed that
the brake pedal moves a little. This As the brakes are applied, the
is normal. computer keeps receiving updates Electric Parking Brake
on wheel speed and controls
braking pressure accordingly.
Remember: ABS does not change
the time needed to get a foot up to
the brake pedal or always decrease
stopping distance. If you get too
close to the vehicle in front of you,
If there is a problem with ABS, this there will not be enough time to
warning light stays on. See Antilock apply the brakes if that vehicle
Brake System (ABS) Warning Light suddenly slows or stops. Always
0 140. leave enough room up ahead to
stop, even with ABS.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

The vehicle has an Electric Parking The Y or PARK light will flash and The vehicle may automatically apply
Brake (EPB). The EPB can always then stay on once the EPB is fully the EPB in some situations when
be activated, even if the ignition is the vehicle is not moving. This is
applied. If the Y or PARK light
off. To prevent draining the battery, normal, and is done to periodically
avoid repeated cycles of the EPB flashes continuously, then the EPB check the correct operation of the
system when the engine is not is only partially applied or there is a EPB system.
running. problem with the EPB. A DIC
message will display. Release the If the EPB fails to apply, block the
The system has a Y or PARK EPB and try to apply it again. If the rear wheels to prevent vehicle
light does not come on, or keeps movement.
Electric Parking Brake light, and a 8
flashing, have the vehicle serviced.
Service Parking Brake light or EPB Release
message. Do not drive the vehicle if the Y or
PARK light is flashing. See your To release the EPB:
See Electric Parking Brake Light
0 139 and Service Electric Parking dealer. See Electric Parking Brake 1. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/
Brake Light (Uplevel and Midlevel Light 0 139. ACCESSORY.
Cluster Only) 0 139.
If the 8 light or message is on, 2. Apply and hold the brake
Before leaving the vehicle, check for press the EPB switch and hold it. pedal.
the Y or PARK light to ensure that Continue to hold the switch until 3. Press the EPB switch
the parking brake is applied. the Y or PARK light remains on. momentarily.
EPB Apply If the 8 light or message remains The EPB is released when the Y
on, see your dealer. or PARK light is off.
To apply the EPB:
If the EPB is applied while the
1. Be sure the vehicle is at a If the 8 light or message is on,
vehicle is moving, the vehicle will
complete stop. decelerate as long as the switch is release the EPB by pressing and
2. Press the EPB switch pressed. If the switch is pressed holding the EPB switch. Continue to
momentarily. until the vehicle comes to a stop, hold the switch until the Y or
the EPB will remain applied.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

PARK light is off. If either light stays stability system hydraulic brake the accelerator pedal has been
on after release is attempted, see control module to supplement the pressed, HSA uses braking
your dealer. power brake system under pressure to hold the vehicle
conditions where the driver has stationary. If HSA is holding the
Caution quickly and forcefully applied the vehicle, a DIC message displays.
brake pedal in an attempt to quickly HSA will not activate in a forward
Driving with the parking brake on stop or slow down the vehicle. The drive gear when facing downhill,
can overheat the brake system stability system hydraulic brake or in R (Reverse) when facing uphill.
and cause premature wear or control module increases brake Select the duration of the HSA
damage to brake system parts. pressure at each corner of the feature through vehicle
Make sure that the parking brake vehicle until the ABS activates. personalization. See ”Extended Hill
is fully released and the brake Minor brake pedal pulsation or Start Assist” under “Comfort and
warning light is off before driving. pedal movement during this time is Convenience” in Vehicle
normal and the driver should Personalization 0 152. When
continue to apply the brake pedal as Standard Hold is selected, the
Automatic EPB Release the driving situation dictates. The vehicle is held stationary for up to
The EPB will automatically release if Brake Assist feature will two seconds after the brake pedal is
the vehicle is running, placed into automatically disengage when the released. When Extended Hold is
gear, and an attempt is made to brake pedal is released or brake selected, the vehicle is held
drive away. Avoid rapid acceleration pedal pressure is quickly stationary for up to five minutes
when the EPB is applied, to decreased. after the brake pedal is released. In
preserve parking brake lining life. either case, override the hold
Hill Start Assist (HSA) feature by pressing the accelerator
Brake Assist Hill Start Assist (HSA) will activate pedal and attempting to drive away.
The Brake Assist feature is when the vehicle is stopped on a If Standard Hold is selected, it will
designed to assist the driver in moderate to steep grade to help hold the vehicle for two seconds
stopping or decreasing vehicle prevent it from rolling in an unless the driver door is opened or
speed in emergency driving unintended direction. After the brake the driver seat belt is unbuckled
conditions. This feature uses the pedal has been released and before after releasing the brake pedal.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

If Extended Hold is selected, it will Ride Control Systems vehicle wheel brakes to assist the
hold the vehicle for five minutes driver in keeping the vehicle on the
unless the driver door is opened intended path.
and the driver seat belt is unbuckled Traction Control/
If cruise control is being used and
prior to releasing the brake pedal. Electronic Stability TCS or StabiliTrak begins to limit
When deactivated after five minutes, Control wheel spin, cruise control will
or if it is deactivated when the driver disengage. Cruise control may be
seat belt is unlatched or the driver System Operation turned back on when road
door is opened, the Electric Parking conditions allow. TCS and
The vehicle has a Traction Control
Brake will engage to prevent vehicle
System (TCS) and StabiliTrak®, an StabiliTrak will automatically turn on
movement. when cruise control is set.
electronic stability control system.
These systems help limit wheel spin Both systems come on
and assist the driver in maintaining automatically when the vehicle is
control, especially on slippery road started and begins to move. The
conditions. systems may be heard or felt while
TCS activates if it senses that any they are operating or while
of the drive wheels are spinning or performing diagnostic checks. This
beginning to lose traction. When this is normal and does not mean there
happens, TCS applies the brakes to is a problem with the vehicle.
the spinning wheels and reduces It is recommended to leave both
engine power to limit wheel spin. systems on for normal driving
StabiliTrak activates when the conditions, but it may be necessary
vehicle senses a difference between to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets
the intended path and the direction stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.
the vehicle is actually traveling. See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 217
StabiliTrak selectively applies and “Turning the Systems Off and
braking pressure to any one of the On” later in this section.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

2. Turn the engine off and wait
15 seconds. Caution
3. Start the engine. Do not repeatedly brake or
4. Drive the vehicle. accelerate heavily when TCS is
off. The vehicle driveline could be
If d comes on and stays on, the damaged.
The indicator light for both systems vehicle may need more time to
is in the instrument cluster. This diagnose the problem. If the
light will: condition persists, see your dealer. To turn off only TCS, press and
. Flash when TCS is limiting release g. The Traction Off light i
Turning the Systems Off displays in the instrument cluster
wheel spin
and On and a DIC message may display.
. Flash when StabiliTrak is
activated To turn TCS on again, press and
. Turn on and stay on when either release g. The Traction Off light i
system is not working displayed in the instrument cluster
will turn off.
If either system fails to turn on or to
activate, a message may display in If TCS is limiting wheel spin when g
the Driver Information Center (DIC), is pressed, the system will not turn
and d comes on and stays on to off until the wheels stop spinning.
indicate that the system is inactive To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak,
and is not assisting the driver in press and hold g until the Traction
maintaining control. The vehicle is
safe to drive, but driving should be Off light i and StabiliTrak OFF light
adjusted accordingly. g come on and stay on in the
instrument cluster. A DIC message
If d comes on and stays on: may display.
1. Stop the vehicle.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

To turn TCS and StabiliTrak on (50 mph) or above 60 km/h
again, press and release g. The (37 mph) for at least 30 seconds.
Traction Off light i and StabiliTrak Press 5 again to re-enable HDC.
OFF light g in the instrument cluster
turn off.
Driver Mode Control
Adding accessories can affect the A blinking HDC light indicates the If equipped, the Driver Mode Control
vehicle performance. See system is actively applying the has the following Modes: Tour
Accessories and Modifications brakes to maintain vehicle speed. (FWD), Sport, All-Wheel Drive
0 281. (AWD), Snow/Ice, Tow/Haul, and
HDC can maintain vehicle speeds Off-Road. Rotate the Driver Mode
between 3 and 22 km/h (2 and Control knob on the center console
Hill Descent 14 mph) on an incline greater than to make a mode selection. Continue
Control (HDC) or equal to a 10% grade. turning the knob through the
If equipped, HDC can be used when When HDC is activated, the initial available modes. The selected
driving downhill. It sets and HDC speed is set to the current mode’s icon will light up on
maintains vehicle speed while driving speed. It can be increased or the knob.
descending a very steep incline in a decreased by pressing the RES+ or If the vehicle is in Tour (FWD) or
forward or reverse gear. SET– steering wheel controls or by AWD, it will stay in that mode
applying the accelerator or brake through future ignition cycles. If the
The HDC switch is on the center
pedal. This adjusted speed vehicle is in any other mode, it will
console, behind the transmission
becomes the new set speed. revert back to Tour (FWD) when the
shift lever.
HDC will remain enabled between vehicle is restarted.
Press 5 to enable or disable HDC. 22 and 60 km/h (14 and 37 mph);
Vehicle speed must be below however vehicle speed cannot be
50 km/h (31 mph). set or maintained in this range.
It will automatically disable if the
vehicle speed is above 80 km/h
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

4 AWD (AWD Only) : AWD Mode 6 Snow/Ice (FWD Only) : Snow/
provides drive torque to all four Ice Mode improves vehicle
wheels. Select AWD to improve acceleration on snow and ice
traction and control on slippery road covered roads.
surfaces, such as gravel, sand, wet _ Tow/Haul : This feature can
pavement, snow, and ice. When in assist when towing or hauling a
AWD Mode, the AWD Mode heavy load. Use this mode to assist
indicator will be on. The AWD Mode in maintaining desired vehicle
will stay selected until the mode is speeds when driving on downhill
changed. grades by using the engine and
AWD is active in AWD, Sport, Tow/ transmission. For AWD vehicles,
Haul, and Off-Road Modes. choosing Tow/Haul Mode also
Driver Mode Control Knob engages AWD mode. See Driving
Sport, Tow/Haul, and Off-Road
5 or q Tour (FWD) : Vehicle is Modes are cancelled with each Characteristics and Towing Tips
in Tour (FWD) Mode. Use this mode ignition cycle and will return to Tour 0 270.
during normal driving conditions. (FWD) Mode. Automatic Engine Grade Braking
See Driving for Better Fuel
Economy 0 27. Tour (FWD) Mode When using a compact spare tire on Automatic Engine Grade Braking
operates in Front-Wheel Drive to an AWD vehicle, the system assists when driving downhill.
improve fuel economy. automatically detects the compact It maintains vehicle speed by
spare and reduces AWD automatically implementing a shift
8 Sport : Sport Mode improves performance to protect the system. pattern that uses the engine and the
vehicle handling and acceleration To restore full AWD operation and transmission to slow the vehicle.
on dry pavement. When active, prevent excessive wear on the The system will automatically
Sport Mode modifies steering system, replace the compact spare command downshifts to reduce
efforts, transmission shifting, AWD with a full-size tire as soon as vehicle speed. The normal shift
torque, and suspension tuning possible. See Compact Spare Tire pattern will return once the vehicle
(when properly equipped). For AWD 0 350. is on a low grade or when the
vehicles, choosing Sport Mode also accelerator pedal is pressed.
engages AWD Mode.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

While in the Electronic Range Cruise Control disengages. See Traction Control/
Select (ERS) mode, grade braking Electronic Stability Control 0 236.
is deactivated, allowing the driver to If a collision alert occurs when
select a range and limiting the { Warning cruise control is activated, cruise
highest gear available. Grade control is disengaged. See Forward
braking is available for normal Cruise control can be dangerous Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 256.
driving and in Tow/Haul Mode. where you cannot drive safely at When road conditions allow the
a steady speed. Do not use cruise control to be safely used,
See Automatic Transmission 0 229. cruise control on winding roads or cruise control can be turned
7 Off-Road (AWD Only) : Use in heavy traffic. back on.
this mode for off-road recreational Cruise control can be dangerous
driving. Choosing Off-Road Mode Turning off the TCS or StabiliTrak
on slippery roads. On such roads, system will disengage the cruise
also engages AWD Mode. For more
fast changes in tire traction can control.
information on Off-Road Mode, see
Off-Road Driving 0 209. cause excessive wheel slip, and If the brakes are applied, cruise
you could lose control. Do not use control disengages.
cruise control on slippery roads.
With cruise control, a speed of

about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more can
be maintained without keeping your
foot on the accelerator. Cruise
control does not work at speeds
below about 40 km/h (25 mph).
If the Traction Control System (TCS)
or StabiliTrak® electronic stability
control system begins to limit wheel
spin while using cruise control, the
cruise control automatically
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

J : Press to turn the system on 3. Press and release SET−. The Increasing Speed While Using
and off. A white indicator appears in desired set speed briefly Cruise Control
the instrument cluster when cruise appears in the instrument If the cruise control system is
is turned on. cluster. already activated:
RES+ : If there is a set speed in 4. Remove your foot from the . Press and hold RES+ up until
memory, press briefly to resume to accelerator. the desired speed is reached,
that speed or press and hold to When the cruise control has been then release it.
accelerate. If the cruise control is set to the desired speed, a green . To increase vehicle speed in
already active, use to increase cruise control indicator appears on
vehicle speed. small increments, briefly press
the instrument cluster. RES+. For each press, the
SET− : Press briefly to set the Resuming a Set Speed vehicle goes about 1 km/h
speed and activate cruise control. (1 mph) faster.
If the cruise control is already If the cruise control is set at a
active, use to decrease vehicle desired speed and then the brakes The speedometer reading can be
speed. are applied or * is pressed, the displayed in either English or metric
cruise control is disengaged without units. See Instrument Cluster 0 127.
* : Press to disengage cruise The increment value used depends
control without erasing the set erasing the set speed from memory.
on the units displayed.
speed from memory. Once the vehicle speed reaches
about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more, Reducing Speed While Using
Setting Cruise Control Cruise Control
press RES+ briefly. The vehicle
If J is on when not in use, SET− or returns to the previous set speed. If the cruise control system is
RES+ could get pressed and go into already activated:
cruise when not desired. Keep J . Press and hold SET− until the
off when cruise is not being used. desired lower speed is reached,
then release it.
1. Press J.
2. Get up to the desired speed.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

. To decrease the vehicle speed in you might have to step on the Adaptive Cruise Control
small increments, briefly press accelerator pedal to maintain your
SET−. For each press, the speed. While on a hill, the If equipped with Adaptive Cruise
vehicle goes about 1 km/h transmission may downshift in order Control (ACC), it allows the driver to
(1 mph) slower. to use engine braking to slow the select the cruise control set speed
vehicle and maintain the set speed. and following gap. Read this entire
The speedometer reading can be section before using this system.
displayed in either English or metric Also, you may have to brake or shift
to a lower gear to keep your speed The following gap is the following
units. See Instrument Cluster 0 127. time between your vehicle and a
The increment value used depends down. If the brake pedal is applied,
cruise control disengages. vehicle detected directly ahead in
on the units displayed. your path, moving in the same
Passing Another Vehicle While Ending Cruise Control direction. If no vehicle is detected in
Using Cruise Control There are four ways to end cruise your path, ACC works like regular
control: cruise control. ACC uses camera
Use the accelerator pedal to and radar sensors. See Radio
increase the vehicle speed. When . Step lightly on the brake pedal. Frequency Statement 0 394.
you take your foot off the pedal, the
vehicle will slow down to the . Press *. If a vehicle is detected in your path,
previous set cruise speed. . Shift the transmission to ACC can apply acceleration or
N (Neutral). limited, moderate braking to
While pressing the accelerator pedal maintain the selected following gap.
or shortly following the release to . Press J. To disengage ACC, apply the brake.
override cruise, briefly applying If ACC is controlling your vehicle
SET− will result in cruise set to the Erasing Speed Memory speed when the Traction Control
current vehicle speed. System (TCS) or StabiliTrak®
The cruise control set speed is
Using Cruise Control on Hills erased from memory if J is electronic stability control system
pressed or if the ignition is activates, the ACC may
How well the cruise control will work automatically disengage. See
on hills depends upon the vehicle turned off.
Traction Control/Electronic Stability
speed, load, and the steepness of Control 0 236. When road
the hills. When going up steep hills,
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

conditions allow ACC to be safely
used, the ACC can be turned { Warning
back on.
ACC will not detect or brake for
Turning off the TCS or StabiliTrak children, pedestrians, animals,
system will disengage the cruise or other objects.
control.
Do not use ACC when:
{ Warning . On winding and hilly roads
or when the sensors are
ACC has limited braking ability blocked by snow, ice, or dirt.
and may not have time to slow The system may not detect
the vehicle down enough to avoid a vehicle ahead. Keep the
a collision with another vehicle entire front of the vehicle
you are following. This can occur clean. J : Press to turn the system on or
off. The indicator turns white on the
when vehicles suddenly slow or . Visibility is low, such as in instrument cluster when ACC is
stop ahead, or enter your lane. fog, rain, or snow turned on.
Also see “Alerting the Driver” in conditions. ACC
this section. Complete attention is performance is limited under RES+ : Press briefly to resume the
always required while driving and these conditions. previous set speed or to increase
you should be ready to take vehicle speed if ACC is already
. On slippery roads where activated. To increase speed by
action and apply the brakes. See fast changes in tire traction
Defensive Driving 0 207. 1 km/h (1 mph), press RES+ to the
can cause excessive first detent. To increase speed to the
wheel slip. next 5 km/h (5 mph) mark on the
speedometer, press RES+ to the
second detent.
SET– : Press briefly to set the
speed and activate ACC or to
decrease vehicle speed if ACC is
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

already activated. To decrease When ACC is engaged, a green ] Setting Adaptive Cruise Control
speed by 1 km/h (1 mph), press indicator will be lit on the instrument
SET− to the first detent. To If J is on when not in use, it could
cluster. When the regular cruise get pressed and go into cruise when
decrease speed to the next 5 km/h
control is engaged, a green J not desired. Keep J off when
(5 mph) mark on the speedometer,
press SET− to the second detent. indicator will be lit on the instrument cruise is not being used.
cluster.
* : Press to disengage ACC When the vehicle is turned on, the
Select the set speed desired for
without erasing the selected set cruise. This is the vehicle speed
speed. cruise control mode will be set to when no vehicle is detected in
the last mode used before the its path.
[ : Press to select a following gap vehicle was turned off.
time (or distance) setting for ACC of ACC will not set at a speed less
Far, Medium, or Near.
{ Warning than 25 km/h (15 mph), although it
can be resumed when driving at
Switching Between ACC and
Always check the cruise control lower speeds.
Regular Cruise Control
indicator on the instrument cluster To set ACC:
To switch between ACC and regular to determine which mode cruise
cruise control, press and hold *. control is in before using the 1. Press J.
A Driver Information Display (DIC) feature. If ACC is not active, the 2. Get up to the desired speed.
message displays. See Vehicle vehicle will not automatically
Messages 0 151. 3. Press and release SET–.
brake for other vehicles, which
could cause an accident if the 4. Remove foot from the
brakes are not applied manually. accelerator.
You and others could be seriously After ACC is set, it may immediately
injured or killed. apply the brakes if a vehicle ahead
is detected closer than the selected
ACC Indicator Regular Cruise following gap.
Control Indicator
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

ACC can also be set while the . If the vehicle is stopped with the accelerator pedal. The vehicle
vehicle is stopped if ACC is on and brake pedal applied, press will now cruise at the higher
the brake pedal is applied. RES+ and release the brake speed.
pedal. ACC will hold the vehicle When the accelerator pedal is
until RES+ or the accelerator pressed, ACC will not brake
pedal is pressed. because it is overridden. The
A green ACC indicator and the set ACC indicator on the instrument
speed display on the instrument panel will turn blue. See Vehicle
cluster. The vehicle ahead indicator Messages 0 151.
may be flashing if a vehicle ahead . Press and hold RES+ until the
The ACC indicator displays on the was present and moved. See desired set speed appears on
instrument cluster. When ACC is “Approaching and Following a the display, then release it.
active, the indicator will be lit green. Vehicle” later in this section.
. To increase vehicle speed in
Be mindful of speed limits, Once ACC has resumed, if there is small increments, press RES+ to
surrounding traffic speeds, and no vehicle ahead, if the vehicle the first detent. For each press,
weather conditions when selecting ahead is beyond the selected the vehicle goes 1 km/h (1 mph)
the set speed. following gap, or if the vehicle has faster.
exited a sharp curve, then the
Resuming a Set Speed . To increase vehicle speed in
vehicle speed will increase to the
If ACC is set at a desired speed and set speed. larger increments, press RES+
then the brakes are applied, ACC is to the second detent. For each
disengaged without erasing the set Increasing Speed While ACC is at press, the vehicle speed
speed from memory. a Set Speed increases to the next 5 km/h
If ACC is already activated, do one (5 mph) mark on the
To begin using ACC again, press
of the following: speedometer.
RES+ up briefly.
. If the vehicle is moving, it returns . Use the accelerator to get to the The set speed can also be
higher speed. Press SET– . increased while the vehicle is
to the previous set speed.
Release the control and the stopped.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

. If stopped with the brake Reducing Speed While ACC is at a The speedometer reading can be
applied, press RES+ until the Set Speed displayed in either English or metric
desired set speed is displayed. If ACC is already activated, do one units. See Instrument Cluster 0 127.
. If ACC is holding the vehicle at a of the following: The increment value used depends
stop and there is another vehicle on the units displayed.
. Use the brake to get to the
directly ahead, pressing RES+ desired lower speed. Release Selecting the Follow Distance Gap
will increase the set speed. the brake and press SET– . The
Pressing RES+ when there is no When a slower moving vehicle is
vehicle will now cruise at the detected ahead within the selected
longer a vehicle ahead will lower speed.
cause ACC to resume. following gap, ACC will adjust the
. Press and hold SET– until the vehicle's speed and attempt to
When it is determined that there is desired lower speed is reached, maintain the follow distance gap
no vehicle ahead or the vehicle then release it. selected.
ahead is beyond the selected
following gap, then the vehicle . To decrease the vehicle speed in Press [ on the steering wheel to
speed will increase to the set speed. smaller increments, press SET− adjust the following gap. Each press
to the first detent. For each cycles the gap button through three
The speedometer reading can be press, the vehicle goes about settings: Far, Medium, or Near.
displayed in either English or metric 1 km/h (1 mph) slower.
units. See Instrument Cluster 0 127. When pressed, the current gap
The increment value used depends . To decrease the vehicle speed in setting displays briefly on the
on the units displayed. larger increments, press SET− instrument cluster. The gap setting
to the second detent. For each will be maintained until it is
press, the vehicle speed changed.
decreases to the next 5 km/h Since each gap setting corresponds
(5 mph) mark on the
to a following time (Far, Medium,
speedometer. or Near), the following distance will
vary based on vehicle speed. The
faster the vehicle speed, the further
back your vehicle will follow a
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

vehicle detected ahead. Consider Alert Seat will pulse five times. See follow the vehicle in front of you, but
traffic and weather conditions when “Collision/Detection Systems” under will not exceed the set speed. It may
selecting the following gap. The Vehicle Personalization 0 152. apply limited braking, if necessary.
range of selectable gaps may not be See Defensive Driving 0 207. When braking is active, the brake
appropriate for all drivers and lights will come on. The automatic
driving conditions. Approaching and Following a braking may feel or sound different
Vehicle than if the brakes were applied
Changing the gap setting
automatically changes the alert manually. This is normal.
timing sensitivity (Far, Medium, Stationary or Very Slow-Moving
or Near) for the Forward Collision Objects
Alert (FCA) feature. See Forward
Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 256.
{ Warning
Alerting the Driver
ACC may not detect and react to
The vehicle ahead indicator is in the stopped or slow-moving vehicles
instrument cluster. ahead of you. For example, the
The vehicle ahead indicator only system may not brake for a
displays when a vehicle is detected vehicle it has never detected
in your vehicle’s path moving in the moving. This can occur in
same direction. stop-and-go traffic or when a
If this symbol is not displaying, ACC vehicle suddenly appears due to
If ACC is engaged, driver action a vehicle ahead changing lanes.
may be required when ACC cannot will not respond to or brake for
vehicles ahead. Your vehicle may not stop and
apply sufficient braking because of
could cause a crash. Use caution
approaching a vehicle too rapidly. ACC automatically slows the vehicle
down and adjusts vehicle speed to when using ACC. Your complete
When this condition occurs, six red attention is always required while
lights will flash on the windshield. follow the vehicle in front at the
selected follow gap. The vehicle (Continued)
Either eight beeps will sound from
the front, or both sides of the Safety speed increases or decreases to
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Notification to Resume ACC status light will turn on. See Electric
Warning (Continued) Parking Brake 0 233. To resume
ACC will maintain a follow gap
behind a detected vehicle and slow ACC and release the EPB, press
driving and you should be ready the accelerator pedal.
to take action and apply the your vehicle to a stop behind that
brakes. vehicle. A DIC warning message may
If the stopped vehicle ahead has display indicating to shift to P (Park)
driven away and ACC has not before exiting the vehicle. See
ACC Automatically Disengages Vehicle Messages 0 151.
resumed, the vehicle ahead
ACC may automatically disengage indicator will flash as a reminder to
and the driver will need to manually check traffic ahead before { Warning
apply the brakes to slow the proceeding. In addition, the left and
vehicle when: right sides of the Safety Alert Seat If ACC has stopped the vehicle,
. The sensors are blocked. will pulse three times, or three and if ACC is disengaged, turned
beeps will sound. See”Alert Type” off, or canceled, the vehicle will
. The Traction Control System no longer be held at a stop. The
and “Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier” in
(TCS) or electronic stability “Collision/Detection Systems” under vehicle can move. When ACC is
control system has activated or Vehicle Personalization 0 152. holding the vehicle at a stop,
been disabled. always be prepared to manually
When the vehicle ahead drives
. There is a fault in the system. apply the brakes.
away, press RES+ or the
. The radar may falsely report a accelerator pedal to resume cruise
blockage when driving in a control. If stopped for more than
desert or remote area with no
other vehicles or roadside
two minutes or if the driver door is
opened and the driver seat belt is
{ Warning
objects. A DIC message may unbuckled, the ACC automatically Leaving the vehicle without
display to indicate that ACC is applies the Electric Parking Brake placing it in P (Park) can be
temporarily unavailable. (EPB) to hold the vehicle. The EPB dangerous. Do not leave the
The ACC indicator will turn white vehicle while it is being held at a
when ACC is no longer active. (Continued)
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Curves in the Road
Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)
stop by ACC. Always place the { Warning to use the brakes if necessary.
vehicle in P (Park) and turn off On curves, ACC may not detect a Select an appropriate speed while
the ignition before leaving the vehicle ahead in your lane. You driving in curves.
vehicle. could be startled if the vehicle
accelerates up to the set speed, ACC may operate differently in a
ACC Override especially when following a sharp curve. It may reduce the
vehicle exiting or entering exit vehicle speed if the curve is too
If using the accelerator pedal while
ramps. You could lose control of sharp.
ACC is active, the ACC indicator
turns blue on the instrument cluster the vehicle or crash. Do not use
to indicate that automatic braking ACC while driving on an entrance
will not occur. See Vehicle or exit ramp. Always be ready to
Messages 0 151. ACC will resume use the brakes if necessary.
operation when the accelerator
pedal is not being pressed.
{ Warning { Warning
On curves, ACC may respond to
The ACC will not automatically
a vehicle in another lane, or may When following a vehicle and
apply the brakes if your foot is
not have time to react to a vehicle entering a curve, ACC may not
resting on the accelerator pedal.
in your lane. You could crash into detect the vehicle ahead and
You could crash into a vehicle
a vehicle ahead of you, or lose accelerate to the set speed. When
ahead of you. this happens, the vehicle ahead
control of your vehicle. Give extra
attention in curves and be ready indicator will not appear.
(Continued)
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Other Vehicle Lane Changes Do not use ACC when driving on
steep hills or when towing a trailer.
ACC will not detect a vehicle in the
lane while driving on steep hills. The
driver will often need to take over
acceleration and braking on steep
hills, especially when towing a
trailer. If the brakes are applied, the
ACC disengages.
ACC may detect a vehicle that is Disengaging ACC
not in your lane and apply the
brakes. ACC will not detect a vehicle ahead There are three ways to
until it is completely in the lane. The disengage ACC:
ACC may occasionally provide an
alert and/or braking that is brakes may need to be manually . Step lightly on the brake pedal.
considered unnecessary. It could applied.
respond to vehicles in different
. Press *.
Do Not Use ACC on Hills and
lanes, signs, guardrails, and other When Towing a Trailer . Press J.
stationary objects when entering or
exiting a curve. This is normal Erasing Speed Memory
operation. The vehicle does not The cruise control set speed is
need service.
erased from memory if J is
pressed or if the ignition is
turned off.
Cleaning the Sensing System
The camera sensor on the
windshield behind the rearview
mirror and the radar sensors on the
front of the vehicle can become
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

blocked by snow, ice, dirt, or mud. Driver Assistance
These areas need to be cleaned for Warning (Continued)
ACC to operate properly. Systems . Detect children,
For cleaning instructions, see This vehicle may have features that pedestrians, bicyclists,
“Washing the Vehicle” under work together to help avoid crashes or animals.
Exterior Care 0 358. or reduce crash damage while . Detect vehicles or objects
System operation may also be driving, backing, and parking. Read
outside the area monitored
limited under snow, heavy rain, this entire section before using
by the system.
or road spray conditions. these systems.
. Work at all driving speeds.
{ Warning . Warn you or provide you
with enough time to avoid a
Do not rely on the Driver crash.
Assistance Systems. These
. Work under poor visibility or
systems do not replace the need
bad weather conditions.
for paying attention and driving
safely. You may not hear or feel . Work if the detection sensor
alerts or warnings provided by is not cleaned or is covered
these systems. Failure to use by ice, snow, mud, or dirt.
proper care when driving may . Work if the detection sensor
result in injury, death, or vehicle is covered up, such as with
damage. See Defensive Driving a sticker, magnet, or metal
0 207. plate.
Under many conditions, these . Work if the area surrounding
systems will not: the detection sensor is
(Continued) damaged or not properly
repaired.
(Continued)
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Warning (Continued)
Assistance Systems for Select Guidance Lines on the
camera screen to enable or disable
Parking or Backing the guidance lines.
Complete attention is always If equipped, the Rear Vision Camera
required while driving, and you (RVC), Rear Parking Assist (RPA),
should be ready to take action Front Parking Assist (FPA),
and apply the brakes and/or steer Surround Vision, Front Vision
the vehicle to avoid crashes. Camera, and Rear Cross Traffic
Alert (RCTA) may help the driver
Audible or Safety Alert Seat park or avoid objects. Always check
around the vehicle when parking or
Some driver assistance features backing.
alert the driver of obstacles by
beeping. To change the volume of Rear Vision Camera (RVC)
the warning chime, see “Comfort When the vehicle is shifted into
and Convenience” under Vehicle R (Reverse), the RVC displays an
Personalization 0 152. image of the area behind the vehicle
If equipped with the Safety Alert in the infotainment display. The 1. View Displayed by the Rear
Seat, the driver seat cushion may previous screen displays when the Vision Camera
provide a vibrating pulse alert vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse)
instead of beeping. To change this, after a short delay. To return to the
see “Collision/Detection Systems” previous screen sooner, press any
under Vehicle Personalization button on the infotainment display,
0 152. shift into P (Park), or reach a vehicle
speed of approximately 12 km/h
(8 mph). Select Front or Rear
Camera on the camera screen to
view the front or rear camera views.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

1. View Displayed by the Rear backing. RVC Parking Assist Surround Vision
Vision Camera overlays will not display when the If equipped, Surround Vision
2. Corners of the Rear Bumper trailer guidance line is active. displays an image of the area
Displayed images may be farther or To check the trailer when in a surrounding the vehicle, along with
closer than they appear. The area forward gear above 8 km/h (5 mph), the front or rear camera views in the
displayed is limited and objects that touch CAMERA on the infotainment infotainment display. The front
are close to either corner of the display to view the rear camera. camera is in the grille or near the
bumper or under the bumper do not Touch X to exit the view or it will be front emblem, the side cameras are
display. removed automatically after on the bottom of the outside
eight seconds. rearview mirrors, and the rear
A warning triangle may display to
camera is above the license plate.
show that Rear Parking Assist
(RPA) has detected an object. This { Warning
triangle changes from amber to red
Use Active Tow only to help back
{ Warning
and increases in size the closer the
object. the vehicle to a trailer hitch or, The Surround Vision cameras
when travelling above 8 km/h have blind spots and will not
Active Tow (5 mph), to briefly check the display all objects near the
This feature displays a single, status of your trailer. Do not use corners of the vehicle. Folding
centered guideline on the camera for any other purpose, such as side mirrors that are out of
display to assist with aligning a making lane change decisions. position will not display surround
vehicle’s hitch ball with a trailer Before making a lane change, view correctly. Always check
coupler. Select the trailer guidance always check the mirrors and around the vehicle when parking
line button, then align the trailer glance over your shoulder. or backing.
guidance line over the trailer Improper use could result in
coupler. Continuously steer the serious injury to you or others.
vehicle to keep the guidance line
centered on the coupler when
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Front Vision Camera
{ Warning
The camera(s) do not display
children, pedestrians, bicyclists,
crossing traffic, animals, or any
other object outside of the
cameras’ field of view, below the
bumper, or under the vehicle.
1. Views Displayed by the Shown distances may be different
Surround Vision Cameras from actual distances. Do not
2. Area Not Shown drive or park the vehicle using
only these camera(s). Always
check behind and around the
If equipped, a view of the area in vehicle before driving. Failure to
front of the vehicle displays. The use proper care may result in
view displays after shifting from injury, death, or vehicle damage.
R (Reverse) to a forward gear, or by
touching CAMERA in the Parking Assist
infotainment display, and when the
vehicle is moving forward slower With RPA, and if equipped with FPA,
than 8 km/h (5 mph). If equipped, as the vehicle moves at speeds of
the Front Vision Camera also less than 8 km/h (5 mph) the
1. Views Displayed by the sensors on the bumpers may detect
Surround Vision Cameras displays when the Parking Assist
system detects an object within objects up to 2.5 m (8 ft) behind the
2. Area Not Shown vehicle and 1.2 m (4 ft) in front of the
30 cm (12 in).
vehicle within a zone 25 cm (10 in)
high off the ground and below
bumper level. These detection
distances may be shorter during
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

warmer or humid weather. Blocked Alert Seat will pulse five times.
sensors will not detect objects and Beeps for FPA are higher pitched
can also cause false detections. than for RPA.
Keep the sensors clean of mud, dirt,
snow, ice, and slush; and clean Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
sensors after a car wash in freezing If equipped, when the vehicle is
temperatures. shifted into R (Reverse), RCTA
displays a red warning triangle with
{ Warning a left or right pointing arrow on the
infotainment display to warn of
The instrument cluster may have a
The Parking Assist system does parking assist display with bars that traffic coming from the left or right.
not detect children, pedestrians, show “distance to object” and object This system detects objects coming
bicyclists, animals, or objects location information for the Parking from up to 20 m (65 ft) from the left
located below the bumper or that Assist system. As the object gets or right side of the vehicle. When an
are too close or too far from the closer, more bars light up and the object is detected, either three
vehicle. It is not available at bars change color from yellow to beeps sound from the left or right or
speeds greater than 8 km/h amber to red. three Safety Alert Seat pulses occur
on the left or right side, depending
(5 mph). To prevent injury, death, When an object is first detected in on the direction of the detected
or vehicle damage, even with the rear, one beep will be heard vehicle.
Parking Assist, always check the from the rear, or both sides of the
area around the vehicle and Safety Alert Seat will pulse two Use caution while backing up when
check all mirrors before moving times. When an object is very close towing a trailer, as the RCTA
forward or backing. (<0.6 m (2 ft) in the vehicle rear, detection zones that extend out
or <0.3 m (1 ft) in the vehicle front), from the back of the vehicle do not
five beeps will sound from the front move further back when a trailer is
or rear depending on object towed.
location, or both sides of the Safety
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Turning the Features On or Off (LCA), Forward Automatic Braking
(FAB), and/or the Front Pedestrian { Warning
Press X on the center console to Braking (FPB) System can help to
turn on or off the Front and Rear avoid a crash or reduce crash FCA is a warning system and
Parking Assist and the Rear Cross damage. does not apply the brakes. When
Traffic Alert (RCTA). The indicator approaching a slower-moving or
light in the button comes on when Forward Collision Alert stopped vehicle ahead too rapidly,
the features are on and turns off or when following a vehicle too
when the features have been (FCA) System closely, FCA may not provide a
disabled. If equipped, the FCA system may warning with enough time to help
Turn off parking assist and RCTA help to avoid or reduce the harm avoid a crash. It also may not
when towing a trailer. caused by front-end crashes. When provide any warning at all. FCA
approaching a vehicle ahead too does not warn of pedestrians,
To turn off the RPA symbols or quickly, FCA provides a red flashing animals, signs, guardrails,
guidance lines (on some models) alert on the windshield and rapidly bridges, construction barrels,
see “Rear Camera” under Vehicle beeps or pulses the driver seat. or other objects. Be ready to take
Personalization 0 152. FCA also lights an amber visual action and apply the brakes. See
RCTA can be turned off through alert if following another vehicle Defensive Driving 0 207.
“Collision/Detection Systems” under much too closely.
Vehicle Personalization 0 152 FCA detects vehicles within a FCA can be disabled with either the
distance of approximately 60 m FCA steering wheel control or,
Assistance Systems for (197 ft) and operates at speeds if equipped, through vehicle
Driving above 8 km/h (5 mph). If the vehicle personalization. See “Collision/
has Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), Detection Systems” under Vehicle
If equipped, when driving the it can detect vehicles to distances of
vehicle in a forward gear, Forward Personalization 0 152.
approximately 110 m (360 ft) and
Collision Alert (FCA), Lane operates at all speeds. See
Departure Warning (LDW), Lane Adaptive Cruise Control 0 242.
Keep Assist (LKA), Side Blind Zone
Alert (SBZA), Lane Change Alert
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Detecting the Vehicle Ahead When this Collision Alert occurs, the
Warning (Continued) brake system may prepare for driver
braking to occur more rapidly which
or ice, or if the windshield is can cause a brief, mild deceleration.
damaged. It may also not detect a Continue to apply the brake pedal
vehicle on winding or hilly roads, as needed. Cruise control may be
or in conditions that can limit disengaged when the Collision Alert
visibility such as fog, rain, occurs.
or snow, or if the headlamps or
FCA warnings will not occur unless windshield are not cleaned or in Tailgating Alert
the FCA system detects a vehicle
proper condition. Keep the
ahead. When a vehicle is detected,
windshield, headlamps, and FCA
the vehicle ahead indicator will
display green. Vehicles may not be sensors clean and in good repair.
detected on curves, highway exit
ramps, or hills, due to poor visibility; Collision Alert
or if a vehicle ahead is partially
blocked by pedestrians or other The vehicle ahead indicator will
objects. FCA will not detect another display amber when you are
vehicle ahead until it is completely following a vehicle ahead much too
in the driving lane. closely.
{ Warning
When your vehicle approaches
FCA does not provide a warning another detected vehicle too rapidly,
to help avoid a crash, unless it the red FCA display will flash on the
detects a vehicle. FCA may not windshield. Also, eight rapid
detect a vehicle ahead if the FCA high-pitched beeps will sound from
sensor is blocked by dirt, snow, the front, or both sides of the Safety
(Continued) Alert Seat will pulse five times.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Selecting the Alert Timing weather conditions when selecting Unnecessary Alerts
the alert timing. The range of
FCA may provide unnecessary
selectable alert timings may not be
alerts for turning vehicles, vehicles
appropriate for all drivers and
in other lanes, objects that are not
driving conditions.
vehicles, or shadows. These alerts
If your vehicle is equipped with are normal operation and the
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), vehicle does not need service.
changing the FCA timing setting
automatically changes the following Cleaning the System
gap setting (Far, Medium, or Near). If the FCA system does not seem to
operate properly, this may correct
Following Distance Indicator
the issue:
The following distance to a moving . Clean the outside of the
vehicle ahead in your path is
windshield in front of the
The Collision Alert control is on the indicated in following time in
rearview mirror.
steering wheel. Press [ to set the seconds on the Driver Information
Center (DIC). . Clean the entire front of the
FCA timing to Far, Medium, or Near,
See Driver Information Center (DIC) vehicle.
or on some vehicles, Off. The first
(Base and Midlevel) 0 145 or Driver . Clean the headlamps.
button press shows the current
Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel)
setting on the DIC. Additional button
0 148. The minimum following time
presses will change this setting. The
is 0.5 seconds away. If there is no
Forward Automatic
chosen setting will remain until it is Braking (FAB)
vehicle detected ahead, or the
changed and will affect the timing of
vehicle ahead is out of sensor If the vehicle has Forward Collision
both the Collision Alert and the
range, dashes will be displayed. Alert (FCA), it also has FAB, which
Tailgating Alert features. The timing
of both alerts will vary based on includes Intelligent Brake
vehicle speed. The faster the Assist (IBA). When the system
vehicle speed, the farther away the detects a vehicle ahead in your path
alert will occur. Consider traffic and that is traveling in the same
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

direction that you may be about to FAB may slow the vehicle to a
crash into, it can provide a boost to Warning (Continued) complete stop to try to avoid a
braking or automatically brake the potential crash. If this happens, FAB
vehicle. This can help avoid or vehicle. FAB will not brake may engage the Electric Parking
lessen the severity of crashes when outside of its operating speed Brake (EPB) to hold the vehicle at a
driving in a forward gear. Depending range and only responds to stop. Release the EPB or firmly
on the situation, the vehicle may detected vehicles. press the accelerator pedal.
automatically brake moderately or FAB may not:
hard. This forward automatic
braking can only occur if a vehicle is . Detect a vehicle ahead on { Warning
detected. This is shown by the FCA winding or hilly roads. FAB may automatically brake the
vehicle ahead indicator being lit. . Detect all vehicles, vehicle suddenly in situations
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) especially vehicles with a where it is unexpected and
System 0 256. trailer, tractors, muddy undesired. It could respond to a
The system works when driving in a vehicles, etc. turning vehicle ahead, guardrails,
forward gear between 8 km/h . Detect a vehicle when signs, and other non-moving
(5 mph) and 80 km/h (50 mph), weather limits visibility, such objects. To override FAB, firmly
or on vehicles with Adaptive Cruise as in fog, rain, or snow. press the accelerator pedal, if it is
Control (ACC), above 4 km/h . Detect a vehicle ahead if it safe to do so.
(2 mph). It can detect vehicles up to
is partially blocked by
approximately 60 m (197 ft).
pedestrians or other objects. Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA)
{ Warning Complete attention is always
required while driving, and you
IBA may activate when the brake
pedal is applied quickly by providing
FAB is an emergency crash should be ready to take action a boost to braking based on the
preparation feature and is not and apply the brakes and/or steer speed of approach and distance to
designed to avoid crashes. Do the vehicle to avoid crashes. a vehicle ahead.
not rely on FAB to brake the
(Continued)
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Minor brake pedal pulsations or ahead. When approaching a
pedal movement during this time is Warning (Continued) detected pedestrian too quickly,
normal and the brake pedal should FPB provides a red flashing alert on
continue to be applied as needed. Turn the system to Alert, or if the the windshield and rapidly beeps or
IBA will automatically disengage vehicle has ACC to Off, when pulses the driver seat. FPB can
only when the brake pedal is towing a trailer. provide a boost to braking or
released. automatically brake the vehicle. This
A system unavailable message may system includes Intelligent Brake
{ Warning display if: Assist (IBA), and the Forward
Automatic Braking (FAB) system
. The front of the vehicle or
IBA may increase vehicle braking may also respond to pedestrians.
windshield is not clean. See Forward Automatic Braking
in situations when it may not be
necessary. You could block the . Heavy rain or snow is interfering (FAB) 0 258.
flow of traffic. If this occurs, take with object detection. The FPB system can detect and
your foot off the brake pedal and . There is a problem with the alert to pedestrians in a forward
then apply the brakes as needed. StabiliTrak system. gear at speeds between 8 km/h
(5 mph) and 80 km/h (50 mph).
The FAB system does not need
FAB and IBA can be disabled During daytime driving, the system
service.
through vehicle personalization. See detects pedestrians up to a distance
of approximately 40 m (131 ft).
“Collision/Detection Systems” under Front Pedestrian Braking During nighttime driving, system
Vehicle Personalization 0 152.
(FPB) System performance is very limited.
{ Warning If equipped, the FPB system may
help avoid or reduce the harm
Using FAB or IBA while towing a caused by front-end crashes with
trailer could cause you to lose nearby pedestrians when driving in
control of the vehicle and crash. a forward gear. FPB displays an
(Continued) amber indicator, ~, when a nearby
pedestrian is detected directly
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

FPB can be set to Off, Alert, or Alert Front Pedestrian Alert
{ Warning and Brake through vehicle
personalization. See “Collision/
FPB does not provide an alert or Detection Systems” under Vehicle
automatically brake the vehicle, Personalization 0 152.
unless it detects a pedestrian.
FPB may not detect pedestrians, Detecting the Pedestrian
including children: Ahead
. When the pedestrian is not
When the vehicle approaches a
directly ahead, fully visible,
pedestrian ahead too rapidly, the
or standing upright, or when
red FPB alert display will flash on
part of a group.
the windshield. Eight rapid
. Due to poor visibility, high-pitched beeps will sound from
including nighttime the front, or both sides of the Safety
conditions, fog, rain, Alert Seat will pulse five times.
FPB alerts and automatic braking
or snow. When this Pedestrian Alert occurs,
will not occur unless the FPB
. If the FPB sensor is blocked system detects a pedestrian. When the brake system may prepare for
by dirt, snow, or ice. a nearby pedestrian is detected driver braking to occur more rapidly
directly in front of the vehicle, the which can cause a brief, mild
. If the headlamps or deceleration. Continue to apply the
windshield are not cleaned pedestrian ahead indicator will
display amber. brake pedal as needed. Cruise
or in proper condition. control may be disengaged when
Be ready to take action and apply the Front Pedestrian Alert occurs.
the brakes. For more information, Automatic Braking
see Defensive Driving 0 207.
Keep the windshield, headlamps, If FPB detects it is about to crash
and FPB sensor clean and in into a pedestrian directly ahead, and
good repair. the brakes have not been applied,
FPB may automatically brake
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

moderately or brake hard. This can Cleaning the System
help to avoid some very low speed Warning (Continued)
If FPB does not seem to operate
pedestrian crashes or reduce
operation and the vehicle does properly, cleaning the outside of the
pedestrian injury. FPB can
not need service. To override windshield in front of the rearview
automatically brake to detected
Automatic Braking, firmly press mirror may correct the issue.
pedestrians between 8 km/h (5 mph)
and 80 km/h (50 mph). Automatic the accelerator pedal, if it is safe
braking levels may be reduced to do so. Side Blind Zone
under certain conditions, such as Alert (SBZA)
higher speeds. Automatic Braking can be disabled If equipped, the SBZA system is a
If this happens, Automatic Braking through vehicle personalization. See lane-changing aid that assists
may engage the Electric Parking “Front Pedestrian Detection” in drivers with avoiding crashes that
Brake (EPB) to hold the vehicle at a “Collision/Detection Systems” under occur with moving vehicles in the
stop. Release the EPB. A firm press Vehicle Personalization 0 152. side blind zone (or spot) areas.
of the accelerator pedal will also When the vehicle is in a forward
release Automatic Braking and
the EPB.
{ Warning gear, the left or right side mirror
display will light up if a moving
Using the Front Pedestrian vehicle is detected in that blind
{ Warning Braking system while towing a
trailer could cause you to lose
zone. If the turn signal is activated
and a vehicle is also detected on
FPB may alert or automatically control of the vehicle and crash. the same side, the display will flash
brake the vehicle suddenly in Turn the system to Alert or Off as an extra warning not to change
situations where it is unexpected when towing a trailer. lanes. Since this system is part of
and undesired. It could falsely the Lane Change Alert (LCA)
alert or brake for objects similar in system, read the entire LCA section
shape or size to pedestrians, before using this feature.
including shadows. This is normal
(Continued)
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Lane Change Alert (LCA) LCA Detection Zones How the System Works
If equipped, the LCA system is a The LCA symbol lights up in the
lane-changing aid that assists side mirrors when the system
drivers with avoiding lane change detects a moving vehicle in the next
crashes that occur with moving lane over that is in the side blind
vehicles in the side blind zone (or zone or rapidly approaching that
spot) areas or with vehicles rapidly zone from behind. A lit LCA symbol
approaching these areas from indicates it may be unsafe to
behind. The LCA warning display change lanes. Before making a lane
will light up in the corresponding change, check the LCA display,
outside side mirror and will flash if check mirrors, glance over your
the turn signal is on. 1. SBZA Detection Zone shoulder, and use the turn signals.
2. LCA Detection Zone
{ Warning The LCA sensor covers a zone of
approximately one lane over from
LCA does not alert the driver to both sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m
vehicles outside of the system (11 ft). The height of the zone is
detection zones, pedestrians, approximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft)
bicyclists, or animals. It may not and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. The Left Side Mirror Right Side Mirror
provide alerts when changing Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) Display Display
lanes under all driving conditions. warning area starts at approximately
the middle of the vehicle and goes When the vehicle is started, both
Failure to use proper care when outside mirror LCA displays will
changing lanes may result in back 5 m (16 ft). Drivers are also
warned of vehicles rapidly briefly come on to indicate the
injury, death, or vehicle damage. system is operating. When the
Before making a lane change, approaching from up to 70 m (230 ft)
behind the vehicle. vehicle is in a forward gear, the left
always check mirrors, glance over or right side mirror display will light
your shoulder, and use the turn up if a moving vehicle is detected in
signals. the next lane over in that blind zone
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

or rapidly approaching that zone. when a trailer is towed. Use caution both sides of the vehicle toward the
If the turn signal is activated in the while changing lanes when towing a rear corners of the vehicle, see your
same direction as a detected trailer. LCA may alert to objects dealer.
vehicle, this display will flash as an attached to the vehicle, such as a If the LCA displays do not light up
extra warning not to change lanes. trailer, bicycle, or object extending when moving vehicles are in the
LCA can be disabled through out to either side of the vehicle. side blind zone or are rapidly
vehicle personalization using the Attached objects may also interfere approaching this zone and the
Side Blind Zone Alert option. See with the detection of vehicles. This system is clean, the system may
“Collision/Detection Systems” under is normal system operation; the need service. Take the vehicle to
Vehicle Personalization 0 152. vehicle does not need service. your dealer.
If LCA is disabled by the driver, the LCA may not always alert the driver When LCA is disabled for any
LCA mirror displays will not light up. to vehicles in the next lane over, reason other than the driver turning
especially in wet conditions or when it off, the Side Blind Zone Alert On
When the System Does Not driving on sharp curves. The system
Seem to Work Properly option will not be available on the
does not need to be serviced. The personalization menu.
The LCA system requires some system may light up due to
driving for the system to calibrate to guardrails, signs, trees, shrubs, and Radio Frequency Information
maximum performance. This other non-moving objects. This is
See Radio Frequency Statement
calibration may occur more quickly if normal system operation; the
0 394.
the vehicle is driving on a straight vehicle does not need service.
highway road with traffic and LCA may not operate when the LCA
roadside objects (e.g., guardrails,
Lane Departure
sensors in the left or right corners of
barriers). the rear bumper are covered with Warning (LDW)
LCA displays may not come on mud, dirt, snow, ice, or slush, or in If equipped, LDW may help avoid
when passing a vehicle quickly, for heavy rainstorms. For cleaning crashes due to unintentional lane
a stopped vehicle, or when towing a instructions, see "Washing the departures. It may provide a
trailer. The LCA detection zones Vehicle" under Exterior Care 0 358. warning if the vehicle is crossing a
that extend back from the side of If the DIC still displays the system detected lane marking without using
the vehicle do not move further back unavailable message after cleaning a turn signal in the lane departure
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

direction. Since this system is part
of the Lane Keep Assist (LKA) { Warning Warning (Continued)
system, read the entire LKA section
before using this feature. The LKA system does not If LKA only detects lane markings
continuously steer the vehicle. on one side of the road, it will
Lane Keep Assist (LKA) It may not keep the vehicle in the only assist or provide an LDW
lane or give a Lane Departure alert when approaching the lane
If equipped, LKA may help avoid Warning (LDW) alert, even if a on the side where it has detected
crashes due to unintentional lane lane marking is detected. a lane marking. Even with LKA
departures. It may assist by gently and LDW, you must steer the
turning the steering wheel if the The LKA and LDW systems
may not: vehicle. Always keep your
vehicle approaches a detected lane attention on the road and
marking without using a turn signal . Provide an alert or enough maintain proper vehicle position
in that direction. It may also provide steering assist to avoid a within the lane, or vehicle
a Lane Departure Warning (LDW) lane departure or crash. damage, injury, or death could
system alert as the lane marking is
. Detect lane markings under occur. Always keep the
crossed. The LKA system will not
assist or provide an LDW alert if it poor weather or visibility windshield, headlamps, and
detects that you are actively conditions. This can occur if camera sensors clean and in
steering. Override LKA by turning the windshield or good repair. Do not use LKA in
the steering wheel. LKA uses a headlamps are blocked by bad weather conditions.
camera to detect lane markings dirt, snow, or ice, if they are
between 60 km/h (37 mph) and not in proper condition, or if
180 km/h (112 mph). the sun shines directly into
the camera. { Warning
. Detect road edges. Using LKA while towing a trailer
. Detect lanes on winding or or on slippery roads could cause
hilly roads. loss of control of the vehicle and
(Continued) a crash. Turn the system off.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

How the System Works Take Steering A system unavailable message may
The LKA system does not display if the camera is blocked.
The LKA camera sensor is on the
continuously steer the vehicle. The LKA system does not need
windshield ahead of the rearview
If LKA does not detect active driver service.
mirror.
steering, an alert, chime, or DIC LKA assistance and/or LDW alerts
To turn LKA on and off, press A message may be provided. Move may occur due to tar marks,
on the center console. the steering wheel to dismiss. shadows, cracks in the road,
temporary or construction lane
When on, A is green if LKA is When the System Does Not markings, or other road
available to assist and provide LDW Seem to Work Properly imperfections. This is normal system
alerts. It may assist by gently operation; the vehicle does not need
turning the steering wheel and The system performance may be
affected by: service. Turn LKA off if these
display A as amber if the vehicle conditions continue.
approaches a detected lane marking . Close vehicles ahead.
without using a turn signal in that . Sudden lighting changes, such
direction. It may also provide an as when driving through tunnels.
LDW alert by flashing A amber . Banked roads.
as the lane marking is crossed.
Additionally, there may be three . Roads with poor lane markings,
beeps, or the driver seat may pulse such as two-lane roads.
three times, on the right or left, If the LKA system is not functioning
depending on the lane departure properly when lane markings are
direction. clearly visible, cleaning the
windshield may help.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Fuel higher. Do not use gasoline with a
posted octane rating of less than 87, Caution (Continued)
GM recommends the use of TOP as this may cause engine knock and
. Fuel containing metals such
TIER detergent gasoline to keep the will lower fuel economy.
engine cleaner and reduce engine as methylcyclopentadienyl
deposits. See www.toptiergas.com Prohibited Fuels manganese tricarbonyl
for a list of TOP TIER detergent (MMT), which can damage
gasoline marketers and applicable Caution the emissions control
countries. system and spark plugs.
Do not use fuels with any of the . Fuel with a posted octane
following conditions; doing so rating of less than the
may damage the vehicle and void recommended fuel. Using
its warranty: this fuel will lower fuel
. For vehicles which are not economy and performance,
FlexFuel, fuel labeled and may decrease the life of
greater than 15% ethanol by the emissions catalyst.
volume, such as mid-level
ethanol blends (16 – 50%
ethanol), E85, or FlexFuel.
California Fuel
. Fuel with any amount of
Requirements
methanol, methylal, and If the vehicle is certified to meet
aniline. These fuels can California Emissions Standards, it is
Do not use any fuel labeled E85 or corrode metal fuel system designed to operate on fuels that
FlexFuel. Do not use gasoline with parts or damage plastic and meet California specifications. See
ethanol levels greater than 15% by rubber parts. the underhood emission control
volume. label. If this fuel is not available in
(Continued)
Use regular unleaded gasoline states adopting California Emissions
meeting ASTM specification D4814 Standards, the vehicle will operate
with a posted octane rating of 87 or satisfactorily on fuels meeting
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

federal specifications, but emission If TOP TIER detergent gasoline is
control system performance may be not available, one bottle of GM Fuel Warning (Continued)
affected. The malfunction indicator System Treatment Cleaner added to
. Do not leave the fuel pump
lamp could turn on and the vehicle the fuel tank at every engine oil
may not pass a smog-check test. change, can help. GM Fuel System unattended.
See Malfunction Indicator Lamp Treatment Cleaner is the only . Do not use a cell phone
(Check Engine Light) 0 136. If this gasoline additive recommended by while refueling.
occurs, return to your authorized General Motors. It is available at . Do not reenter the vehicle
dealer for diagnosis. If it is your dealer. while pumping fuel.
determined that the condition is
caused by the type of fuel used, Filling the Tank . Keep children away from
repairs may not be covered by the the fuel pump and never let
vehicle warranty. children pump fuel.
{ Warning . Fuel can spray out if the
Fuels in Foreign Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn refueling nozzle is inserted
Countries violently and can cause injury or too quickly. This spray can
death. happen if the tank is nearly
The U.S., Canada, and Mexico post full, and is more likely in hot
fuel octane ratings in anti-knock . To help avoid injuries to you
weather. Insert the refueling
index (AKI). For fuel not to use in a and others, read and follow nozzle slowly and wait for
foreign country, see “Prohibited all the instructions on the any hiss noise to stop prior
Fuels” in Fuel 0 267. fuel pump island. to beginning to flow fuel.
. Turn off the engine when
Fuel Additives refueling.
To keep fuel systems clean, TOP . Keep sparks, flames, and
TIER detergent gasoline is smoking materials away
recommended. See Fuel 0 267. from fuel.
(Continued)
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Filling the Tank with a Portable
Warning (Continued) Gas Can
. Vehicle performance issues, If the vehicle runs out of fuel and
including engine stalling and must be filled from a portable
damage to the fuel system. gas can:
. Fuel spills.
. Potential fuel fires.
Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait a

few seconds after you have finished
pumping before removing the
To open the fuel door, push and nozzle. Clean fuel from painted 1. Locate the capless funnel
release the rearward center edge of surfaces as soon as possible. See adapter from the rear cargo
the door. Exterior Care 0 358. area under the load floor.
The vehicle has a capless refueling 2. Insert and latch the funnel into
system and does not have a fuel
cap. The filling nozzle must be fully
{ Warning the capless fuel system.
If a fire starts while you are

inserted and latched prior to starting
fuel flow. refueling, do not remove the
{ Warning
nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by Attempting to refuel without using
{ Warning shutting off the pump or by the funnel adapter may cause fuel
notifying the station attendant. spillage and damage the capless
Overfilling the fuel tank by more Leave the area immediately. fuel system. This could cause a
than three clicks of a standard fill fire and you or others could be
nozzle may cause: badly burned and the vehicle
(Continued) could be damaged.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

3. Remove and clean the funnel Trailer Towing
adapter and return it to the Warning (Continued)
storage location.
keep it in contact with the fill General Towing
opening until filling is Information
Filling a Portable Fuel complete.
Container . Fill the container no more
Only use towing equipment that has
been designed for the vehicle.
than 95% full to allow for
{ Warning expansion.
Contact your dealer or trailering
dealer for assistance with preparing
Filling a portable fuel container . Do not smoke, light the vehicle for towing a trailer. Read
while it is in the vehicle can cause matches, or use lighters the entire section before towing a
fuel vapors that can ignite either while pumping fuel. trailer.
by static electricity or other . Avoid using cell phones or For towing a disabled vehicle, see
means. You or others could be other electronic devices. Towing the Vehicle 0 354. For
badly burned and the vehicle towing the vehicle behind another
could be damaged. Always: vehicle such as a motor home, see
. Use approved fuel Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 354.
containers.
Driving Characteristics
. Remove the container from
the vehicle, trunk, or pickup and Towing Tips
bed before filling. Driving with a Trailer
. Place the container on the When towing a trailer:
ground.
. Become familiar with the state
. Place the nozzle inside the and local laws that apply
fill opening of the container specifically to trailer towing.
before dispensing fuel, and
(Continued)
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

. Do not tow a trailer during the longer and not as responsive as the
first 800 km (500 mi), to prevent { Warning vehicle itself. Get acquainted with
damage to the engine, axle or the handling and braking of the rig
other parts. When towing a trailer, exhaust before setting out for the open road.
gases may collect at the rear of
. Then, during the first 800 km the vehicle and enter if the Before starting, check all trailer hitch
(500 mi) trailer towing, do not liftgate, trunk/hatch, or rear-most parts and attachments, safety
drive over 80 km/h (50 mph) and window is open. chains, electrical connectors, lamps,
do not make starts at full throttle. tires, and mirrors. If the trailer has
When towing a trailer: electric brakes, start the
. The vehicle can tow in D (Drive)
but Manual Mode is . Do not drive with the combination moving and then apply
recommended. See Manual liftgate, trunk/hatch, the trailer brake controller by hand
Mode 0 231. Use a lower gear if or rear-most window open. to be sure the brakes work.
the transmission shifts too often. . Fully open the air outlets on During the trip, check occasionally
. Turn off Parking Assist and Rear or under the instrument to be sure that the load is secure
Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) when panel. and the lamps and any trailer
towing. brakes still work.
. Also adjust the climate
. Turn off Lane Keep Assist (LKA) control system to a setting Towing with a Stability Control
when towing. that brings in only outside System
air. See “Climate Control
. Do not use Adaptive Cruise When towing, the sound of the
Systems” in the Index.
Control (ACC) when towing a stability control system might be
trailer. For information about carbon heard. The system is reacting to the
monoxide, see Engine Exhaust vehicle movement caused by the
0 228. trailer, which mainly occurs during
cornering. This is normal when
towing heavier trailers.
Towing a trailer requires a certain
amount of experience. The
combination you are driving is
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Following Distance Making Turns When towing a trailer, the arrows on
the instrument cluster flash for turns
Stay at least twice as far behind the
Caution even if the bulbs on the trailer are
vehicle ahead as you would when
burned out. Check occasionally to
driving the vehicle without a trailer.
Making very sharp turns while be sure the trailer bulbs are still
This can help to avoid situations
trailering could cause the trailer to working.
that require heavy braking and
sudden turns. come in contact with the vehicle. Driving on Grades
The vehicle could be damaged.
Passing Avoid making very sharp turns Reduce speed and shift to a lower
while trailering. gear before starting down a long or
More passing distance is needed
steep downgrade. If the
when towing a trailer. Because the
transmission is not shifted down, the
rig is longer, it is necessary to go When turning with a trailer, make brakes might have to be used so
farther beyond the passed vehicle wider turns than normal so the much that they would get hot and no
before returning to the lane. trailer will not strike soft shoulders, longer work well.
Backing Up curbs, road signs, trees, or other
objects. Use the turn signal well in The vehicle can tow in D (Drive).
Hold the bottom of the steering advance and avoid jerky or sudden Use a lower gear if the transmission
wheel with one hand. To move the maneuvers. shifts too often.
trailer to the left, move your hand to The Tow/Haul Mode may be used if
the left. To move the trailer to the Turn Signals When Towing a the transmission shifts too often.
right, move your hand to the right. Trailer See Tow/Haul Mode 0 232.
Always back up slowly and, The turn signal indicators on the
if possible, have someone When towing at high altitude on
instrument cluster flash whenever steep uphill grades, engine coolant
guide you. signaling a turn or lane change. boils at a lower temperature than at
Properly hooked up, the trailer normal altitudes. If the engine is
lamps also flash, telling other turned off immediately after towing
drivers the vehicle is turning, at high altitude on steep uphill
changing lanes, or stopping. grades, the vehicle could show
signs similar to engine overheating.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

To avoid this, let the engine run 3. When the wheel chocks are in Things that are especially important
while parked, preferably on level place, release the brake pedal in trailer operation are automatic
ground, with the transmission in until the chocks absorb transmission fluid, engine oil, axle
P (Park) for a few minutes before the load. lubricant, belts, cooling system and
turning the engine off. If the 4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then brake system. Inspect these before
overheat warning comes on, see apply the parking brake and and during the trip.
Engine Overheating 0 295. shift into P (Park). Check periodically to see that all
Parking on Hills 5. Release the brake pedal. hitch nuts and bolts are tight.
Leaving After Parking on a Hill Engine Cooling When Trailer

{ Warning Towing
1. Apply and hold the brake pedal
Parking the vehicle on a hill with while you: The cooling system may temporarily
the trailer attached can be overheat during severe operating
. Start the engine. conditions. See Engine Overheating
dangerous. If something goes
wrong, the rig could start to move. . Shift into a gear. 0 295.
People can be injured, and both . Release the parking brake.
the vehicle and the trailer can be Trailer Towing
damaged. When possible, always 2. Let up on the brake pedal.
Three important considerations
park the rig on a flat surface. 3. Drive slowly until the trailer is have to do with weight:
clear of the chocks.
. The weight of the trailer.
If parking the rig on a hill: 4. Stop and have someone pick
. The weight of the trailer tongue.
up and store the chocks.
1. Press the brake pedal, but do . The total weight on the vehicle's
not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn Maintenance When Trailer tires.
the wheels into the curb if Towing
facing downhill or into traffic if
facing uphill. The vehicle needs service more
often when pulling a trailer. See
2. Have someone place chocks Maintenance Schedule 0 369.
under the trailer wheels.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Weight of the Trailer must be considered. See “Weight of in the tow vehicle must be
the Trailer Tongue” later in this subtracted from the maximum trailer
How heavy can a trailer safely be?
section. weight.
Speed, altitude, road grades,
Maximum trailer weight is calculated Use the following chart to determine
outside temperature, the dimensions
assuming only the driver is in the how much the vehicle can weigh,
of the front of the trailer, special
tow vehicle and it has all the based upon the vehicle model and
equipment, and the amount of
required trailering equipment. The options.
tongue weight the vehicle can carry
weight of additional optional
equipment, passengers, and cargo
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Vehicle Maximum Trailer Weight *GCWR
2.5L and 3.6L Engines 454 kg (1,000 lb) 2 722 kg (6,000 lb)
3.6L Engine With V92 Trailer Towing Package 1 814 kg (4,000 lb) 4 075 kg (8,984 lb)
*The Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle and
trailer including any passengers, cargo, equipment, and conversions. The GCWR for the vehicle should not be
exceeded.
Ask your dealer for trailering the GVW because the vehicle will specific trailer types (especially boat
information or advice. be carrying that weight, too. See trailers) fall outside of this range. In
Vehicle Load Limits 0 217. this case, the recommended tongue
Weight of the Trailer Tongue weight in the trailer owner’s manual
The tongue load (1) of any trailer is should be observed. In all cases,
an important weight to measure the maximum loads for the vehicle
because it affects the total gross series and hitch type should not be
weight of the vehicle. The Gross exceeded.
Vehicle Weight (GVW) includes the After loading the trailer, weigh the
curb weight of the vehicle, any trailer and then the tongue,
cargo carried in it, and the people separately, to see if the weights are
who will be riding in the vehicle. proper. If they are not, adjustments
If there are a lot of options, might be made by moving some
equipment, passengers or cargo in items around in the trailer.
the vehicle, it will reduce the tongue
weight the vehicle can carry, which Trailering may be limited by the
will also reduce the trailer weight the vehicle's ability to carry tongue
In general, trailer tongue weight (1) weight. Tongue weight cannot cause
vehicle can tow. If towing a trailer,
should be 10-15 percent of the the vehicle to exceed the GVWR
the tongue load must be added to
loaded trailer weight (2). Some (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) or
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

the RGAWR (Rear Gross Axle Towing Equipment Weight-Distributing Hitches and
Weight Rating). The effect of Weight Carrying Hitches
additional weight may reduce the Hitches
trailering capacity more than the It is important to have the correct
total of the additional weight. hitch equipment. Crosswinds, large
It is important that the vehicle does trucks going by, and rough roads
not exceed any of its ratings — are a few reasons why the right
GCWR, GVWR, RGAWR, Maximum hitch is needed.
Trailer Rating or Tongue Weight. . The rear bumper on the vehicle
The only way to be sure it is not is not intended for hitches. Do
exceeding any of these ratings is to not attach rental hitches or other
weigh the vehicle and trailer. bumper-type hitches to it. Use
Total Weight on the Vehicle's only a frame-mounted hitch that
Tires does not attach to the bumper.
. Will any holes be made in the
Inflate the vehicle's tires to the 1. Front of Vehicle
upper limit for cold tires. These body of the vehicle when the
trailer hitch is installed? If so, 2. Body-to-Ground Distance
numbers can be found on the
Certification label or see Vehicle then be sure to seal the holes When using a weight-distributing
Load Limits 0 217 for more when the hitch is removed. If the hitch, the hitch must be adjusted so
information. Do not go over the holes are not sealed, dirt, water, that the distance (2) remains the
GVW limit for the vehicle, or the and deadly carbon monoxide same both before and after coupling
GAWR, including the weight of the (CO) from the exhaust may get the trailer to the tow vehicle.
trailer tongue. If using a weight into the vehicle. See Engine
Exhaust 0 228. Safety Chains
distributing hitch, do not go over the
rear axle limit before applying the Always attach chains between the
weight distribution spring bars. vehicle and the trailer. Cross the
safety chains under the tongue of
the trailer to help prevent the tongue
from contacting the road if it
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

becomes separated from the hitch. Because the vehicle has antilock . White/Green: Back-up Lamps
Always leave just enough slack so brakes, do not tap into the vehicle's . Red/Green: Back-up Lamps
the rig can turn. Never allow safety hydraulic brake system. If you do,
chains to drag on the ground. both brake systems will not work . Black: Ground
well, or at all. . Blue: Electric Brake*
Trailer Brakes
A loaded trailer that weighs more
Trailer Wiring Harness *The fuse for this circuit is installed
than 450 kg (1,000 lb) must be in the underhood electrical center,
Basic Trailer Wiring
equipped with its own brake system, but the wires are not connected.
with brakes working on all axles. The trailer wiring harness, with a They should be connected by your
Trailer braking equipment seven-pin connector, is located at dealer or a qualified service center.
conforming to Canadian Standards the rear of the vehicle and is tied to
If the back-up lamp circuit is not
Association (CSA) requirement the vehicle's frame. The harness
functional, contact your dealer.
CAN3-D313, or its equivalent, is connector can be plugged into a
seven-pin universal heavy-duty If a remote (non-vehicle) battery is
recommended.
trailer connector available through being charged, turn the Tow/Haul
State and local regulations may also your dealer. Mode knob on the center console.
require the trailer to have its own This will boost the vehicle system
braking system if loaded above a Use only a round, seven-wire
voltage and properly charge the
certain threshold. These connector with flat blade terminals
battery. If the trailer is too light for
requirements vary from state to meeting SAE J2863 specifications
Tow/Haul Mode, turn on the
state. for proper electrical connectivity.
headlamps (non-HID only) as a
Be sure to read and follow the The seven-wire harness contains second way to boost the vehicle
instructions for the trailer brakes so the following trailer circuits: system and charge the battery.
they are installed, adjusted, and . Yellow/Gray: Stop/Turn Electric Trailer Brake Control
maintained properly. Signal Left Wiring Provisions
. Green/Violet: Stop/Turn Signal These wiring provisions for an
Right electric trailer brake controller are
. Gray/Brown: Parking Lamps included with the vehicle as part of
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

the trailer wiring package. The Conversions and
instrument panel contains blunt cut Caution
wires above the parking brake Add-Ons Some electrical equipment can
assembly for the electric trailer
damage the vehicle or cause
brake controller. The harness Add-On Electrical components to not work and
contains the following wires:
Equipment would not be covered by the
. Blue: “To Trailer”
vehicle warranty. Always check
. Red/Black or Red/Blue: { Warning with your dealer before adding
Battery Feed electrical equipment.
The Data Link Connector (DLC)
. White/Blue: Brake Apply Signal
is used for vehicle service
. Black: Ground and Emission Inspection/ Add-on equipment can drain the
Maintenance testing. See vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the
The electric trailer brake controller vehicle is not operating.
should be installed by your dealer or Malfunction Indicator Lamp
a qualified service center. (Check Engine Light) 0 136. The vehicle has an airbag system.
A device connected to the DLC — Before attempting to add anything
such as an aftermarket fleet or electrical to the vehicle, see
driver-behavior tracking device — Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
may interfere with vehicle Vehicle 0 89 and Adding Equipment
systems. This could affect vehicle to the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
operation and cause a crash. 0 90.
Such devices may also access
information stored in the vehicle’s
systems.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Vehicle Care 279

Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 300
Vehicle Care Automatic Transmission Shift
Wheels and Tires
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Lock Control Function All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
General Information Park Brake and P (Park) Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 280 Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 300 Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . 316
California Proposition Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 301 Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 Windshield Replacement . . . . . 302 Tire Terminology and
California Perchlorate Gas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Materials Requirements . . . . . 281
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Accessories and Headlamp Aiming Tire Pressure for High-Speed
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . 303 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
Vehicle Checks Bulb Replacement Tire Pressure Monitor
Doing Your Own Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 304 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304 Tire Pressure Monitor
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282 LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
Engine Compartment License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . . . 304 Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283 Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 Electrical System When It Is Time for New
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 288 High Voltage Devices and Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Automatic Transmission Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305 Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289 Electrical System Overload . . . 305 Different Size Tires and
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . 290 Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 306 Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 Engine Compartment Fuse Uniform Tire Quality
Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . 295 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306 Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296 Instrument Panel Fuse Wheel Alignment and Tire
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309 Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298 Rear Compartment Fuse Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 334
Battery - North America . . . . . . 299 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311 Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
280 Vehicle Care

Tire Sealant and General Information California Proposition
Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Storing the Tire Sealant and For service and parts needs, visit 65 Warning
Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343 your dealer. You will receive
Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344 genuine GM parts and GM-trained { Warning
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 350 and supported service people.
Most motor vehicles, including
Jump Starting Genuine GM parts have one of this one, as well as many of its
Jump Starting - North these marks:
service parts and fluids, contain
America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351 and/or emit chemicals known to
Towing the Vehicle the State of California to cause
Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 354 cancer and birth defects or other
Recreational Vehicle reproductive harm. Engine
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354 exhaust, many parts and
systems, many fluids, and some
Appearance Care component wear by-products
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358 contain and/or emit these
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362 chemicals. For more information
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366 go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/
passenger-vehicle.
See Battery - North America 0 299

and Jump Starting - North America
0 351 and the back cover.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Vehicle Care 281

California Perchlorate Damage to suspension components Vehicle Checks
caused by modifying vehicle height
Materials Requirements outside of factory settings will not be
Certain types of automotive covered by the vehicle warranty. Doing Your Own
applications, such as airbag Damage to vehicle components
Service Work
initiators, seat belt pretensioners, resulting from modifications or the
and lithium batteries contained in
Remote Keyless Entry transmitters,
installation or use of non-GM { Warning
certified parts, including control
may contain perchlorate materials. module or software modifications, is It can be dangerous to work on
Special handling may be necessary. not covered under the terms of the your vehicle if you do not have
For additional information, see vehicle warranty and may affect the proper knowledge, service
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ remaining warranty coverage for manual, tools, or parts. Always
perchlorate. affected parts. follow owner’s manual procedures
and consult the service manual
Accessories and GM Accessories are designed to
complement and function with other for your vehicle before doing any
Modifications systems on the vehicle. See your service work.
Adding non-dealer accessories or dealer to accessorize the vehicle
making modifications to the vehicle using genuine GM Accessories If doing some of your own service
can affect vehicle performance and installed by a dealer technician. work, use the proper service
safety, including such things as Also, see Adding Equipment to the manual. It tells you much more
airbags, braking, stability, ride and Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 90. about how to service the vehicle
handling, emissions systems, than this manual can. To order the
aerodynamics, durability, and proper service manual, see Service
electronic systems like antilock Publications Ordering Information
brakes, traction control, and stability 0 393.
control. These accessories or This vehicle has an airbag system.
modifications could even cause Before attempting to do your own
malfunction or damage not covered service work, see Servicing the
by the vehicle warranty. Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 89.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
282 Vehicle Care

Keep a record with all parts receipts make sure the hood is closed. If the
and list the mileage and the date of hood does not fully latch, gently
any service work performed. See push the hood down at the front and
Maintenance Records 0 379. center of the hood until it is
completely latched.
Caution
Even small amounts of
contamination can cause damage
to vehicle systems. Do not allow
contaminants to contact the fluids,
reservoir caps, or dipsticks.
2. At the front of the vehicle, pull
Hood up on the center of the hood,
and push the secondary hood
To open the hood: release to the right.
3. After you have partially lifted
the hood, gas struts will
automatically take over to lift
and hold the hood in the fully
open position.
Before closing the hood, be sure all
filler caps are on properly.
1. Pull the hood release handle
with this symbol on it. It is Pull the hood down to close. Lower
under the instrument panel on the hood until the lifting pressure of
the driver side of the vehicle. the strut is reduced. Then allow the
hood to fall and latch into place
under its own weight. Check to
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Vehicle Care 283

Engine Compartment Overview
2.5L L4 Engine
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
284 Vehicle Care

1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 290.
2. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See
Engine Oil 0 286.
3. Engine Oil Dipstick. See
Engine Oil 0 286.
4. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of
View). See Cooling System
0 291.
5. Windshield Washer Fluid
Reservoir. See Washer Fluid
0 296.
6. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See
Brake Fluid 0 298.
7. Battery - North America 0 299.
8. Engine Coolant Surge Tank
and Pressure Cap. See
Cooling System 0 291.
9. Positive (+) Battery Terminal
(Under Cover). See Jump
Starting - North America 0 351.
10. Engine Compartment Fuse
Block 0 306.
11. Remote Negative (-) Battery
Terminal. See Jump Starting -
North America 0 351.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Vehicle Care 285
3.6L V6 Engine
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
286 Vehicle Care

1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 290. Engine Oil Checking Engine Oil
2. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See To ensure proper engine Check the engine oil level regularly,
Engine Oil 0 286. performance and long life, careful every 650 km (400 mi), especially
3. Engine Oil Dipstick. See attention must be paid to engine oil. prior to a long trip. The engine oil
Engine Oil 0 286. Following these simple, but dipstick handle is a loop. See
important steps will help protect Engine Compartment Overview
4. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of 0 283 for the location.
your investment:
View). See Cooling System
0 291. . Use engine oil approved to the
proper specification and of the { Warning
5. Windshield Washer Fluid
proper viscosity grade. See
Reservoir. See Washer Fluid The engine oil dipstick handle
“Selecting the Right Engine Oil”
0 296. may be hot; it could burn you.
in this section.
6. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See Use a towel or glove to touch the
. Check the engine oil level dipstick handle.
Brake Fluid 0 298.
regularly and maintain the
7. Battery - North America 0 299. proper oil level. See “Checking
Engine Oil” and “When to Add If a low oil Driver Information Center
8. Engine Coolant Surge Tank (DIC) message displays, check the
and Pressure Cap. See Engine Oil” in this section.
oil level.
Cooling System 0 291. . Change the engine oil at the
appropriate time. See Engine Oil Follow these guidelines:
9. Positive (+) Battery Terminal.
See Jump Starting - North Life System 0 288. . To get an accurate reading, park
America 0 351. . Always dispose of engine oil the vehicle on level ground.
properly. See “What to Do with Check the engine oil level after
10. Engine Compartment Fuse the engine has been off for at
Block 0 306. Used Oil” in this section.
least two hours. Checking the
11. Remote Negative (-) Battery engine oil level on steep grades
Terminal. See Jump Starting - or too soon after engine shutoff
North America 0 351. can result in incorrect readings.
Accuracy improves when
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Vehicle Care 287

checking a cold engine prior to
starting. Remove the dipstick Caution (Continued)
and check the level.
operating range, i.e., the engine
. If unable to wait two hours, the has so much oil that the oil level
engine must be off for at least gets above the cross-hatched
15 minutes if the engine is area that shows the proper
warm, or at least 30 minutes if 3.6L V6 Engine operating range, the engine could
the engine is not warm. Pull out If the oil is below the cross-hatched be damaged. You should drain
the dipstick, wipe it with a clean area at the tip of the dipstick and out the excess oil or limit driving
paper towel or cloth, then push it the engine has been off for at least of the vehicle and seek a service
back in all the way. Remove it 15 minutes, add 1 L (1 qt) of the
again, keeping the tip down, and professional to remove the
recommended oil and then recheck excess amount of oil.
check the level. the level. See “Selecting the Right
When to Add Engine Oil Engine Oil” later in this section for
an explanation of what kind of oil to See Engine Compartment Overview
use. For engine oil crankcase 0 283 for the location of the engine
capacity, see Capacities and oil fill cap.
Specifications 0 381. Add enough oil to put the level
somewhere in the proper operating
Caution range. Push the dipstick all the way
back in when through.
2.5L L4 Engine Do not add too much oil. Oil
levels above or below the Selecting the Right Engine Oil
acceptable operating range Selecting the right engine oil
shown on the dipstick are harmful depends on both the proper oil
to the engine. If you find that you specification and viscosity grade.
have an oil level above the See Recommended Fluids and
(Continued) Lubricants 0 377.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
288 Vehicle Care

Specification Use SAE 5W-30 viscosity grade What to Do with Used Oil
Ask for and use full synthetic engine engine oil for the 3.6L V6 engine.
Used engine oil contains certain
oils that meet the dexos1 Cold Temperature Operation: In an
elements that can be unhealthy for
specification. Engine oils that have area of extreme cold, where the
your skin and could even cause
been approved by GM as meeting temperature falls below −29 °C
cancer. Do not let used oil stay on
the dexos1 specification are marked (−20 °F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may be
your skin for very long. Clean your
with the dexos1 approved logo. See used. An oil of this viscosity grade
skin and nails with soap and water,
www.gmdexos.com. will provide easier cold starting for
or a good hand cleaner. Wash or
the engine at extremely low
properly dispose of clothing or rags
temperatures.
containing used engine oil. See the
When selecting an oil of the manufacturer's warnings about the
appropriate viscosity grade, it is use and disposal of oil products.
recommended to select an oil of the
Used oil can be a threat to the
correct specification. See
environment. If you change your
“Specification” earlier in this section.
own oil, be sure to drain all the oil
Engine Oil Additives/Engine from the filter before disposal. Never
Caution dispose of oil by putting it in the
Oil Flushes
trash or pouring it on the ground,
Failure to use the recommended Do not add anything to the oil. The into sewers, or into streams or
engine oil or equivalent can result recommended oils meeting the bodies of water. Recycle it by taking
in engine damage not covered by dexos1 specification are all that is it to a place that collects used oil.
the vehicle warranty. needed for good performance and
engine protection.
Engine Oil Life System
Viscosity Grade Engine oil system flushes are not
recommended and could cause When to Change Engine Oil
Use SAE 5W-20 viscosity grade
engine damage not covered by the This vehicle has a computer system
engine oil for the 2.5L L4 engine.
vehicle warranty. that indicates when to change the
SAE 0W-20 may be used as an
alternative. engine oil and filter. This is based
on a combination of factors which
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Vehicle Care 289

include engine revolutions, engine If the system is ever reset If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
temperature, and miles driven. accidentally, the oil must be message comes back on when the
Based on driving conditions, the changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) vehicle is started, the engine oil life
mileage at which an oil change is since the last oil change. system has not been reset. Repeat
indicated can vary considerably. For Remember to reset the oil life the procedure.
the oil life system to work properly, system whenever the oil is changed.
the system must be reset every time
How to Reset the Engine Oil
Automatic Transmission
the oil is changed.
Life System Fluid
When the system has calculated
Reset the system whenever the It is not necessary to check the
that oil life has been diminished, it
engine oil is changed so that the transmission fluid level.
indicates that an oil change is
system can calculate the next A transmission fluid leak is the only
necessary. A CHANGE ENGINE
engine oil change. To reset the reason for fluid loss. If a leak
OIL SOON message comes on.
system: occurs, take the vehicle to the
Change the oil as soon as possible
dealer and have it repaired as soon
within the next 1 000 km (600 mi). 1. Display the REMAINING OIL as possible.
It is possible that, if driving under LIFE on the DIC.
the best conditions, the oil life See Driver Information Center Change the fluid at the intervals
system might indicate that an oil (DIC) (Base and Midlevel) listed in Maintenance Schedule
change is not necessary for up to a 0 145 or Driver Information 0 369, and be sure to use the
year. The engine oil and filter must Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 148. transmission fluid listed in
be changed at least once a year Recommended Fluids and
and, at this time, the system must 2. Press and hold V on the DIC Lubricants 0 377.
be reset. Your dealer has trained while the Oil Life display is
service people who will perform this active. The oil life will change Caution
work and reset the system. It is also to 100%.
important to check the oil regularly Use of the incorrect automatic
over the course of an oil drain transmission fluid may damage
interval and keep it at the proper the vehicle, and the damage may
level.
(Continued)
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
290 Vehicle Care

When to Inspect the Engine Air To inspect or replace the air cleaner/
Caution (Continued) Cleaner/Filter filter:
not be covered by the vehicle For intervals on changing and
warranty. Always use the inspecting the engine air cleaner/
automatic transmission fluid listed filter, see Maintenance Schedule
in Recommended Fluids and 0 369.
Lubricants 0 377.
How to Inspect the Engine Air
Cleaner/Filter
The transmission fluid will not reach
Do not start the engine or have the
the end of the dipstick unless the
engine running with the engine air
transmission is at operating
cleaner/filter housing open. Before
temperature. If you need to check
removing the engine air cleaner/
the transmission fluid level, please
filter, make sure that the engine air
take the vehicle to your dealer. 2.5L L4 Engine
cleaner/filter housing and nearby
components are free of dirt and 1. Remove the five screws and lift
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter debris. Remove the engine air the cover out of the assembly.
The engine air cleaner/filter is in the cleaner/filter. Lightly tap and shake
engine compartment on the the engine air cleaner/filter (away 2. Inspect or replace the engine
passenger side of the vehicle. See from the vehicle), to release loose air cleaner/filter.
Engine Compartment Overview dust and dirt. Inspect the engine air 3. Lower the cover and secure
0 283 for location. cleaner/filter for damage, and with the five screws.
replace if damaged. Do not clean
the engine air cleaner/filter or
components with water or
compressed air.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Vehicle Care 291
Warning (Continued)
helps to stop flames if the engine
backfires. Use caution when
working on the engine and do not
drive with the air cleaner/filter off.
Caution
If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt
3.6L V6 Engine can easily get into the engine, 2.5L L4 Engine
1. Remove the five screws and lift which could damage it. Always
have the air cleaner/filter in place 1. Engine Cooling Fan (Out
the cover out of the assembly. of View)
when driving.
2. Inspect or replace the engine 2. Engine Coolant Surge Tank
air cleaner/filter. and Pressure Cap
3. Lower the cover and secure Cooling System
with the five screws. The cooling system allows the
engine to maintain the correct
{ Warning working temperature.
Operating the engine with the air

cleaner/filter off can cause you or
others to be burned. The air
cleaner not only cleans the air; it
(Continued)
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
292 Vehicle Care

What to Use
{ Warning
Do not touch heater or radiator { Warning
hoses, or other engine parts.
Do not touch heater or radiator
They can be very hot and can
hoses, or other engine parts.
burn you. Do not run the engine if
They can be very hot and can
there is a leak; all coolant could
burn you. Do not run the engine if
leak out. That could cause an
there is a leak; all coolant could
engine fire and can burn you. Fix
leak out. That could cause an
any leak before driving the
engine fire and can burn you. Fix
vehicle.
any leak before driving the
3.6L V6 Engine vehicle.
Engine Coolant
1. Engine Cooling Fan (Out
of View) The cooling system in the vehicle is Use a 50/50 mixture of clean,
2. Engine Coolant Surge Tank filled with DEX-COOL engine drinkable water and DEX-COOL
and Pressure Cap coolant. This coolant needs to be coolant. This mixture:
checked and replaced at . Gives freezing protection down
appropriate intervals. See
{ Warning Maintenance Schedule 0 369.
to −37 °C (−34 °F), outside
temperature.
An underhood electric fan can The following explains the cooling . Gives boiling protection up to
start up even when the engine is system and how to check and add
129 °C (265 °F), engine
not running and can cause injury. coolant when it is low. If there is a
temperature.
Keep hands, clothing, and tools problem with engine overheating,
away from any underhood see Engine Overheating 0 295. . Protects against rust and
electric fan. corrosion.
. Will not damage aluminum parts.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Vehicle Care 293

. Helps keep the proper engine Checking Coolant How to Add Coolant to the
temperature. Coolant Surge Tank
The vehicle must be on a level
surface when checking the coolant
Caution level. { Warning
Do not use anything other than a Spilling coolant on hot engine
mix of DEX-COOL coolant that parts can burn you. Coolant
meets GM Standard contains ethylene glycol and it will
GMW3420 and clean, drinkable burn if the engine parts are hot
water. Anything else can cause enough.
damage to the engine cooling
system and the vehicle, which
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. { Warning
Steam and scalding liquids from a
Never dispose of engine coolant by hot cooling system are under
putting it in the trash, pouring it on pressure. Turning the pressure
the ground, or into sewers, streams, Check to see if coolant is visible in cap, even a little, can cause them
or bodies of water. Have the coolant the coolant surge tank. If the coolant to come out at high speed and
changed by an authorized service inside the coolant surge tank is you could be burned. Never turn
center, familiar with legal boiling, do not do anything else until the cap when the cooling system,
requirements regarding used it cools down. See Engine including the pressure cap, is hot.
coolant disposal. This will help Overheating 0 295. Wait for the cooling system and
protect the environment and your
The coolant surge tank is located in pressure cap to cool.
health.
the engine compartment on the
driver side of the vehicle. See
Engine Compartment Overview
0 283.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
294 Vehicle Care

water and DEX-COOL coolant. Be
{ Warning sure the cooling system, including
the coolant surge tank pressure
Plain water, or other liquids such cap, is cool before you do it.
as alcohol, can boil before the
proper coolant mixture will. With
plain water or the wrong mixture,
the engine could get too hot but
there would not be an overheat
warning. The engine could catch
fire and you or others could be
burned. 1. Remove the coolant surge tank
pressure cap when the cooling 3. Fill the coolant surge tank with
system, including the coolant the proper mixture to the
Caution surge tank pressure cap and indicated level mark.
upper radiator hose, is no
longer hot. 4. With the coolant surge tank
Failure to follow the specific pressure cap off, start the
coolant fill procedure could cause Turn the pressure cap slowly engine and let it run until you
the engine to overheat and could counterclockwise about can feel the upper radiator
cause system damage. If coolant one-quarter of a turn. If you hose getting hot. Watch out for
is not visible in the surge tank, hear a hiss, wait for that to the engine cooling fan.
contact your dealer. stop. This will allow any
pressure still left to be vented By this time, the coolant level
out the discharge hose. inside the coolant surge tank
If no problem is found, check to see may be lower. If the level is
if coolant is visible in the coolant 2. Keep turning the pressure cap lower, add more of the proper
surge tank. If coolant is visible but slowly and remove it. mixture to the coolant surge
the coolant level is not at or tank until the level reaches the
above the indicated mark, add a indicated level mark.
50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Vehicle Care 295

5. Replace the pressure cap The vehicle may also display a If Steam Is Coming from the
tightly. message on the Driver Information Engine Compartment
6. Verify coolant level after the Center (DIC).
engine is shut off and the If the decision is made not to lift the { Warning
coolant is cold. If necessary, hood when this warning appears,
repeat coolant fill procedure get service help right away. See Steam and scalding liquids from a
Steps 1–6. Roadside Assistance Program hot cooling system are under
0 388. pressure. Turning the pressure
If the coolant still is not at the
proper level when the system If the decision is made to lift the cap, even a little, can cause them
cools down again, see your hood, make sure the vehicle is to come out at high speed and
dealer. parked on a level surface. Then you could be burned. Never turn
check to see if the engine cooling the cap when the cooling system,
fan is running. If the engine is including the pressure cap, is hot.
Caution
overheating, the fan should be Wait for the cooling system and
If the pressure cap is not tightly running. If it is not, do not continue pressure cap to cool.
installed, coolant loss and engine to run the engine. Have the vehicle
damage may occur. Be sure the serviced.
If No Steam Is Coming from
cap is properly and tightly the Engine Compartment
secured. Caution
If an engine overheat warning is
Do not run the engine if there is a displayed but no steam can be seen
Engine Overheating leak in the engine cooling system. or heard, the problem may not be
This can cause a loss of all too serious. Sometimes the engine
The vehicle has several indicators
coolant and can damage the can get a little too hot when the
to warn of the engine overheating.
system and vehicle. Have any vehicle:
There is an engine coolant leaks fixed right away. . Climbs a long hill on a hot day.
temperature gauge on the
instrument cluster. See Engine . Stops after high-speed driving.
Coolant Temperature Gauge 0 133. . Idles for long periods in traffic.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
296 Vehicle Care

If the overheat warning is displayed If there is no sign of steam, idle the Open the cap with the washer
with no sign of steam: engine for three minutes while symbol on it. Add washer fluid until
1. Turn the air conditioning off. parked. If the warning is still the tank is full. See Engine
displayed, turn off the engine until it Compartment Overview 0 283 for
2. Turn the heater on to the cools down. reservoir location.
highest temperature and to the
highest fan speed. Open the Washer Fluid Caution
windows as necessary.
3. When it is safe to do so, pull off What to Use . Do not use washer fluid that
the road, shift to P (Park) or When windshield washer fluid is contains any type of water
N (Neutral), and let the needed, be sure to read the repellent coating. This can
engine idle. manufacturer's instructions before cause the wiper blades to
use. If operating the vehicle in an chatter or skip.
If the engine coolant temperature
gauge is no longer in the area where the temperature may fall . Do not use engine coolant
overheated area, the vehicle can be below freezing, use a fluid that has (antifreeze) in the
driven. Continue to drive the vehicle sufficient protection against windshield washer. It can
slowly for about 10 minutes. Keep a freezing. damage the windshield
safe distance from the vehicle in washer system and paint.
Adding Washer Fluid
front. If the warning does not come . Do not mix water with
back on, continue to drive normally ready-to-use washer fluid.
and have the cooling system Water can cause the
checked for proper fill and function. solution to freeze and
If the warning continues, pull over, damage the washer fluid
stop, and park the vehicle tank and other parts of the
right away. washer system.
(Continued)
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Vehicle Care 297

proper sequence to torque
Caution (Continued) { Warning specifications. See Capacities and
Specifications 0 381.
. When using concentrated The brake wear warning sound
washer fluid, follow the means that soon the brakes will Brake pads should be replaced as
manufacturer instructions for not work well. That could lead to complete sets.
adding water. a crash. When the brake wear Brake Pedal Travel
. Fill the washer fluid tank warning sound is heard, have the
vehicle serviced. See your dealer if the brake pedal
only three-quarters full when
does not return to normal height,
it is very cold. This allows
or if there is a rapid increase in
for fluid expansion if
pedal travel. This could be a sign
freezing occurs, which could
Caution that brake service may be required.
damage the tank if it is
completely full. Replacing Brake System Parts
Continuing to drive with worn-out
brake pads could result in costly Always replace brake system parts
Brakes brake repair. with new, approved replacement
parts. If this is not done, the brakes
Disc brake pads have built-in wear may not work properly. The braking
indicators that make a high-pitched Some driving conditions or climates
can cause a brake squeal when the performance expected can change
warning sound when the brake pads in many other ways if the wrong
are worn and new pads are needed. brakes are first applied or lightly
applied. This does not mean replacement brake parts are
The sound can come and go or can installed or if parts are improperly
be heard all the time when the something is wrong with the brakes.
installed.
vehicle is moving, except when Properly torqued wheel nuts are
applying the brake pedal firmly. necessary to help prevent brake
pulsation. When tires are rotated,
inspect brake pads for wear and
evenly tighten wheel nuts in the
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
298 Vehicle Care

Brake Fluid . A fluid leak in the brake When the brake fluid falls to a low
hydraulic system. Have the level, the brake warning light comes
brake hydraulic system fixed. on. See Brake System Warning
With a leak, the brakes will not Light 0 138.
work well. Brake fluid absorbs water over time
Always clean the brake fluid which degrades the effectiveness of
reservoir cap and the area around the brake fluid. Replace brake fluid
the cap before removing it. at the specified intervals to prevent
The brake master cylinder reservoir Do not top off the brake fluid. increased stopping distance. See
is filled with GM approved DOT 3 Adding fluid does not correct a leak. Maintenance Schedule 0 369.
brake fluid as indicated on the If fluid is added when the linings are What to Add
reservoir cap. See Engine worn, there will be too much fluid
Compartment Overview 0 283 for when new brake linings are Use only GM approved DOT 3
the location of the reservoir. installed. Add or remove fluid, as brake fluid from a clean, sealed
necessary, only when work is done container. See Recommended
Checking Brake Fluid Fluids and Lubricants 0 377.
on the brake hydraulic system.
With the vehicle in P (Park) on a
level surface, the brake fluid level
{ Warning { Warning
should be between the minimum
and maximum marks on the brake If too much brake fluid is added, it The wrong or contaminated brake
fluid reservoir. can spill on the engine and burn, fluid could result in damage to the
if the engine is hot enough. You brake system. This could result in
There are only two reasons why the
brake fluid level in the reservoir may or others could be burned, and the loss of braking leading to a
go down: the vehicle could be damaged. possible injury. Always use the
Add brake fluid only when work is proper GM approved brake fluid.
. Normal brake lining wear. When
new linings are installed, the done on the brake hydraulic
fluid level goes back up. system.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Vehicle Care 299

It has an Absorbed Glass Mat See California Proposition
Caution (AGM) 12-volt battery. Installation of 65 Warning 0 280 and the back
a standard 12-volt battery will result cover.
If brake fluid is spilled on the in reduced 12-volt battery life.
vehicle's painted surfaces, the Vehicle Storage
paint finish can be damaged. When using a 12-volt battery
charger on the 12-volt AGM battery,
Immediately wash off any painted
surface. some chargers have an AGM { Warning
battery setting on the charger. Batteries have acid that can burn
If available, use the AGM setting on you and gas that can explode.
Battery - North America the charger, to limit charge voltage You can be badly hurt if you are
to 14.8 volts.
The original equipment battery is not careful. See Jump Starting -
maintenance free. Do not remove North America 0 351 for tips on
the cap and do not add fluid. { Warning working around a battery without
Refer to the replacement number on getting hurt.
WARNING: Battery posts,
the original battery label when a terminals, and related
new battery is needed. For accessories contain lead and lead Infrequent Usage: Remove the
replacement of the battery, see your compounds, chemicals known to black, negative (−) cable from the
dealer. the State of California to cause battery to keep the battery from
cancer and birth defects or other running down.
Stop/Start System
reproductive harm. Batteries also Extended Storage: Remove the
If equipped with the 2.5L L4 engine, contain other chemicals known to black, negative (−) cable from the
the vehicle has a stop/start system
the State of California to cause battery or use a battery trickle
to shut off the engine to help
cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER charger.
conserve fuel. See Starting the
Engine 0 223. HANDLING. For more information
go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/
passenger-vehicle.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
300 Vehicle Care

All-Wheel Drive Do not use the accelerator 2. Apply the parking brake. Be
pedal, and be ready to turn off ready to apply the regular
Transfer Case the engine immediately if it brake immediately if the vehicle
Under normal driving conditions, starts. begins to move.
transfer case fluid does not require 3. Try to start the engine in each 3. With the engine off, turn the
maintenance unless there is a fluid gear. The vehicle should start ignition on, but do not start the
leak or unusual noise. If required, only in P (Park) or N (Neutral). engine. Without applying the
have the transfer case serviced by If the vehicle starts in any other regular brake, try to move the
your dealer. position, contact your dealer for shift lever out of P (Park) with
service. normal effort. If the shift lever
Starter Switch Check moves out of P (Park), contact
Automatic Transmission your dealer for service.
{ Warning Shift Lock Control
Park Brake and P (Park)
Function Check
When you are doing this Mechanism Check
inspection, the vehicle could
move suddenly. If the vehicle { Warning { Warning
moves, you or others could be
When you are doing this
injured. When you are doing this check,
inspection, the vehicle could
move suddenly. If the vehicle the vehicle could begin to move.
1. Before starting this check, be moves, you or others could be You or others could be injured
sure there is enough room injured. and property could be damaged.
around the vehicle. Make sure there is room in front
of the vehicle in case it begins to
2. Apply both the parking brake 1. Before starting this check, be roll. Be ready to apply the regular
and the regular brake. sure there is enough room brake at once should the vehicle
around the vehicle. It should be begin to move.
parked on a level surface.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Vehicle Care 301

Park on a fairly steep hill, with the proper windshield wiper blade
vehicle facing downhill. Keeping length and type, see Maintenance
your foot on the regular brake, set Replacement Parts 0 378.
the parking brake.
. To check the parking brake's Caution
holding ability: With the engine
running and the transmission in Allowing the wiper arm to touch
N (Neutral), slowly remove foot the windshield when no wiper
pressure from the regular brake blade is installed could damage
pedal. Do this until the vehicle is the windshield. Any damage that
held by the parking brake only. occurs would not be covered by
. To check the P (Park) the vehicle warranty. Do not allow
the wiper arm to touch the 2. Lift up on the latch in the
mechanism's holding ability:
With the engine running, shift to windshield. middle of the wiper blade
P (Park). Then release the where the wiper arm attaches.
parking brake followed by the Front Wiper Blade 3. With the latch open, pull the
regular brake. Replacement wiper blade down toward the
Contact your dealer if service is windshield far enough to
To replace the wiper blade release it from the J-hooked
required. assembly: end of the wiper arm.
Wiper Blade Replacement 1. Pull the windshield wiper 4. Remove the wiper blade.
assembly away from the
Windshield wiper blades should be windshield. 5. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiper
inspected for wear or cracking. blade replacement.
It is a good idea to clean or replace
the wiper blade assembly on a
regular basis or when worn. For
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
302 Vehicle Care

Rear Wiper Blade Replacement 3. Push the new blade assembly
To remove the wiper blade:
securely on the wiper arm until { Warning
the release lever clicks into
1. Lift the wiper arm away from place. If the gas struts that hold open
the window. The rear wiper arm the hood, trunk, and/or liftgate fail,
will only lift off the glass at a Windshield Replacement you or others could be seriously
small angle to allow for wiper injured. Take the vehicle to your
blade removal. The rear wiper Driver Assistance Systems dealer for service immediately.
arm will not lock in a service up Visually inspect the gas struts for
If the windshield needs to be
position so care should be replaced and the vehicle is signs of wear, cracks, or other
taken when replacing the rear equipped with a front camera sensor damage periodically. Check to
wiper blade. for the Driver Assistance Systems, a make sure the hood/trunk/liftgate
GM replacement windshield is is held open with enough force.
recommended. The replacement If struts are failing to hold the
windshield must be installed hood/trunk/liftgate, do not
according to GM specifications for operate. Have the vehicle
proper alignment. If it is not, these serviced.
systems may not work properly, they
may display messages, or they may
not work at all. See your dealer for
proper windshield replacement. Caution
Do not apply tape or hang any
Gas Strut(s) objects from gas struts. Also do
This vehicle is equipped with gas not push down or pull on gas
2. Push the release lever to strut(s) to provide assistance in struts. This may cause damage to
disengage the hook and push lifting and holding open the hood/ the vehicle.
the wiper arm toward the trunk/liftgate system in full open
center of the vehicle and out of position.
See Maintenance Schedule 0 369.
the blade assembly.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Vehicle Care 303

Headlamp Aiming
Headlamp aim has been preset and
should need no further adjustment.
If the vehicle is damaged in a crash,
the headlamp aim may be affected.
If adjustment to the headlamps is
necessary, see your dealer.
Hood Liftgate
Trunk
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
304 Vehicle Care

Bulb Replacement License Plate Lamp
For the proper type of replacement To replace one of these bulbs:
bulbs, or any bulb changing
procedure not listed in this section,
contact your dealer.
Halogen Bulbs
{ Warning
Halogen bulbs have pressurized
gas inside and can burst if you 3. Turn the bulb socket (1)
drop or scratch the bulb. You or counterclockwise to remove it
others could be injured. Be sure from the lamp assembly (3).
to read and follow the instructions Passenger Side Shown, Driver
4. Pull the bulb (2) straight out of
on the bulb package. Side Similar
the bulb socket.
1. Push the left end of the lamp
5. Push the replacement bulb
LED Lighting assembly toward the right.
straight into the bulb socket
This vehicle has several LED lamps. 2. Turn the lamp assembly down and turn the bulb socket
For replacement of any LED lighting to remove it from the liftgate. clockwise to install into the
assembly, contact your dealer. lamp assembly.
6. Turn the lamp assembly into
the liftgate, engaging the clip
side first.
7. Push on the lamp side opposite
the clip until the lamp assembly
snaps into place.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Vehicle Care 305

Electrical System Electrical System Headlamp Wiring
Overload An electrical overload may cause
High Voltage Devices and The vehicle has fuses and circuit
the lamps to go on and off, or in
Wiring some cases to remain off. Have the
breakers to protect against an
headlamp wiring checked right away
electrical system overload.
if the lamps go on and off or
{ Warning When the current electrical load is remain off.
too heavy, the circuit breaker opens
Exposure to high voltage can and closes, protecting the circuit Windshield Wipers
cause shock, burns, and even until the current load returns to If the wiper motor overheats due to
death. The high voltage normal or the problem is fixed. This heavy snow or ice, the windshield
components in the vehicle can greatly reduces the chance of circuit wipers will stop until the motor cools
only be serviced by technicians overload and fire caused by and will then restart.
with special training. electrical problems.
Although the circuit is protected
High voltage components are Fuses and circuit breakers protect from electrical overload, overload
identified by labels. Do not power devices in the vehicle. due to heavy snow or ice may
remove, open, take apart, Replace a bad fuse with a new one cause wiper linkage damage.
or modify these components. of the identical size and rating. Always clear ice and heavy snow
High voltage cable or wiring has from the windshield before using the
orange covering or labels. Do not If there is a problem on the road and windshield wipers.
probe, tamper with, cut, or modify a fuse needs to be replaced, the
same amperage fuse can be If the overload is caused by an
high voltage cable or wiring. electrical problem and not snow or
borrowed. Choose some feature of
the vehicle that is not needed to use ice, be sure to get it fixed.
and replace it as soon as possible.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
306 Vehicle Care

Fuses and Circuit Fuses of the same amperage can
Caution
be temporarily borrowed from
Breakers another fuse location, if a fuse goes
The wiring circuits in the vehicle are out. Replace the fuse as soon as Do not pull the engine
protected from short circuits by a possible. compartment fuse block lever,
combination of fuses and circuit since it is intended only for
breakers. This greatly reduces the Engine Compartment service purposes. If pulled,
chance of damage caused by vehicle malfunction may occur.
electrical problems.
Fuse Block
The underhood fuse block is in the
{ Danger engine compartment, on the driver
side of the vehicle. Caution
Fuses and circuit breakers are Spilling liquid on any electrical
marked with their ampere rating. component on the vehicle may
Do not exceed the damage it. Always keep the
specified amperage rating when covers on any electrical
replacing fuses and circuit component.
breakers. Use of an oversized
fuse or circuit breaker can result
in a vehicle fire. You and others To remove the fuse block cover,
could be seriously injured or press the clips on the cover and lift
it straight up.
killed.
The vehicle may not be equipped
with all of the fuses, relays, and
To check a fuse, look at the features shown.
silver-colored band inside the fuse.
If the band is broken or melted,
replace the fuse. Be sure to replace
a bad fuse with a new one of the
identical size and rating.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Vehicle Care 307

Fuses Usage
F1 Antilock brake
system
F2 Starter 1
F3 DC DC transformer 1
F4 –
F5 –
F6 –
F7 DC DC transformer 2
F8 Starter 3
F9 –
F10 –
F11 –
F12 Front wiper
F13 Starter 2
F14 LED/Automatic
headlamp leveling
F15 Rear wiper 1
F16 –
F17 –
F18 Automatic headlamp
leveling module
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
308 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage
F19 – F34 Horn F49 Interior rearview
F20 – F35 – mirror/Trailer
F21 – F36 Headlamp F50 Fuel system control

high-beam left module
F22 Electronic brake
control module F37 Headlamp F51 Heated steering
high-beam right wheel
F23 Parking/Trailer
lamps F38 Automatic headlamp F52 Air conditioning
leveling motor clutch
F24 Right trailer
stoplamp/Turn F39 Transmission control F53 Transmission range
signal lamp module 1 control module
F25 Steering column lock F40 Left rear bus F54 Coolant pump
F26 – electrical center/ F55 –

Ignition F56 –
F27 Left trailer stoplamp/
Turn signal lamp F41 Instrument cluster F57 Engine control
F28 – F42 Heating, ventilation, module/Ignition
and air conditioning F58 Transmission control
F29 –
F43 Head-up display module/Ignition
F30 Washer pump
F44 – F59 Engine control
F31 Headlamp low-beam module battery
right F45 –
F46 – F60 Transmission control
F32 Headlamp module 2
low-beam left F47 –
F61 O2 sensor 1/
F33 Fog lamps F48 Rear wiper 2 Aeroshutter
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Vehicle Care 309

Fuses Usage Relays Usage Instrument Panel Fuse
F62 Engine control K1 Starter 1 Block
module – odd K2 Run/Crank
F63 O2 sensor 2 K3 Starter 3
F64 Engine control K4 LED/Automatic
module – even headlamps
F65 Engine control K5 –
module powertrain 1
K6 Coolant pump
F66 Engine control
module powertrain 2 K7 Engine control
module
F67 Powertrain TRCM
K8 Air conditioning
F68 –
K9 –
F69 –
K10 Starter 2 The instrument panel fuse block is
F70 – inside the center console on the
F71 – passenger side of the vehicle.
F72 – See the fuse block cover for specific

fuse information.
F73 –
Open the fuse panel door,
F74 – or remove the panel from the
F75 – passenger side by pulling it out.
F76 –
F77 –
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
310 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage
F1 Body control
module 6
F2 Diagnostic link
F3 Electric steering
column lock
F4 –
F5 Logistics
F6 Heating,
ventilation, and air
To reinstall the door, push the door conditioning
back into its original location.
F7 Body control
module 3
F8 Head-up display (if
equipped)
F9 Right front
heated seat
F10 Airbag/Seat belt
F11 Electronic precision
shift
The vehicle may not be equipped F12 Amplifier
with all of the fuses, relays, and
features shown. F13 Body control
module 7
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Vehicle Care 311

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Circuit Usage
F14 Left front F28 Heating, Breakers
heated seat ventilation, and air F40 –
F15 Instrument panel conditioning F41 –
switch bank display
F42 Auxiliary power
F16 Sunroof F29 Radio outlet/Lighter
F17 Body control F30 Steering wheel
module 1 adjustment controls Rear Compartment Fuse
F18 Instrument cluster F31 Front blower Block
F19 – F32 DC AC inverter
F20 Rear seat F33 Driver power seat

entertainment F34 Passenger
F21 Body control power seat
module 4 F35 Battery IEC 1 feed
F22 Infotainment USB F36 Electric power
data/Aux jack steering
F23 Body control F37 Rear seat
module 2 entertainment/USB
F24 USB charger/ charge/Wireless
Wireless charging charging module
F38 Body control The rear compartment fuse block is
F25 Parking assist behind a trim panel on the driver
module 8
F26 CIM side of the rear storage
F39 – compartment.
F27 Video
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
312 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage
F3 Driver seat belt
motor
F4 Rear blower
F5 Rear drive control
F6 Passenger seat
belt motor
F7 Right window
F8 Rear defogger
Remove the side bin, load floor, and F9 Left window
foam. See Cargo Management F10 –
System 0 113.
F11 Trailer reverse
Remove the trim plate to access the
fuse block. F12 –
The label for this fuse block is in the F13 –

spare tire area, on the foam under F14 –
the cargo floor.
F15 –
F16 –
F17 Camera
F18 Trailer module
Fuses Usage
F19 Ventilated seats
F1 –
F20 –
F2 Trailer battery 1
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Vehicle Care 313

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage
F21 Trailer connector F37 – F54 External object
F22 – F38 Window module calculating/Side
blind zone alert
F23 – F39 Rear closure
F55 –
F24 Passenger window F40 Memory seat
switch module F56 Universal garage
door opener/Rain
F25 – F41 Automatic sensor
F26 Trailer brake occupancy sensor
F57 Theft deterrent
F27 Driver ventilated F42 Trailer battery 2
seat/Lumbar F43 – Circuit Usage
F28 Passive entry/ F44 – Breakers
Passive start F45 Liftgate motor CB1 –
F29 – F46 Rear heated seats CB2 –
F30 Canister vent F47 – CB3 Rear auxiliary power
F31 – outlet
F48 Glass break sensor
F32 Heated mirror F49 – Relays Usage
F33 – F50 – K1 –
F34 Liftgate module F51 – K2 –
F35 Fuel system control F52 Active dampening
module system module
F36 Passenger F53 Rear parking aid
ventilated seat/ module/Video/USB
Lumbar
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
314 Vehicle Care

Wheels and Tires Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)
Tires . Underinflated tires pose . Replace any tires that
Every new GM vehicle has the same danger as have been damaged by
high-quality tires made by a overloaded tires. The impacts with potholes,
leading tire manufacturer. See resulting crash could curbs, etc.
the warranty manual for cause serious injury. . Improperly repaired tires
information regarding the tire Check all tires frequently can cause a crash. Only
warranty and where to get to maintain the the dealer or an
service. For additional recommended pressure. authorized tire service
information refer to the tire Tire pressure should be center should repair,
manufacturer. checked when the tires replace, dismount, and
are cold. mount the tires.
{ Warning . Overinflated tires are . Do not spin the tires in
more likely to be cut, excess of 56 km/h
. Poorly maintained and punctured, or broken by
improperly used tires are (35 mph) on slippery
a sudden impact — such surfaces such as snow,
dangerous. as when hitting a pothole. mud, ice, etc. Excessive
. Overloading the tires can Keep tires at the spinning may cause the
cause overheating as a recommended pressure. tires to explode.
result of too much . Worn or old tires can
flexing. There could be a cause a crash. If the See Tire Pressure for
blowout and a serious tread is badly worn, High-Speed Operation 0 323 for
crash. See Vehicle Load replace them. inflation pressure adjustment for
Limits 0 217. (Continued) high-speed driving.
(Continued)
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Vehicle Care 315

All-Season Tires Winter Tires Winter tires with the same speed
rating as the original equipment tires
This vehicle may come with This vehicle was not originally may not be available for H, V, W, Y,
all-season tires. These tires are equipped with winter tires. Winter and ZR speed rated tires. If winter
designed to provide good overall tires are designed for increased tires with a lower speed rating are
performance on most road surfaces traction on snow and ice-covered chosen, never exceed the tire's
and weather conditions. Original roads. Consider installing winter maximum speed capability.
equipment tires designed to GM's tires on the vehicle if frequent
specific tire performance criteria driving on ice or snow covered Summer Tires
have a TPC specification code roads is expected. See your dealer
molded onto the sidewall. Original for details regarding winter tire This vehicle may come with high
equipment all-season tires can be availability and proper tire selection. performance summer tires. These
identified by the last two characters Also, see Buying New Tires 0 330. tires have a special tread and
of this TPC code, which will compound that are optimized for
With winter tires, there may be
be “MS.” maximum dry and wet road
decreased dry road traction,
performance. This special tread and
Consider installing winter tires on increased road noise, and shorter
compound will have decreased
the vehicle if frequent driving on tread life. After changing to winter
performance in cold climates, and
snow or ice-covered roads is tires, be alert for changes in vehicle
on ice and snow. It is recommended
expected. All-season tires provide handling and braking.
that winter tires be installed on the
adequate performance for most If using winter tires: vehicle if frequent driving at
winter driving conditions, but they
. Use tires of the same brand and temperatures below approximately
may not offer the same level of
tread type on all four wheel 5 °C (40 °F) or on ice or snow
traction or performance as winter
positions. covered roads is expected. See
tires on snow or ice-covered roads.
Winter Tires 0 315.
See Winter Tires 0 315. . Use only radial ply tires of the
same size, load range, and
speed rating as the original
equipment tires.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
316 Vehicle Care
Caution
Tire Sidewall Labeling (2) TPC Spec (Tire
Performance Criteria
Useful information about a tire is Specification) : Original
High performance summer tires molded into its sidewall. The
have rubber compounds that lose equipment tires designed to
examples show a typical GM's specific tire performance
flexibility and may develop passenger vehicle tire and a
surface cracks in the tread area criteria have a TPC specification
compact spare tire sidewall. code molded onto the sidewall.
at temperatures below −7 °C
(20 °F). Always store high GM's TPC specifications meet or
performance summer tires exceed all federal safety
indoors and at temperatures guidelines.
above −7 °C (20 °F) when not in
(3) DOT (Department of
use. If the tires have been
Transportation) : The
subjected to −7 °C (20 °F) or less,
let them warm up in a heated
Department of Transportation
space to at least 5 °C (40 °F) for (DOT) code indicates that the
24 hours or more before being tire is in compliance with the
installed or driving a vehicle on U.S. Department of
which they are installed. Do not Transportation Motor Vehicle
apply heat or blow heated air Safety Standards.
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example
directly on the tires. Always DOT Tire Date of
inspect tires before use. See Tire (1) Tire Size : The tire size is a Manufacture : The last four
Inspection 0 328. combination of letters and digits of the TIN indicate the tire
numbers used to define a manufactured date. The first two
particular tire's width, height, digits represent the week (01–
aspect ratio, construction type, 52) and the last two digits, the
and service description. See the year. For example, the third
“Tire Size” illustration later in this
section.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Vehicle Care 317

week of the year 2010 would resistance. For more information speeds over 80 km/h (50 mph).
have a four-digit DOT date see Uniform Tire Quality The compact spare tire is for
of 0310. Grading 0 332. emergency use when a regular
(4) Tire Identification Number (7) Maximum Cold Inflation road tire has lost air and gone
(TIN) : The letters and numbers Load Limit : Maximum load that flat. If the vehicle has a compact
following the DOT (Department can be carried and the spare tire, see Compact Spare
of Transportation) code are the maximum pressure needed to Tire 0 350 and If a Tire Goes
Tire Identification Number (TIN). support that load. Flat 0 335.
The TIN shows the (3) Tire Identification Number
manufacturer and plant code, (TIN) : The letters and numbers
tire size, and date the tire was following the DOT (Department
manufactured. The TIN is of Transportation) code are the
molded onto both sides of the Tire Identification Number (TIN).
tire, although only one side may The TIN shows the
have the date of manufacture. manufacturer and plant code,
(5) Tire Ply Material : The type tire size, and date the tire was
of cord and number of plies in manufactured. The TIN is
the sidewall and under the tread. molded onto both sides of the
tire, although only one side may
(6) Uniform Tire Quality have the date of manufacture.
Grading (UTQG) : Tire Compact Spare Tire Example
manufacturers are required to (4) Maximum Cold Inflation
(1) Tire Ply Material : The type
grade tires based on three Load Limit : Maximum load that
of cord and number of plies in
performance factors: treadwear, can be carried and the
the sidewall and under the tread.
traction, and temperature maximum pressure needed to
(2) Temporary Use Only : The support that load.
compact spare tire or temporary
use tire should not be driven at
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
318 Vehicle Care

(5) Tire Inflation : The Tire Designations (3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digit
temporary use tire or compact number that indicates the tire
spare tire should be inflated to Tire Size height-to-width measurements.
420 kPa (60 psi). For more The following is an example of a For example, if the tire size
information on tire pressure and typical passenger vehicle aspect ratio is 60, as shown in
inflation see Tire Pressure tire size. item 3 of the illustration, it would
0 321. mean that the tire's sidewall is
(6) Tire Size : A combination of 60 percent as high as it is wide.
letters and numbers define a (4) Construction Code : A letter
tire's width, height, aspect ratio, code is used to indicate the type
construction type, and service of ply construction in the tire.
description. The letter T as the The letter R means radial ply
first character in the tire size (1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : construction; the letter D means
means the tire is for temporary The United States version of a diagonal or bias ply
use only. metric tire sizing system. The construction; and the letter B
(7) TPC Spec (Tire letter P as the first character in means belted-bias ply
Performance Criteria the tire size means a passenger construction.
Specification) : Original vehicle tire engineered to (5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of
equipment tires designed to standards set by the U.S. Tire the wheel in inches.
GM's specific tire performance and Rim Association. (6) Service Description : These
criteria have a TPC specification (2) Tire Width : The three-digit characters represent the load
code molded onto the sidewall. number indicates the tire section index and speed rating of the
GM's TPC specifications meet or width in millimeters from tire. The load index represents
exceed all federal safety sidewall to sidewall. the load carrying capacity a tire
guidelines.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Vehicle Care 319

is certified to carry. The speed Belt : A rubber coated layer of maximum capacity of fuel, oil,
rating is the maximum speed a cords between the plies and the and coolant, but without
tire is certified to carry a load. tread. Cords may be made from passengers and cargo.
steel or other reinforcing DOT Markings : A code molded
Tire Terminology and materials. into the sidewall of a tire
Definitions Bead : The tire bead contains signifying that the tire is in
Air Pressure : The amount of steel wires wrapped by steel compliance with the U.S.
air inside the tire pressing cords that hold the tire onto Department of Transportation
outward on each square inch of the rim. (DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety
the tire. Air pressure is Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire Standards. The DOT code
expressed in kPa (kilopascal) in which the plies are laid at includes the Tire Identification
or psi (pounds per square inch). alternate angles less than Number (TIN), an alphanumeric
90 degrees to the centerline of designator which can also
Accessory Weight : The identify the tire manufacturer,
combined weight of optional the tread.
production plant, brand, and
accessories. Some examples of Cold Tire Pressure : The date of production.
optional accessories are amount of air pressure in a tire,
automatic transmission, power measured in kPa (kilopascal) GVWR : Gross Vehicle Weight
windows, power seats, and air or psi (pounds per square inch) Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits
conditioning. before a tire has built up heat 0 217.
Aspect Ratio : The relationship from driving. See Tire Pressure GAWR FRT : Gross Axle Weight
of a tire's height to its width. 0 321. Rating for the front axle. See
Curb Weight : The weight of a Vehicle Load Limits 0 217.
motor vehicle with standard and GAWR RR : Gross Axle Weight
optional equipment including the Rating for the rear axle. See
Vehicle Load Limits 0 217.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
320 Vehicle Care

Intended Outboard Sidewall : Maximum Loaded Vehicle Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : A
The side of an asymmetrical tire Weight : The sum of curb tire used on passenger cars and
that must always face outward weight, accessory weight, some light duty trucks and
when mounted on a vehicle. vehicle capacity weight, and multipurpose vehicles.
Kilopascal (kPa) : The metric production options weight. Recommended Inflation
unit for air pressure. Normal Occupant Weight : The Pressure : Vehicle
Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : A number of occupants a vehicle manufacturer's recommended
tire used on light duty trucks and is designed to seat multiplied by tire inflation pressure as shown
some multipurpose passenger 68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle Load on the tire placard.
vehicles. Limits 0 217. See Tire Pressure 0 321 and
Occupant Distribution : Vehicle Load Limits 0 217.
Load Index : An assigned
number ranging from 1 to 279 Designated seating positions. Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatic
that corresponds to the load Outward Facing Sidewall : The tire in which the ply cords that
carrying capacity of a tire. side of an asymmetrical tire that extend to the beads are laid at
has a particular side that faces 90 degrees to the centerline of
Maximum Inflation Pressure : the tread.
The maximum air pressure to outward when mounted on a
which a cold tire can be inflated. vehicle. The side of the tire that Rim : A metal support for a tire
The maximum air pressure is contains a whitewall, bears and upon which the tire beads
molded onto the sidewall. white lettering, or bears are seated.
manufacturer, brand, and/or Sidewall : The portion of a tire
Maximum Load Rating : The model name molding that is
load rating for a tire at the between the tread and the bead.
higher or deeper than the same
maximum permissible inflation moldings on the other sidewall
pressure for that tire. of the tire.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Vehicle Care 321

Speed Rating : An government testing procedures. Tire Pressure
alphanumeric code assigned to The ratings are molded into the
a tire indicating the maximum sidewall of the tire. See Uniform Tires need the correct amount of
speed at which a tire can Tire Quality Grading 0 332. air pressure to operate
operate. effectively.
Vehicle Capacity Weight : The
Traction : The friction between number of designated seating Caution
the tire and the road surface. positions multiplied by
The amount of grip provided. 68 kg (150 lb) plus the rated Neither tire underinflation nor
Tread : The portion of a tire that cargo load. See Vehicle Load overinflation is good.
comes into contact with Limits 0 217. Underinflated tires, or tires
the road. Vehicle Maximum Load on the that do not have enough air,
Tire : Load on an individual tire can result in:
Treadwear Indicators : Narrow
due to curb weight, accessory . Tire overloading and
bands, sometimes called wear
bars, that show across the tread weight, occupant weight, and overheating which could
of a tire when only 1.6 mm cargo weight. lead to a blowout.
(1/16 in) of tread remains. See Vehicle Placard : A label . Premature or
When It Is Time for New Tires permanently attached to a irregular wear.
0 329. vehicle showing the vehicle . Poor handling.
UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality capacity weight and the original
equipment tire size and . Reduced fuel economy.
Grading Standards) : A tire
information system that provides recommended inflation pressure. Overinflated tires, or tires that
consumers with ratings for a See “Tire and Loading have too much air, can
tire's traction, temperature, and Information Label” under Vehicle result in:
treadwear. Ratings are Load Limits 0 217.
. Unusual wear.
determined by tire (Continued)
manufacturers using
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
322 Vehicle Care

When to Check further adjustment is necessary.
Caution (Continued) If the inflation pressure is low,
Check the tires once a month or
. Poor handling. more. Do not forget the compact add air until the recommended
spare, if the vehicle has one. pressure is reached. If the
. Rough ride. inflation pressure is high, press
The cold compact spare tire
. Needless damage from pressure should be at 420 kPa on the metal stem in the center
road hazards. (60 psi). See Compact Spare of the tire valve to release air.
Tire 0 350. Recheck the tire pressure with
The Tire and Loading the tire gauge.
How to Check
Information label on the vehicle Put the valve caps back on the
indicates the original equipment Use a good quality pocket-type
valve stems to keep out dirt and
tires and the correct cold tire gauge to check tire pressure.
moisture and prevent leaks. Use
inflation pressures. The Proper tire inflation cannot be
only valve caps designed for the
recommended pressure is the determined by looking at the tire.
vehicle by GM. TPMS sensors
minimum air pressure needed to Check the tire inflation pressure
could be damaged and would
support the vehicle's maximum when the tires are cold, meaning
not be covered by the vehicle
load carrying capacity. See the vehicle has not been driven
warranty.
Vehicle Load Limits 0 217. for at least three hours or no
more than 1.6 km (1 mi).
How the vehicle is loaded
affects vehicle handling and ride Remove the valve cap from the
comfort. Never load the vehicle tire valve stem. Press the tire
with more weight than it was gauge firmly onto the valve to
designed to carry. get a pressure measurement.
If the cold tire inflation pressure
matches the recommended
pressure on the Tire and
Loading Information label, no
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Vehicle Care 323

Tire Pressure for when driving the vehicle at speeds Each tire, including the spare (if
of 160 km/h (100 mph) or higher. provided), should be checked
High-Speed Operation Set the cold inflation pressure to the monthly when cold and inflated to
maximum inflation pressure shown the inflation pressure recommended
{ Warning on the tire sidewall, or 280 kPa by the vehicle manufacturer on the
(41 psi), whichever is lower. Return vehicle placard or tire inflation
Driving at high speeds, 160 km/h the tires to the recommended cold pressure label. (If your vehicle has
(100 mph) or higher, puts tire inflation pressure when tires of a different size than the size
additional strain on tires. high-speed driving has ended. indicated on the vehicle placard or
Sustained high-speed driving See Vehicle Load Limits 0 217 and tire inflation pressure label, you
causes excessive heat buildup Tire Pressure 0 321. should determine the proper tire
and can cause sudden tire failure. inflation pressure for those tires.)
The maximum load and inflation
This could cause a crash, and pressure is molded on the tire As an added safety feature, your
you or others could be killed. sidewall, in small letters, near the vehicle has been equipped with a
Some high-speed rated tires rim flange. It will read something tire pressure monitoring system
require inflation pressure like this: Maximum load (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire
adjustment for high-speed 690 kg (1,521 lbs) 300 kPa (44 psi) pressure telltale when one or more
operation. When speed limits and Max. Press. of your tires is significantly
road conditions allow the vehicle under-inflated.
to be driven at high speeds, make Tire Pressure Monitor Accordingly, when the low tire
sure the tires are rated for
high-speed operation, are in
System pressure telltale illuminates, you
should stop and check your tires as
excellent condition, and are set to The Tire Pressure Monitor System
soon as possible, and inflate them
the correct cold tire inflation (TPMS) uses radio and sensor
to the proper pressure. Driving on a
pressure for the vehicle load. technology to check tire pressure
significantly under-inflated tire
levels. The TPMS sensors monitor
causes the tire to overheat and can
the air pressure in your tires and
Vehicles with 235/65R18, 235/ lead to tire failure. Under-inflation
transmit tire pressure readings to a
55R20 or 245/65R17 size tires also reduces fuel efficiency and tire
receiver located in the vehicle.
require inflation pressure adjustment
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
324 Vehicle Care

tread life, and may affect the of reasons, including the installation the tires and transmit the tire
vehicle's handling and stopping of replacement or alternate tires or pressure readings to a receiver
ability. wheels on the vehicle that prevent located in the vehicle.
Please note that the TPMS is not a the TPMS from functioning properly.
substitute for proper tire Always check the TPMS malfunction
maintenance, and it is the driver's telltale after replacing one or more
responsibility to maintain correct tire tires or wheels on your vehicle to
pressure, even if under-inflation has ensure that the replacement or
not reached the level to trigger alternate tires and wheels allow the
illumination of the TPMS low tire TPMS to continue to function
pressure telltale. properly. When a low tire pressure condition
See Tire Pressure Monitor is detected, the TPMS illuminates
Your vehicle has also been
Operation 0 324. the low tire pressure warning light
equipped with a TPMS malfunction
located on the instrument cluster.
indicator to indicate when the See Radio Frequency Statement
If the warning light comes on, stop
system is not operating properly. 0 394.
as soon as possible and inflate the
The TPMS malfunction indicator is
tires to the recommended pressure
combined with the low tire pressure Tire Pressure Monitor shown on the Tire and Loading
telltale. When the system detects a
malfunction, the telltale will flash for
Operation Information label. See Vehicle Load
Limits 0 217.
approximately one minute and then This vehicle may have a Tire
remain continuously illuminated. Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). A message to check the pressure in
This sequence will continue upon The TPMS is designed to warn the a specific tire displays in the Driver
subsequent vehicle start-ups as driver when a low tire pressure Information Center (DIC). The low
long as the malfunction exists. condition exists. TPMS sensors are tire pressure warning light and the
mounted onto each tire and wheel DIC warning message come on at
When the malfunction indicator is
assembly, excluding the spare tire each ignition cycle until the tires are
illuminated, the system may not be
and wheel assembly. The TPMS inflated to the correct inflation
able to detect or signal low tire
sensors monitor the air pressure in pressure. Using the DIC, tire
pressure as intended. TPMS
pressure levels can be viewed. For
malfunctions may occur for a variety
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Vehicle Care 325

additional information and details The TPMS can warn about a low TPMS Malfunction Light and
about the DIC operation and tire pressure condition but it does Message
displays see Driver Information not replace normal tire
Center (DIC) (Base and Midlevel) maintenance. See Tire Inspection The TPMS will not function properly
0 145 or Driver Information Center 0 328, Tire Rotation 0 328 and Tires if one or more of the TPMS sensors
(DIC) (Uplevel) 0 148. 0 314. are missing or inoperable. When the
system detects a malfunction, the
The low tire pressure warning light low tire pressure warning light
may come on in cool weather when Caution flashes for about one minute and
the vehicle is first started, and then then stays on for the remainder of
turn off as the vehicle is driven. This Tire sealant materials are not all
the ignition cycle. A DIC warning
could be an early indicator that the the same. A non-approved tire
message also displays. The
air pressure is getting low and sealant could damage the TPMS malfunction light and DIC warning
needs to be inflated to the proper sensors. TPMS sensor damage message come on at each ignition
pressure. caused by using an incorrect tire cycle until the problem is corrected.
sealant is not covered by the Some of the conditions that can
A Tire and Loading Information
vehicle warranty. Always use only cause these to come on are:
label, attached to your vehicle,
shows the size of the original the GM approved tire sealant
. One of the road tires has been
equipment tires and the correct available through your dealer or
replaced with the spare tire. The
inflation pressure for the tires when included in the vehicle.
spare tire does not have a
they are cold. See Vehicle Load TPMS sensor. The malfunction
Limits 0 217, for an example of the Factory-installed Tire Inflator Kits light and DIC message should
Tire and Loading Information label use a GM-approved liquid tire go off after the road tire is
and its location. Also see Tire sealant. Using non-approved tire replaced and the sensor
Pressure 0 321. sealants could damage the TPMS matching process is performed
sensors. See Tire Sealant and successfully. See “TPMS Sensor
Compressor Kit 0 337 for Matching Process” later in this
information regarding the inflator kit section.
materials and instructions.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
326 Vehicle Care

. The TPMS sensor matching . Operating electronic devices or When the recommended
process was not done or not being near facilities using radio pressure is reached, the horn
completed successfully after wave frequencies similar to the sounds once and the turn
rotating the tires. The TPMS could cause the TPMS signal lamp will stop flashing
malfunction light and the DIC sensors to malfunction. and briefly turn solid.
message should go off after If the TPMS is not functioning Repeat these steps for all
successfully completing the properly it cannot detect or signal a underinflated tires that have
sensor matching process. See low tire pressure condition. See illuminated the low tire pressure
"TPMS Sensor Matching your dealer for service if the TPMS warning light.
Process" later in this section. malfunction light and DIC message If the tire is overinflated by more
. One or more TPMS sensors are come on and stay on. than 35 kPa (5 psi), the horn will
missing or damaged. The sound multiple times and the turn
malfunction light and the DIC Tire Fill Alert (If Equipped)
signal lamp will continue to flash for
message should go off when the This feature provides visual and eight seconds after filling stops. To
TPMS sensors are installed and audible alerts outside the vehicle to release and correct the pressure,
the sensor matching process is help when inflating an underinflated while the turn signal lamp is still
performed successfully. See tire to the recommended cold tire flashing, briefly press the center of
your dealer for service. pressure. the valve stem. When the
. Replacement tires or wheels do When the low tire pressure warning recommended pressure is reached,
not match the original equipment light comes on: the horn sounds once.
tires or wheels. Tires and wheels If the turn signal lamp does not flash
1. Park the vehicle in a safe, level
other than those recommended within 15 seconds after starting to
place.
could prevent the TPMS from inflate the tire, the tire fill alert has
functioning properly. See Buying 2. Set the parking brake firmly.
not been activated or is not working.
New Tires 0 330. 3. Place the vehicle in P (Park).
If the hazard warning flashers are
4. Add air to the tire that is on, the tire fill alert visual feedback
underinflated. The turn signal will not work properly.
lamp will flash.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Vehicle Care 327

The TPMS will not activate the tire TPMS Sensor Matching There are two minutes to match the
fill alert properly under the following Process first tire/wheel position, and
conditions: five minutes overall to match all four
Each TPMS sensor has a unique tire/wheel positions. If it takes
. There is interference from an identification code. The identification
external device or transmitter. longer, the matching process stops
code needs to be matched to a new and must be restarted.
. The air pressure from the tire/wheel position after rotating the
inflation device is not sufficient vehicle’s tires or replacing one or The TPMS sensor matching
to inflate the tire. more of the TPMS sensors. The process is:
TPMS sensor matching process 1. Set the parking brake.
. There is a malfunction in should also be performed after
the TPMS. replacing a spare tire with a road 2. Place the vehicle in Service
. There is a malfunction in the tire containing the TPMS sensor. Mode. See Ignition Positions
horn or turn signal lamps. The malfunction light and the DIC 0 221.
. The identification code of the message should go off at the next 3. Make sure the Tire Pressure
ignition cycle. The sensors are info page option is turned on.
TPMS sensor is not registered to
matched to the tire/wheel positions, The info pages on the DIC can
the system.
using a TPMS relearn tool, in the be turned on and off through
. The battery of the TPMS sensor following order: driver side front tire, the Options menu.
is low. passenger side front tire, passenger See Driver Information Center
If the tire fill alert does not operate side rear tire, and driver side rear (DIC) (Base and Midlevel)
due to TPMS interference, move the tire. See your dealer for service or 0 145 or Driver Information
vehicle about 1 m (3 ft) back or to purchase a relearn tool. A TPMS Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 148.
forward and try again. If the tire fill relearn tool can also be purchased.
4. Use the DIC controls on the
alert feature is not working, use a See Tire Pressure Monitor Sensor
right side of the steering wheel
tire pressure gauge. Activation Tool at
to scroll to the Tire Pressure
www.gmtoolsandequipment.com or
screen under the DIC
call 1-800-GM TOOLS
info page.
(1-800-468-6657).
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
328 Vehicle Care

5. Press and hold V in the center identification code has been . The tread or sidewall is
of the DIC controls. matched to the driver side rear cracked, cut, or snagged
tire, and the TPMS sensor deep enough to show cord or
The horn sounds twice to matching process is no longer
signal the receiver is in relearn fabric.
active. The TIRE LEARNING
mode and the TIRE ACTIVE message on the DIC . The tire has a bump, bulge,
LEARNING ACTIVE message display goes off. or split.
displays on the DIC display.
11. Turn the vehicle off. . The tire has a puncture, cut,
6. Start with the driver side
front tire. 12. Set all four tires to the or other damage that cannot
recommended air pressure be repaired well because of
7. Place the relearn tool against level as indicated on the Tire the size or location of the
the tire sidewall, near the valve and Loading Information label. damage.
stem. Then press the button to
activate the TPMS sensor. Tire Inspection
A horn chirp confirms that the Tire Rotation
sensor identification code has We recommend that the tires, Tires should be rotated every
been matched to this tire and including the spare tire, if the 12 000 km (7,500 mi). See
wheel position. vehicle has one, be inspected Maintenance Schedule 0 369.
8. Proceed to the passenger side for signs of wear or damage at
least once a month. Tires are rotated to achieve a
front tire, and repeat the
procedure in Step 7. uniform wear for all tires. The
Replace the tire if: first rotation is the most
9. Proceed to the passenger side important.
. The indicators at three or
rear tire, and repeat the
procedure in Step 7. more places around the tire Anytime unusual wear is
can be seen. noticed, rotate the tires as soon
10. Proceed to the driver side rear
tire, and repeat the procedure . There is cord or fabric as possible, check for proper tire
in Step 7. The horn sounds two showing through the tire's inflation pressure, and check for
times to indicate the sensor rubber. damaged tires or wheels. If the
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Vehicle Care 329

unusual wear continues after the Loading Information label after Lightly coat the center of the
rotation, check the wheel the tires have been rotated. wheel hub with wheel bearing
alignment. See Tire Pressure 0 321 and grease after a wheel change or
See When It Is Time for New Vehicle Load Limits 0 217. tire rotation to prevent corrosion
Tires 0 329 and Wheel Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor or rust build-up. Do not get
Replacement 0 334. System. See Tire Pressure grease on the flat wheel
Monitor Operation 0 324. mounting surface or on the
wheel nuts or bolts.
Check that all wheel nuts are
properly tightened. See “Wheel When It Is Time for New
Nut Torque” under Capacities Tires
and Specifications 0 381.
Factors such as maintenance,
{ Warning temperatures, driving speeds,
vehicle loading, and road conditions
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the affect the wear rate of the tires.
parts to which it is fastened, can
make wheel nuts become loose
after time. The wheel could come
Use this rotation pattern when off and cause an accident. When
rotating the tires. changing a wheel, remove any
rust or dirt from places where the
If the vehicle has a compact wheel attaches to the vehicle. In
spare tire, do not include it in the an emergency, a cloth or a paper
tire rotation. towel can be used; however, use
Adjust the front and rear tires to a scraper or wire brush later to
the recommended inflation remove all rust or dirt.
pressure on the Tire and
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
330 Vehicle Care

Treadwear indicators are one way to Vehicle Storage GM strongly recommends
tell when it is time for new tires. buying tires with the same TPC
Tires age when stored normally
Treadwear indicators appear when Spec rating.
mounted on a parked vehicle. Park
the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)
a vehicle that will be stored for at GM's exclusive TPC Spec
or less of tread remaining.
least a month in a cool, dry, clean system considers over a dozen
See Tire Inspection 0 328 and Tire
area away from direct sunlight to
Rotation 0 328. critical specifications that impact
slow aging. This area should be free
The rubber in tires ages over time. of grease, gasoline, or other the overall performance of the
This also applies to the spare tire, substances that can deteriorate vehicle, including brake system
if the vehicle has one, even if it is rubber. performance, ride and handling,
never used. Multiple factors traction control, and tire
Parking for an extended period can
including temperatures, loading
cause flat spots on the tires that
pressure monitoring
conditions, and inflation pressure performance. GM's TPC Spec
may result in vibrations while
maintenance affect how fast aging number is molded onto the tire's
driving. When storing a vehicle for
takes place. GM recommends that sidewall near the tire size. If the
at least a month, remove the tires or
tires, including the spare if
raise the vehicle to reduce the tires have an all-season tread
equipped, be replaced after six
years, regardless of tread wear. The
weight from the tires. design, the TPC Spec number
tire manufacture date is the last four will be followed by MS for mud
digits of the DOT Tire Identification Buying New Tires and snow. See Tire Sidewall
Number (TIN) which is molded into GM has developed and matched Labeling 0 316.
one side of the tire sidewall. The specific tires for the vehicle. The GM recommends replacing worn
first two digits represent the week original equipment tires installed
(01–52) and the last two digits, the
tires in complete sets of four.
year. For example, the third week of
were designed to meet General Uniform tread depth on all tires
the year 2010 would have a Motors Tire Performance Criteria will help to maintain the
four-digit DOT date of 0310. Specification (TPC Spec) performance of the vehicle.
system rating. When Braking and handling
replacement tires are needed, performance may be adversely
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Vehicle Care 331

affected if all the tires are not
replaced at the same time. Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)
If proper rotation and Only your dealer or authorized suddenly and cause a crash.
maintenance have been done, tire service center should Use only radial-ply tires with
all four tires should wear out at mount or dismount the tires. the wheels on the vehicle.
about the same time. See Tire
Rotation 0 328. However, if it is
necessary to replace only one If the vehicle tires must be
axle set of worn tires, place the { Warning replaced with a tire that does not
new tires on the rear axle. have a TPC Spec number, make
Mixing tires of different sizes, sure they are the same size,
Winter tires with the same speed brands, or types may cause load range, speed rating, and
rating as the original equipment loss of control of the vehicle, construction (radial) as the
tires may not be available for H, resulting in a crash or other original tires.
V, W, Y and ZR speed rated vehicle damage. Use the
tires. Never exceed the winter correct size, brand, and type Vehicles that have a tire
tires’ maximum speed capability of tires on all wheels. pressure monitoring system
when using winter tires with a could give an inaccurate
lower speed rating. low-pressure warning if non-TPC
Spec rated tires are installed.
{ Warning { Warning See Tire Pressure Monitor
System 0 323.
Using bias-ply tires on the
Tires could explode during vehicle may cause the wheel The Tire and Loading
improper service. Attempting rim flanges to develop cracks Information label indicates the
to mount or dismount a tire after many miles of driving. original equipment tires on the
could cause injury or death. A tire and/or wheel could fail vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits
(Continued) 0 217.
(Continued)
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
332 Vehicle Care

Different Size Tires and Warning (Continued)
compact spare tires, tires with
Wheels nominal rim diameters of
developed for the vehicle, and 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),
If wheels or tires are installed that or to some limited-production
are a different size than the original have them properly installed by a
GM certified technician. tires.
equipment wheels and tires, vehicle
performance, including its braking, While the tires available on
ride and handling characteristics, See Buying New Tires 0 330 and General Motors passenger cars
stability, and resistance to rollover Accessories and Modifications and light trucks may vary with
may be affected. If the vehicle has 0 281. respect to these grades, they
electronic systems such as antilock must also conform to federal
brakes, rollover airbags, traction Uniform Tire Quality safety requirements and
control, electronic stability control,
or All-Wheel Drive, the performance Grading additional General Motors Tire
of these systems can also be Performance Criteria (TPC)
The following information relates
affected. standards.
to the system developed by the
United States National Highway Quality grades can be found
{ Warning Traffic Safety Administration where applicable on the tire
(NHTSA), which grades tires by sidewall between tread shoulder
If different sized wheels are used,
treadwear, traction, and and maximum section width. For
there may not be an acceptable
temperature performance. This example:
level of performance and safety if
tires not recommended for those applies only to vehicles sold in Treadwear 200 Traction AA
wheels are selected. This the United States. The grades Temperature A
increases the chance of a crash are molded on the sidewalls of
most passenger car tires. The All Passenger Car Tires Must
and serious injury. Only use GM
Uniform Tire Quality Grading Conform to Federal Safety
specific wheel and tire systems
(UTQG) system does not apply Requirements In Addition To
(Continued) These Grades.
to deep tread, winter tires,
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Vehicle Care 333

Treadwear specified government test performance which all
The treadwear grade is a surfaces of asphalt and passenger car tires must meet
comparative rating based on the concrete. A tire marked C may under the Federal Motor Safety
wear rate of the tire when tested have poor traction performance. Standard No. 109. Grades B and
under controlled conditions on a Warning: The traction grade A represent higher levels of
specified government test assigned to this tire is based on performance on the laboratory
course. For example, a tire straight-ahead braking traction test wheel than the minimum
graded 150 would wear one and tests, and does not include required by law. Warning: The
one-half (1½) times as well on acceleration, cornering, temperature grade for this tire is
the government course as a tire hydroplaning, or peak traction established for a tire that is
graded 100. The relative characteristics. properly inflated and not
performance of tires depends overloaded. Excessive speed,
Temperature
upon the actual conditions of underinflation, or excessive
The temperature grades are A loading, either separately or in
their use, however, and may
(the highest), B, and C, combination, can cause heat
depart significantly from the
representing the tire's resistance buildup and possible tire failure.
norm due to variations in driving
to the generation of heat and its
habits, service practices and
differences in road
ability to dissipate heat when Wheel Alignment and Tire
tested under controlled Balance
characteristics and climate.
conditions on a specified indoor
Traction laboratory test wheel. Sustained The tires and wheels were aligned
and balanced at the factory to
The traction grades, from high temperature can cause the provide the longest tire life and best
highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, material of the tire to degenerate overall performance. Adjustments to
and C. Those grades represent and reduce tire life, and wheel alignment and tire balancing
the tire's ability to stop on wet excessive temperature can lead are not necessary on a regular
pavement as measured under to sudden tire failure. The grade basis. Consider an alignment check
controlled conditions on C corresponds to a level of if there is unusual tire wear or the
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
334 Vehicle Care

vehicle is significantly pulling to one Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel Used Replacement Wheels
side or the other. Some slight pull to nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor
the left or right, depending on the
crown of the road and/or other road
System (TPMS) sensors with new
GM original equipment parts.
{ Warning
surface variations such as troughs Replacing a wheel with a used
or ruts, is normal. If the vehicle is
vibrating when driving on a smooth
{ Warning one is dangerous. How it has
been used or how far it has been
road, the tires and wheels may need Using the wrong replacement driven may be unknown. It could
to be rebalanced. See your dealer wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel fail suddenly and cause a crash.
for proper diagnosis. nuts can be dangerous. It could When replacing wheels, use a
affect the braking and handling of new GM original equipment
Wheel Replacement the vehicle. Tires can lose air, wheel.
Replace any wheel that is bent, and cause loss of control, causing
cracked, or badly rusted or a crash. Always use the correct
corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel Tire Chains
loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and nuts for replacement.
wheel nuts should be replaced. { Warning
If the wheel leaks air, replace it.
Some aluminum wheels can be If the vehicle has a tire size other
repaired. See your dealer if any of Caution than 235/65R18, do not use tire
these conditions exist. chains. There is not enough
The wrong wheel can also cause
clearance. Tire chains used on a
Your dealer will know the kind of problems with bearing life, brake
wheel that is needed. vehicle without the proper amount
cooling, speedometer or
of clearance can cause damage
Each new wheel should have the odometer calibration, headlamp
to the brakes, suspension,
same load-carrying capacity, aim, bumper height, vehicle
or other vehicle parts. The area
diameter, width, offset, and be ground clearance, and tire or tire
damaged by the tire chains could
mounted the same way as the one it chain clearance to the body and
replaces. chassis. (Continued)
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Vehicle Care 335

If a front tire fails, the flat tire
Warning (Continued) Caution (Continued) creates a drag that pulls the vehicle
toward that side. Take your foot off
cause loss of control and a crash. that are the proper size for the the accelerator pedal and grip the
Use another type of traction tires. Install them on the tires of steering wheel firmly. Steer to
device only if its manufacturer the front axle. Do not use chains maintain lane position, and then
recommends it for the vehicle's on the tires of the rear axle. gently brake to a stop, well off the
tire size combination and road Tighten them as tightly as road, if possible.
conditions. Follow that possible with the ends securely
A rear blowout, particularly on a
manufacturer's instructions. To fastened. Drive slowly and follow
curve, acts much like a skid and
avoid vehicle damage, drive slow the chain manufacturer's
may require the same correction as
and readjust or remove the instructions. If the chains contact used in a skid. Stop pressing the
traction device if it contacts the the vehicle, stop and retighten accelerator pedal and steer to
vehicle. Do not spin the wheels. If them. If the contact continues, straighten the vehicle. It may be
traction devices are used, install slow down until it stops. Driving very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake
them on the front tires. too fast or spinning the wheels to a stop, well off the road,
with chains on will damage the if possible.
vehicle.
Caution { Warning
If a Tire Goes Flat Driving on a flat tire will cause
If the vehicle is equipped with
235/65R18 size tires, use tire It is unusual for a tire to blow out permanent damage to the tire.
chains only where legal and only while driving, especially if the tires Re-inflating a tire after it has been
when necessary. Use low profile are maintained properly. See Tires driven on while severely
chains that add no more than 0 314. If air goes out of a tire, it is underinflated or flat may cause a
much more likely to leak out slowly. blowout and a serious crash.
12 mm thickness to the tire tread
But if there is ever a blowout, here Never attempt to re-inflate a tire
and inner sidewall. Use chains are a few tips about what to expect
(Continued) and what to do: (Continued)
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
336 Vehicle Care

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire
Warning (Continued) and wheel damage by driving slowly Warning (Continued)
to a level place, well off the road,
that has been driven on while if possible. Turn on the hazard 5. Place wheel blocks,
severely underinflated or flat. warning flashers. See Hazard if equipped, on both sides of
Have your dealer or an authorized Warning Flashers 0 168. the tire at the opposite
tire service center repair or corner of the tire being
replace the flat tire as soon as changed.
possible.
{ Warning
Changing a tire can be This vehicle may come with a jack
dangerous. The vehicle can slip and spare tire or a tire sealant and
compressor kit. To use the jacking
{ Warning off the jack and roll over or fall
causing injury or death. Find a equipment to change a spare tire
Lifting a vehicle and getting under level place to change the tire. To safely, follow the instructions below.
it to do maintenance or repairs is help prevent the vehicle from Then see Tire Changing 0 344. To
moving: use the tire sealant and compressor
dangerous without the
kit, see Tire Sealant and
appropriate safety equipment and 1. Set the parking brake firmly. Compressor Kit 0 337.
training. If a jack is provided with
the vehicle, it is designed only for 2. Put an automatic When the vehicle has a flat tire (2),
transmission in P (Park) or a use the following example as a
changing a flat tire. If it is used for
manual transmission in guide to assist you in the placement
anything else, you or others could
1 (First) or R (Reverse). of wheel blocks (1), if equipped.
be badly injured or killed if the
vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack 3. Turn off the engine and do
is provided with the vehicle, only not restart while the vehicle
use it for changing a flat tire. is raised.
4. Do not allow passengers to
remain in the vehicle.
(Continued)
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Vehicle Care 337
Warning (Continued) { Warning

and even death. Never run the Storing the tire sealant and
engine in an enclosed area that compressor kit or other
has no fresh air ventilation. For equipment in the passenger
more information, see Engine compartment of the vehicle could
Exhaust 0 228. cause injury. In a sudden stop or
collision, loose equipment could
1. Wheel Block (If Equipped) strike someone. Store the tire
sealant and compressor kit in its
2. Flat Tire { Warning original location.
The following information explains
how to repair or change a tire. Overinflating a tire could cause
the tire to rupture and you or If this vehicle has a tire sealant and
others could be injured. Be sure compressor kit, there may not be a
Tire Sealant and to read and follow the tire sealant spare tire or tire changing
Compressor Kit and compressor kit instructions equipment, and on some vehicles
and inflate the tire to its there may not be a place to store
{ Warning recommended pressure. Do not a tire.
exceed the recommended The tire sealant and compressor
Idling a vehicle in an enclosed pressure. can be used to temporarily seal
area with poor ventilation is punctures up to 6 mm (0.25 in) in
dangerous. Engine exhaust may the tread area of the tire. It can also
enter the vehicle. Engine exhaust be used to inflate an
contains carbon monoxide (CO) underinflated tire.
which cannot be seen or smelled.
It can cause unconsciousness If the tire has been separated from
the wheel, has damaged sidewalls,
(Continued) or has a large puncture, the tire is
too severely damaged for the tire
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
338 Vehicle Care

sealant and compressor kit to be Using the Tire Sealant and
effective. See Roadside Assistance Compressor Kit to Temporarily
Program 0 388. Seal and Inflate a
Read and follow all of the tire Punctured Tire
sealant and compressor kit When using the tire sealant and
instructions. compressor kit during cold
The kit includes: temperatures, warm the kit in a
heated environment for five minutes.
This will help to inflate the tire
faster.
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire
9. Power Plug and wheel damage by driving slowly
10. Air Only Hose to a level place. Turn on the hazard
Tire Sealant warning flashers. See Hazard
Warning Flashers 0 168.
Read and follow the safe handling
See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 335 for
instructions on the label adhered to
other important safety warnings.
the tire sealant canister (4).
Do not remove any objects that
Check the tire sealant expiration
have penetrated the tire.
date on the tire sealant canister.
1. Sealant Canister Inlet Valve The tire sealant canister (4) should 1. Remove the tire sealant
2. Sealant/Air Hose be replaced before its expiration canister (4) and compressor
3. Base of Sealant Canister date. Replacement tire sealant from its storage location. See
4. Tire Sealant Canister canisters are available at your local Storing the Tire Sealant and
5. On/Off Button dealer. Compressor Kit 0 343.
6. Slot on Top of Compressor There is only enough sealant to seal 2. Remove the air only hose (10)
7. Pressure Deflation Button one tire. After usage, the tire sealant and the power plug (9) from the
8. Pressure Gauge canister must be replaced. bottom of the compressor.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Vehicle Care 339

3. Place the compressor on the
ground near the flat tire.
5. Slide the base of the tire 7. Attach the sealant/air hose (2)
sealant canister (3) into the slot to the tire valve stem by turning
on the top of the compressor it clockwise until tight.
4. Attach the air only hose (10) to (6) to hold it upright. 8. Plug the power plug (9) into the
the sealant canister inlet Make sure the tire valve stem accessory power outlet in the
valve (1) by turning it clockwise is positioned close to the vehicle. Unplug all items from
until tight. ground so the hose will other accessory power outlets.
reach it. See Power Outlets 0 124.
6. Remove the valve stem cap If the vehicle has an accessory
from the flat tire by turning it power outlet, do not use the
counterclockwise. cigarette lighter.
If the vehicle only has a
cigarette lighter, use the
cigarette lighter.
Do not pinch the power plug
cord in the door or window.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
340 Vehicle Care

9. Start the vehicle. The vehicle is on. Turn the compressor off Therefore, Steps 13–21 must
must be running while using to get an accurate pressure be done immediately after
the air compressor. reading. The compressor may Step 12.
10. Press the on/off button (5) to be turned on/off until the Be careful while handling the
turn the tire sealant and correct pressure is reached. tire sealant and compressor kit
compressor kit on. as it could be warm after
Caution usage.
The compressor will inject
sealant and air into the tire. If the recommended pressure 13. Unplug the power plug (9) from
The pressure gauge (8) will cannot be reached after the accessory power outlet in
initially show a high pressure approximately 25 minutes, the the vehicle.
while the compressor pushes vehicle should not be driven 14. Turn the sealant/air hose (2)
the sealant into the tire. Once farther. The tire is too severely counterclockwise to remove it
the sealant is completely damaged and the tire sealant and from the tire valve stem.
dispersed into the tire, the compressor kit cannot inflate the 15. Replace the tire valve
pressure will quickly drop and tire. Remove the power plug from stem cap.
start to rise again as the tire the accessory power outlet and
inflates with air only. unscrew the inflating hose from 16. Remove the tire sealant
canister (4) from the slot on top
11. Inflate the tire to the the tire valve. See Roadside
of the compressor (6).
recommended inflation Assistance Program 0 388.
pressure using the pressure 17. Turn the air only hose (10)
gauge (8). The recommended counterclockwise to remove it
12. Press the on/off button (5) to from the tire sealant canister
inflation pressure can be found turn the tire sealant and
on the Tire and Loading inlet valve (1).
compressor kit off.
Information label. See Tire 18. Turn the sealant/air hose (2)
Pressure 0 321. The tire is not sealed and will clockwise onto the sealant
continue to leak air until the canister inlet valve (1) to
The pressure gauge (8) may vehicle is driven and the
read higher than the actual tire prevent sealant leakage.
sealant is distributed in the tire.
pressure while the compressor
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Vehicle Care 341

19. Return the air only hose (10) Tire Sealant and Compressor 27. After temporarily sealing a tire
and power plug (9) back to Kit without Sealant to Inflate a using the tire sealant and
their original storage location. Tire (Not Punctured).” compressor kit, take the
If the tire pressure has fallen vehicle to an authorized dealer
more than 68 kPa (10 psi) within 161 km (100 mi) of
below the recommended driving to have the tire repaired
inflation pressure, stop driving or replaced.
the vehicle. The tire is too Using the Tire Sealant and
severely damaged and the tire Compressor Kit without
sealant cannot seal the tire. Sealant to Inflate a Tire (Not
20. If the flat tire was able to inflate See Roadside Assistance
to the recommended inflation Program 0 388.
Punctured)
pressure, remove the The kit includes:
If the tire pressure has not
maximum speed label from the
dropped more than 68 kPa
sealant canister and place it in
(10 psi) from the recommended
a highly visible location.
inflation pressure, inflate the
Do not exceed the speed on tire to the recommended
this label until the damaged tire inflation pressure.
is repaired or replaced.
24. Wipe off any sealant from the
21. Return the equipment to its wheel, tire, or vehicle.
original storage location in the
25. Dispose of the used tire
vehicle.
sealant canister (4) at a local
22. Immediately drive the vehicle dealer or in accordance with
8 km (5 mi) to distribute the local state codes and practices.
sealant in the tire.
26. Replace it with a new canister
23. Stop at a safe location and available from your dealer. 1. Sealant Canister Inlet Valve
check the tire pressure. Refer 2. Sealant/Air Hose
to Steps 1–10 under “Using the 3. Base of Sealant Canister
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
342 Vehicle Care

4. Tire Sealant Canister 1. Remove the compressor from If the vehicle only has a
5. On/Off Button its storage location. See cigarette lighter, use the
6. Slot on Top of Compressor Storing the Tire Sealant and cigarette lighter.
7. Pressure Deflation Button Compressor Kit 0 343. Do not pinch the power plug
8. Pressure Gauge 2. Remove the air only hose (10) cord in the door or window.
and the power plug (9) from the 7. Start the vehicle. The vehicle
bottom of the compressor. must be running while using
3. Place the compressor on the the air compressor.
ground near the flat tire. 8. Press the on/off button (5) to
Make sure the tire valve stem turn the tire sealant and
is positioned close to the compressor kit on.
ground so the hose will The compressor will inflate the
reach it. tire with air only.
4. Remove the valve stem cap 9. Inflate the tire to the
from the flat tire by turning it recommended inflation
counterclockwise. pressure using the pressure
9. Power Plug 5. Attach the air only hose (10) to gauge (8). The recommended
10. Air Only Hose the tire valve stem by turning it inflation pressure can be found
clockwise until tight. on the Tire and Loading
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire Information label. See Tire
and wheel damage by driving slowly 6. Plug the power plug (9) into the
accessory power outlet in the Pressure 0 321.
to a level place. Turn on the hazard
warning flashers. See Hazard vehicle. Unplug all items from The pressure gauge (8) may
Warning Flashers 0 168. other accessory power outlets. read higher than the actual tire
See Power Outlets 0 124. pressure while the compressor
See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 335 for is on. Turn the compressor off
other important safety warnings. If the vehicle has an accessory
power outlet, do not use the to get an accurate pressure
cigarette lighter.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Vehicle Care 343

reading. The compressor may 12. Turn the air only hose (10)
be turned on/off until the counterclockwise to remove it
correct pressure is reached. from the tire valve stem.
13. Replace the tire valve
Caution stem cap.
If the recommended pressure 14. Return the air only hose (10)
cannot be reached after and power plug (9) back to
approximately 25 minutes, the their original storage location.
vehicle should not be driven 15. Return the equipment to its
farther. The tire is too severely original storage location in the
damaged and the tire sealant and vehicle.
compressor kit cannot inflate the The tire sealant and compressor kit 2. Lift the load floor.
tire. Remove the power plug from has accessory adapters located in a 3. Remove the cargo
the accessory power outlet and compartment on the bottom of its management system. See
unscrew the inflating hose from housing that can be used to inflate Cargo Management System
the tire valve. See Roadside air mattresses, balls, etc. 0 113.
Assistance Program 0 388.
Storing the Tire Sealant
10. Press the on/off button (5) to and Compressor Kit
turn the tire sealant and
The tire sealant and compressor kit
compressor kit off.
is in a bag in the rear compartment
Be careful while handling the storage area.
compressor as it could be
1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate
warm after usage.
0 42.
11. Unplug the power plug (9) from
the accessory power outlet in
the vehicle.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
344 Vehicle Care
4. Turn the retainer nut 2. Lift the load floor. 4. Turn the wing nut (3)
counterclockwise to remove the 3. Remove the cargo counterclockwise to remove the
tire sealant and compressor management system. See jack (1) and wheel wrench (2).
kit bag. Cargo Management System Place the tool container near
5. Remove the tire sealant and 0 113. the tire being changed.
compressor kit from the bag. 5. Remove the spare tire and
To store the tire sealant and place it next to the tire being
compressor kit, reverse the steps. changed.
Removing the Flat Tire and
Tire Changing Installing the Spare Tire
Removing the Spare Tire and 1. Do a safety check before
Tools proceeding. See If a Tire Goes
Flat 0 335.
To access the spare tire and tools:
0 42.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Vehicle Care 345
Warning (Continued)
killed. Never get under a vehicle
when it is supported only by
a jack.
{ Warning
Raising the vehicle with the jack
improperly positioned can
2. Turn the wheel wrench 4. Position the jack lift head at the damage the vehicle and even
counterclockwise to loosen all jack location nearest the make the vehicle fall. To help
the wheel nuts, but do not flat tire. avoid personal injury and vehicle
remove them yet. damage, be sure to fit the jack lift
The jacking location is
3. Place the jack near the flat tire. indicated by a half circle notch head into the proper location
in the metal flange. The jack before raising the vehicle.
Caution must not be used in any other
position.
Make sure that the jack lift head { Warning
is in the correct position or you { Warning
may damage your vehicle. The Lifting a vehicle and getting under
repairs would not be covered by Getting under a vehicle when it is it to do maintenance or repairs is
your warranty. lifted on a jack is dangerous. dangerous without the
If the vehicle slips off the jack, appropriate safety equipment and
you could be badly injured or training. If a jack is provided with
(Continued) (Continued)
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
346 Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued)
the vehicle, it is designed only for
changing a flat tire. If it is used for
anything else, you or others could
be badly injured or killed if the
vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack
is provided with the vehicle, only
use it for changing a flat tire.
Caution 5. Turn the wheel wrench 8. Remove all of the wheel nuts.
clockwise to raise the jack lift 9. Remove the flat tire.
Using a jack to raise the vehicle head until the slots in the jack
without positioning it correctly head fit into the metal flange
could damage your vehicle. When behind the cut out on the { Warning
raising your vehicle on a jack, be plastic molding. Do not raise
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
sure to position it correctly under the vehicle yet.
parts to which it is fastened, can
the frame and avoid contact with 6. Put the compact spare tire make wheel nuts become loose
the plastic molding. near you. after time. The wheel could come
7. Turn the wrench clockwise in off and cause an accident. When
the jack to raise the vehicle. changing a wheel, remove any
Raise the vehicle far enough rust or dirt from places where the
off the ground so that there is wheel attaches to the vehicle. In
enough room for the spare tire an emergency, a cloth or a paper
to fit under the wheel well. (Continued)
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Vehicle Care 347
Warning (Continued) { Warning Warning (Continued)

towel can be used; however, use Never use oil or grease on bolts using accessory locking wheel
a scraper or wire brush later to or nuts because the nuts might nuts. See Capacities and
remove all rust or dirt. come loose. The vehicle's wheel Specifications 0 381 for original
could fall off, causing a crash. equipment wheel nut torque
specifications.
12. Reinstall the wheel nuts.
Tighten each nut by hand until
the wheel is held against Caution
the hub.
13. Lower the vehicle by turning Improperly tightened wheel nuts
the jack handle can lead to brake pulsation and
counterclockwise. rotor damage. To avoid expensive
brake repairs, evenly tighten the
{ Warning wheel nuts in the proper
sequence and to the proper
Wheel nuts that are improperly or torque specification. See
incorrectly tightened can cause Capacities and Specifications
10. Remove any rust or dirt from 0 381 for the wheel nut torque
the wheels to become loose or
the wheel bolts, mounting
come off. The wheel nuts should specification.
surfaces, and spare wheel.
be tightened with a torque wrench
11. Place the compact spare tire to the proper torque specification
on the wheel-mounting surface. after replacing. Follow the torque
specification supplied by the
aftermarket manufacturer when
(Continued)
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
348 Vehicle Care

Storing the Flat Tire
Caution
Wheel covers will not fit on the
vehicle's compact spare. If you try
to put a wheel cover on the
compact spare, the cover or the
spare could be damaged.
{ Warning
14. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly in Storing a jack, a tire, or other
a crisscross sequence, as equipment in the passenger
shown. compartment of the vehicle could 1. Liftgate Hinges
cause injury. In a sudden stop or 2. Cable
15. Lower the jack all the way and
remove the jack from under the collision, loose equipment could 3. Center of the Wheel
vehicle. strike someone. Store all these in
4. Door Striker
the proper place.
16. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly
with the wheel wrench.
When reinstalling the wheel cover or
center cap on the full-size tire,
tighten all six plastic caps hand
snug with the aid of the wheel
wrench and tighten them with the
wheel wrench an additional
one-quarter of a turn.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Vehicle Care 349

To store the flat tire: 4. Pull the cable through the door
striker and the center of the
wheel.
8. Make sure the metal tube is

centered at the striker. Push
1. Remove the cable package the tube toward the front of the
from under the spare tire, jack, vehicle.
and tools. 5. Hook the cable onto the 9. Close the liftgate and make
2. Remove the small cap by outside portion of the liftgate sure it is fully latched.
tapping the back of the cap hinges.
The compact spare is for temporary
with the extension of the shaft, 6. Hook the other end of the cable use only. Replace the compact
if the vehicle has aluminum onto the outside portion of the spare tire with a full-size tire as
wheels. liftgate hinge on the other side soon as you can.
3. Put the flat tire in the rear of the vehicle.
storage area with the valve 7. Pull on the cable to make sure Storing the Compact Spare
stem facing the rear of the it is secure. Tire and Tools
vehicle. To store the spare tire and tools:
0 42.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
350 Vehicle Care

2. Lift the load floor. If this vehicle has a compact spare Performance of the All-Wheel
3. Remove the cargo tire, it was fully inflated when new; Drive (AWD) system will be
management system. however, it can lose air over time. automatically reduced to protect the
Check the inflation pressure system when using the compact
4. Put back the spare tire and all regularly. It should be 420 kPa spare. To restore the AWD and
tools as they were stored in the (60 psi). prevent excessive wear on the
rear storage compartment. clutch in the AWD, replace the
Stop as soon as possible and check
5. Install the cargo management that the spare tire is correctly compact spare tire with a full-size
system and load floor. inflated after being installed on the tire as soon as possible.
The compact spare is for temporary vehicle. The compact spare tire is
use only. Replace the compact designed for temporary use only. Caution
spare tire with a full-size tire as The vehicle will perform differently
with the spare tire installed and it is When the compact spare is
soon as you can. installed, do not take the vehicle
recommended that the vehicle
speed be limited to 80 km/h through an automatic car wash
Compact Spare Tire (50 mph). To conserve the tread of with guide rails. The compact
the spare tire, have the standard tire spare can get caught on the rails
{ Warning repaired or replaced as soon as which can damage the tire, wheel,
convenient and return the spare tire and other parts of the vehicle.
Driving with more than one to the storage area.
compact spare tire at a time could
result in loss of braking and When using a compact spare tire, Do not use the compact spare on
handling. This could lead to a the ABS and Traction Control other vehicles.
crash and you or others could be systems may engage until the spare
Do not mix the compact spare tire or
injured. Use only one compact tire is recognized by the vehicle,
wheel with other wheels or tires.
especially on slippery roads. Adjust
spare tire at a time. They will not fit. Keep the spare tire
driving to reduce possible
and its wheel together.
wheel slip.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Vehicle Care 351
Caution Jump Starting Warning (Continued)

Tire chains will not fit the compact Jump Starting - North HANDLING. For more information
spare. Using them can damage America go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/
the vehicle and the chains. Do not passenger-vehicle.
use tire chains on the compact For more information about the
spare. vehicle battery, see Battery - North
America 0 299. See California Proposition
65 Warning 0 280 and the back
If the battery has run down, try to cover.
use another vehicle and some
jumper cables to start your vehicle.
Be sure to use the following steps to { Warning
do it safely. Batteries can hurt you. They can
be dangerous because:
{ Warning . They contain acid that can
WARNING: Battery posts, burn you.
terminals, and related . They contain gas that can
accessories contain lead and lead explode or ignite.
compounds, chemicals known to . They contain enough
the State of California to cause electricity to burn you.
cancer and birth defects or other
reproductive harm. Batteries also If you do not follow these steps
contain other chemicals known to exactly, some or all of these
the State of California to cause things can hurt you.
cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER
(Continued)
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
352 Vehicle Care

3. Good Battery Negative (-) 3. Set the parking brake firmly
Caution Terminal and put the shift lever in
4. Good Battery Positive (+) P (Park) with an automatic
Ignoring these steps could result transmission, or Neutral with a
Terminal
in costly damage to the vehicle manual transmission. See
that would not be covered by the The jump start positive (+)
Shifting Into Park 0 226.
vehicle warranty. Trying to start Terminal (1) and the negative
the vehicle by pushing or pulling it remote negative terminal (2) for the
discharged battery are on the driver Caution
will not work, and it could damage
the vehicle. side of the vehicle.
If any accessories are left on or
The jump start positive (+) plugged in during the jump
terminal (4) and negative (-) starting procedure, they could be
terminal (3) are on the battery of the damaged. The repairs would not
vehicle providing the jump start. be covered by the vehicle
1. Check the other vehicle. warranty. Whenever possible, turn
It must have a 12-volt battery off or unplug all accessories on
with a negative ground system. either vehicle when jump starting.
Caution 4. Turn the ignition off. Turn off all

lights and accessories in both
If the other vehicle does not have
vehicles, except the hazard
a 12-volt system with a negative warning flashers if needed.
ground, both vehicles can be
damaged. Only use a vehicle that
1. Discharged Battery has a 12-volt system with a
Positive (+) Terminal negative ground for jump starting.
2. Discharged Battery Remote
Negative (-) Terminal 2. Position the two vehicles so
that they are not touching.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Vehicle Care 353

10. Try to start the vehicle that had
{ Warning { Warning the dead battery. If it will not
start after a few tries, it
An electric fan can start up even Fans or other moving engine probably needs service.
when the engine is not running parts can injure you badly. Keep
and can injure you. Keep hands, your hands away from moving
clothing, and tools away from any parts once the engine is running.
Caution
underhood electric fan. If the jumper cables are
5. Connect one end of the red connected or removed in the
positive (+) cable to the wrong order, electrical shorting
{ Warning positive (+) terminal on the
discharged battery.
may occur and damage the
vehicle. The repairs would not be
Using a match near a battery can 6. Connect the other end of the covered by the vehicle warranty.
cause battery gas to explode. red positive (+) cable to the Always connect and remove the
People have been hurt doing this, positive (+) terminal of the good jumper cables in the correct order,
and some have been blinded. battery. making sure that the cables do
Use a flashlight if you need more not touch each other or other
7. Connect one end of the black
light. metal.
negative (–) cable to the
Battery fluid contains acid that negative (–) terminal of the
can burn you. Do not get it on good battery. Jumper Cable Removal
you. If you accidentally get it in 8. Connect the other end of the Reverse the sequence exactly when
your eyes or on your skin, flush black negative (–) cable to the removing the jumper cables.
the place with water and get remote negative (–) terminal for
medical help immediately. After starting the disabled vehicle
the discharged battery. and removing the jumper cables,
9. Start the engine in the vehicle allow it to idle for several minutes.
with the good battery and run
the engine at idle speed for at
least four minutes.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
354 Vehicle Care

Towing the Vehicle Front Attachment Points known as dinghy towing and dolly
towing. Dinghy towing is towing the
vehicle with all four wheels on the
Caution ground. Dolly towing is towing the
vehicle with two wheels on the
Incorrectly towing a disabled ground and two wheels up on a
vehicle may cause damage. The device known as a dolly.
damage would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. Here are some important things to
consider before recreational vehicle
Do not lash or hook to towing:
suspension components. Use the
. The towing capacity of the
proper straps around the tires to
towing vehicle. Be sure to read
secure the vehicle.
the tow vehicle manufacturer's
recommendations.
Use only a flatbed tow truck for The vehicle is equipped with
. How far the vehicle will be
towing a disabled vehicle. Never specific attachment points to be
used by the towing provider. These towed. Some vehicles have
use a sling type lift or damage will restrictions on how far and how
occur. Use ramps to help reduce holes may be used to pull the
vehicle from a flat road surface onto long they can tow.
approach angles if necessary.
A towed vehicle should have its the flatbed tow truck. . The proper towing equipment.
drive wheels off the ground. See your dealer or trailering
Consult a professional towing
Recreational Vehicle professional for additional advice
and equipment
service if the disabled vehicle must Towing recommendations.
be towed. Recreational vehicle towing means . If the vehicle is ready to be
towing the vehicle behind another towed. Just as preparing the
vehicle, such as behind a motor vehicle for a long trip, make sure
home. The two most common types the vehicle is prepared to be
of recreational vehicle towing are towed.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Vehicle Care 355

Dinghy Towing (3.6L For vehicles being dinghy towed,
Caution V6 Engine) the vehicle should be run at the
beginning of each day and at each
Use of a shield mounted in front RV fuel stop for about five minutes.
of the vehicle grille could restrict This will ensure proper lubrication of
airflow and cause damage to the transmission components.
transmission. The repairs would
not be covered by the vehicle To tow the vehicle from the front
warranty. If using a shield, only with all four wheels on the ground:
use one that attaches to the 1. Position the vehicle that will be
towing vehicle. towed and secure it to the
towing vehicle.
Dinghy Towing (2.5L L4
Engine)
If the vehicle is front-wheel drive, it

can be dinghy towed from the front.
These vehicles may also be towed
by putting the front wheels on a
dolly. See “Dolly Towing” later in this
section.
If the vehicle is all-wheel drive, it
can be dinghy towed from the front.
These vehicles can also be towed
by placing them on a platform trailer 2. Remove the shift lever boot by
with all four wheels off of the pulling up on the rear of the
ground. These vehicles cannot be trim plate.
This vehicle was not designed or towed using a dolly.
intended to be dinghy towed.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
356 Vehicle Care

3. Use a small screwdriver or tool Once the destination has been
to press and hold the manual reached: Caution (Continued)
release button on the rear right. 1. Shift the vehicle to P (Park). spare tire. Towing with two
4. Put the vehicle in N (Neutral). 2. Reinstall the shift lever boot by different tire sizes on the front of
inserting the front edge and the vehicle can cause severe
Caution pressing the rear of the trim damage to the transmission.
plate until it snaps into place.
If the vehicle is towed without
performing each of the steps 3. Start the engine and let it idle Dolly Towing (All-Wheel-Drive
listed under “Dinghy Towing,” the for more than three minutes Vehicles)
automatic transmission could be before driving the vehicle.
damaged. Be sure to follow all
steps of the dinghy towing Caution
procedure prior to and after
Too much or too little fluid can
towing the vehicle.
damage the transmission. Be
sure that the transmission fluid is
at the proper level before towing
Caution with all four wheels on the
ground.
If 105 km/h (65 mph) is exceeded
while towing the vehicle, it could
be damaged. Never exceed
105 km/h (65 mph) while towing Caution
All-wheel-drive vehicles must not be
the vehicle. towed with two wheels on the
Do not tow a vehicle with the front
drive wheels on the ground if one ground. To properly tow these
of the front tires is a compact vehicles, they should be placed on
a platform trailer with all four wheels
(Continued) off of the ground.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Vehicle Care 357

Dolly Towing 6. Release the parking brake.
(Front-Wheel-Drive Caution
Towing the Vehicle from
Vehicles Only) the Rear Towing the vehicle from the rear
could damage it. Also, repairs
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Never have the
vehicle towed from the rear.
To tow a front-wheel-drive vehicle

from the front with the rear wheels
on the ground:
1. Put the front wheels on a dolly.
2. Move the shift lever to P (Park).
See Shifting Into Park 0 226.
3. Set the parking brake.
4. Secure the vehicle to the dolly.
5. Follow the dolly manufacturer's
instructions for preparing the
vehicle and dolly for towing.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
358 Vehicle Care

Appearance Care Caution (Continued) Caution (Continued)
Exterior Care your dealer. Follow all This could cause damage that
manufacturer directions regarding would not be covered by the
Locks correct product usage, necessary vehicle warranty.
Locks are lubricated at the factory. safety precautions, and
Use a de-icing agent only when appropriate disposal of any If using an automatic car wash,
absolutely necessary, and have the vehicle care product. follow the car wash instructions. The
locks greased after using. See windshield wiper and rear window
Recommended Fluids and wiper, if equipped, must be off.
Lubricants 0 377. Remove any accessories that may
Caution
Washing the Vehicle be damaged or interfere with the car
Avoid using high-pressure wash equipment.
To preserve the vehicle's finish,
wash it often and out of direct washes closer than 30 cm (12 in) Rinse the vehicle well, before
sunlight. to the surface of the vehicle. Use washing and after, to remove all
of power washers exceeding cleaning agents completely. If they
8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result are allowed to dry on the surface,
Caution they could stain.
in damage or removal of paint
Do not use petroleum-based, and decals. Dry the finish with a soft, clean
acidic, or abrasive cleaning chamois or an all-cotton towel to
agents as they can damage the avoid surface scratches and water
vehicle's paint, metal, or plastic spotting.
Caution
parts. If damage occurs, it would
Finish Care
not be covered by the vehicle Do not power wash any
warranty. Approved cleaning component under the hood that Application of aftermarket clearcoat
products can be obtained from sealant/wax materials is not
has this e symbol.
recommended. If painted surfaces
(Continued) (Continued) are damaged, see your dealer to
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Vehicle Care 359

have the damage assessed and The bright metal moldings on the
repaired. Foreign materials such as Caution vehicle are aluminum, chrome,
calcium chloride and other salts, ice or stainless steel. To prevent
melting agents, road oil and tar, tree Machine compounding or damage always follow these
sap, bird droppings, chemicals from aggressive polishing on a cleaning instructions:
industrial chimneys, etc., can basecoat/clearcoat paint finish
may damage it. Use only . Be sure the molding is cool to
damage the vehicle's finish if they the touch before applying any
remain on painted surfaces. Wash non-abrasive waxes and polishes
that are made for a basecoat/ cleaning solution.
the vehicle as soon as possible.
If necessary, use non-abrasive clearcoat paint finish on the . Use only approved cleaning
cleaners that are marked safe for vehicle. solutions for aluminum, chrome,
painted surfaces to remove foreign or stainless steel. Some
matter. cleaners are highly acidic or
To keep the paint finish looking new, contain alkaline substances and
Occasional hand waxing or mild keep the vehicle garaged or can damage the moldings.
polishing should be done to remove covered whenever possible.
residue from the paint finish. See . Always dilute a concentrated
your dealer for approved cleaning Protecting Exterior Bright Metal cleaner according to the
products. Moldings manufacturer’s instructions.
Do not apply waxes or polishes to . Do not use cleaners that are not
Caution intended for automotive use.
uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber,
decals, simulated wood, or flat paint Failure to clean and protect the . Use a nonabrasive wax on the
as damage can occur. bright metal moldings can result vehicle after washing to protect
in a hazy white finish or pitting. and extend the molding finish.
This damage would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
360 Vehicle Care

Cleaning Exterior Lamps/ . Aftermarket appearance caps or Shutter System
Lenses, Emblems, Decals, and covers while the lamps are
Stripes illuminated, due to excessive
heat generated.
Use only lukewarm or cold water, a
soft cloth, and a car washing soap
to clean exterior lamps, lenses, Caution
emblems, decals, and stripes. Failure to clean lamps properly
Follow instructions under "Washing can cause damage to the lamp
the Vehicle" previously in this
cover that would not be covered
section.
by the vehicle warranty.
Lamp covers are made of plastic,
and some have a UV protective
coating. Do not clean or wipe them
when dry. Caution
The vehicle may have a shutter
Do not use any of the following on Using wax on low gloss black system designed to help increase
lamp covers: finish stripes can increase the fuel economy. Keep the shutter
. Abrasive or caustic agents. gloss level and create a system clean for proper operation.
. Washer fluids and other cleaning non-uniform finish. Clean low Windshield and Wiper Blades
agents in higher concentrations gloss stripes with soap and
water only. Clean the outside of the windshield
than suggested by the with glass cleaner.
manufacturer.
Air Intakes Clean rubber blades using a lint-free
. Solvents, alcohols, fuels, cloth or paper towel soaked with
or other harsh cleaners. Clear debris from the air intakes, windshield washer fluid or a mild
. Ice scrapers or other hard items. between the hood and windshield, detergent. Wash the windshield
when washing the vehicle. thoroughly when cleaning the
blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Vehicle Care 361

a buildup of vehicle wash/wax
treatments may cause wiper Caution Caution (Continued)
streaking.
Using petroleum-based tire chlorides are used on roads for
Replace the wiper blades if they are dressing products on the vehicle conditions such as ice and dust.
worn or damaged. Damage can be may damage the paint finish and/ Always wash the chrome with
caused by extreme dusty or tires. When applying a tire soap and water after exposure.
conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun, dressing, always wipe off any
snow, and ice. overspray from all painted
Weatherstrips surfaces on the vehicle.
Caution
Apply weatherstrip lubricant on
weatherstrips to make them last Wheels and Trim — Aluminum To avoid surface damage, do not
longer, seal better, and not stick or or Chrome use strong soaps, chemicals,
squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips at abrasive polishes, cleaners,
Use a soft, clean cloth with mild
least once a year. Hot, dry climates brushes, or cleaners that contain
soap and water to clean the wheels.
may require more frequent acid on aluminum or
After rinsing thoroughly with clean
application. Black marks from chrome-plated wheels. Use only
water, dry with a soft, clean towel.
rubber material on painted surfaces approved cleaners. Also, never
A wax may then be applied.
can be removed by rubbing with a drive a vehicle with aluminum or
clean cloth. See Recommended chrome-plated wheels through an
Fluids and Lubricants 0 377. Caution automatic car wash that uses
Tires Chrome wheels and other chrome silicone carbide tire cleaning
trim may be damaged if the brushes. Damage could occur
Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to and the repairs would not be
clean the tires. vehicle is not washed after driving
on roads that have been sprayed covered by the vehicle warranty.
with magnesium, calcium,
or sodium chloride. These
(Continued)
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
362 Vehicle Care

Brake System with a clean cloth will make them Original manufacturer replacement
last longer, seal better, and not stick parts will provide the corrosion
Visually inspect brake lines and
or squeak. protection while maintaining the
hoses for proper hook-up, binding,
vehicle warranty.
leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Inspect Underbody Maintenance
disc brake pads for wear and rotors Finish Damage
for surface condition. Inspect drum At least twice a year, spring and fall,
brake linings/shoes for wear or use plain water to flush any Quickly repair minor chips and
cracks. Inspect all other brake parts. corrosive materials from the scratches with touch-up materials
underbody. Take care to thoroughly available from your dealer to avoid
Steering, Suspension, and clean any areas where mud and corrosion. Larger areas of finish
Chassis Components other debris can collect. damage can be corrected in your
Do not directly power wash the dealer's body and paint shop.
Visually inspect steering,
suspension, and chassis transfer case and/or front/rear axle Chemical Paint Spotting
components for damaged, loose, output seals. High pressure water
can overcome the seals and Airborne pollutants can fall upon
or missing parts or signs of wear at
contaminate the fluid. Contaminated and attack painted vehicle surfaces
least once a year.
fluid will decrease the life of the causing blotchy, ring-shaped
Inspect power steering for proper transfer case and/or axles and discolorations, and small, irregular
attachment, connections, binding, should be replaced. dark spots etched into the paint
leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. surface. See “Finish Care”
Visually check constant velocity joint Sheet Metal Damage previously in this section.
boots and axle seals for leaks. If the vehicle is damaged and
requires sheet metal repair or Interior Care
Body Component Lubrication replacement, make sure the body To prevent dirt particle abrasions,
Lubricate all key lock cylinders, repair shop applies anti-corrosion regularly clean the vehicle's interior.
hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and the material to parts repaired or Immediately remove any soils.
steel fuel door hinges, unless the replaced to restore corrosion Newspapers or dark garments can
components are plastic. Applying protection. transfer color to the vehicle’s
silicone grease on weatherstrips interior.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Vehicle Care 363

Use a soft bristle brush to remove . Never rub any surface
dust from knobs and crevices on the aggressively or with too much Caution
instrument cluster. Using a mild pressure.
soap solution, immediately remove To prevent scratching, never use
. Do not use laundry detergents or abrasive cleaners on automotive
hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect dishwashing soaps with
repellent from all interior surfaces or glass. Abrasive cleaners or
degreasers. For liquid cleaners, aggressive cleaning may damage
permanent damage may result. use approximately 20 drops per the rear window defogger.
Use cleaners specifically designed 3.8 L (1 gal) of water.
for the surfaces being cleaned to A concentrated soap solution will
prevent permanent damage. Apply create streaks and attract dirt. Cleaning the windshield with water
all cleaners directly to the cleaning Do not use solutions that contain during the first three to six months
cloth. Do not spray cleaners on any strong or caustic soap. of ownership will reduce tendency
switches or controls. Remove to fog.
. Do not heavily saturate the
cleaners quickly. upholstery when cleaning. Speaker Covers
Before using cleaners, read and . Do not use solvents or cleaners Vacuum around a speaker cover
follow all safety instructions on the containing solvents.
label. While cleaning the interior, gently, so that the speaker will not
be damaged. Clean spots with water
open the doors and windows to get Interior Glass and mild soap.
proper ventilation.
To clean, use a terry cloth fabric
To prevent damage, do not clean dampened with water. Wipe droplets Coated Moldings
the interior using the following left behind with a clean dry cloth. Coated moldings should be cleaned.
cleaners or techniques: If necessary, use a commercial
. When lightly soiled, wipe with a
. Never use a razor or any other glass cleaner after cleaning with
plain water. sponge or soft, lint-free cloth
sharp object to remove soil from dampened with water.
any interior surface.
. When heavily soiled, use warm
. Never use a brush with stiff soapy water.
bristles.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
364 Vehicle Care

Fabric/Carpet/Suede to a clean area frequently to Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces
prevent forcing the soil in to the and Vehicle Information and
Start by vacuuming the surface
fabric. Radio Displays
using a soft brush attachment. If a
rotating vacuum brush attachment is 4. Continue gently rubbing the Use a microfiber cloth on high gloss
being used, only use it on the floor soiled area until there is no surfaces or vehicle displays. First,
carpet. Before cleaning, gently longer any color transfer from use a soft bristle brush to remove
remove as much of the soil as the soil to the cleaning cloth. dirt that can scratch the surface.
possible: 5. If the soil is not completely Then gently clean by rubbing with a
. Gently blot liquids with a paper removed, use a mild soap microfiber cloth. Never use window
towel. Continue blotting until no solution followed only by plain cleaners or solvents. Periodically
more soil can be removed. water. hand wash the microfiber cloth
separately, using mild soap. Do not
. For solid soils, remove as much If the soil is not completely use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse
as possible prior to vacuuming. removed, it may be necessary to thoroughly and air dry before
use a commercial upholstery next use.
To clean:
cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small
1. Saturate a clean, lint-free hidden area for colorfastness before
colorfast cloth with water. using a commercial upholstery Caution
Microfiber cloth is cleaner or spot lifter. If ring
recommended to prevent lint Do not attach a device with a
formation occurs, clean the entire
transfer to the fabric or carpet. fabric or carpet. suction cup to the display. This
may cause damage and would
2. Remove excess moisture by After cleaning, use a paper towel to not be covered by the vehicle
gently wringing until water does blot excess moisture. warranty.
not drip from the cleaning cloth.
3. Start on the outside edge of the
soil and gently rub toward the
center. Fold the cleaning cloth
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Vehicle Care 365

Instrument Panel, Leather, Cargo Cover and
Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces, Caution (Continued) Convenience Net
Low Gloss Paint Surfaces, and the appearance and feel of Wash with warm water and mild
Natural Open Pore Wood leather or soft trim, and are not detergent. Do not use chlorine
Surfaces recommended. bleach. Rinse with cold water, and
Use a soft microfiber cloth then dry completely.
dampened with water to remove Do not use cleaners that increase Care of Seat Belts
dust and loose dirt. For a more gloss, especially on the instrument
thorough cleaning, use a soft Keep belts clean and dry.
panel. Reflected glare can decrease
microfiber cloth dampened with a visibility through the windshield
mild soap solution. under certain conditions. { Warning
Caution Do not bleach or dye seat belt
Caution webbing. It may severely weaken
Soaking or saturating leather, Use of air fresheners may cause the webbing. In a crash, they
especially perforated leather, as permanent damage to plastics might not be able to provide
well as other interior surfaces, and painted surfaces. If an air adequate protection. Clean and
may cause permanent damage. freshener comes in contact with rinse seat belt webbing only with
Wipe excess moisture from these any plastic or painted surface in mild soap and lukewarm water.
surfaces after cleaning and allow the vehicle, blot immediately and Allow the webbing to dry.
them to dry naturally. Never use clean with a soft cloth dampened
heat, steam, or spot removers. Do with a mild soap solution.
not use cleaners that contain Damage caused by air fresheners
silicone or wax-based products. would not be covered by the
Cleaners containing these vehicle warranty.
solvents can permanently change
(Continued)
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
366 Vehicle Care

Floor Mats . Do not use a floor mat if the Some vehicles have floor mats with
vehicle is not equipped with a a button-type retainer.
floor mat retainer on the driver
{ Warning side floor. Removing and Replacing the
Floor Mat
If a floor mat is the wrong size or . Use the floor mat with the
correct side up. Do not turn 1. Pull up on the rear of the mat
is not properly installed, it can
it over. to unlock and remove.
interfere with the pedals.
Interference with the pedals can . 2. Reinstall the floor mat by lining
Do not place anything on top of
cause unintended acceleration the driver side floor mat. up the floor mat opening over
and/or increased stopping the carpet retainer and
. Use only a single floor mat on snapping into position.
distance which can cause a crash
the driver side.
and injury. Make sure the floor 3. Make sure the floor mat is
mat does not interfere with the . Do not place one floor mat on properly secured. Verify the
pedals. top of another. floor mat does not interfere
with the pedals.
Button Retainer
Use the following guidelines for
proper floor mat usage.
. The original equipment floor
mats were designed for your
vehicle. If the floor mats need
replacing, it is recommended
that GM certified floor mats be
purchased. Non-GM floor mats
may not fit properly and may
interfere with the accelerator or
brake pedal. Always check that
the floor mats do not interfere
with the pedals.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Service and Maintenance 367

Service and General Information for routine maintenance such as oil
changes and tire rotations and
Maintenance Your vehicle is an important
investment. This section describes
additional maintenance items like
tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper
the required maintenance for the blades.
General Information vehicle. Follow this schedule to help
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 367 protect against major repair Caution
expenses resulting from neglect or
Maintenance Schedule inadequate maintenance. It may Damage caused by improper
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 369 also help to maintain the value of maintenance can lead to costly
the vehicle if it is sold. It is the repairs and may not be covered
Special Application Services responsibility of the owner to have
Special Application by the vehicle warranty.
all required maintenance performed. Maintenance intervals, checks,
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
Your dealer has trained technicians inspections, recommended fluids,
Additional Maintenance who can perform required and lubricants are important to
and Care maintenance using genuine keep the vehicle in good working
Additional Maintenance replacement parts. They have condition.
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374 up-to-date tools and equipment for
fast and accurate diagnostics. Many Do not have chemical flushes that
Recommended Fluids, dealers have extended evening and are not approved by GM
Lubricants, and Parts Saturday hours, courtesy performed on the vehicle. The
Recommended Fluids and transportation, and online use of flushes, solvents, cleaners,
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377 scheduling to assist with service or lubricants that are not
Maintenance Replacement needs. approved by GM could damage
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378 the vehicle, requiring expensive
Your dealer recognizes the
Maintenance Records repairs that are not covered by
importance of providing
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 379 competitively priced maintenance the vehicle warranty.
and repair services. With trained
technicians, the dealer is the place
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
368 Service and Maintenance

The Tire Rotation and Required The Additional Required Services -
Services are the responsibility of the Severe are for vehicles that are: Warning (Continued)
vehicle owner. It is recommended to . Mainly driven in heavy city traffic
have your dealer perform these have a trained technician do the
in hot weather work. See Doing Your Own
services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.
Proper vehicle maintenance helps to . Mainly driven in hilly or Service Work 0 281.
keep the vehicle in good working mountainous terrain
condition, improves fuel economy, . Frequently towing a trailer
and reduces vehicle emissions.
. Used for high speed or
Because of the way people use competitive driving
vehicles, maintenance needs vary.
There may need to be more . Used for taxi, police, or delivery
frequent checks and services. The service
Additional Required Services - Refer to the information in the
Normal are for vehicles that: Maintenance Schedule Additional
. Carry passengers and cargo Required Services - Severe chart.
within recommended limits on
the Tire and Loading Information { Warning
label. See Vehicle Load Limits
0 217. Performing maintenance work can
be dangerous and can cause
. Are driven on reasonable road
serious injury. Perform
surfaces within legal driving
maintenance work only if the
limits.
required information, proper tools,
. Use the recommended fuel. See and equipment are available.
Fuel 0 267. If they are not, see your dealer to
Refer to the information in the (Continued)
Maintenance Schedule Additional
Required Services - Normal chart.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

. Visually inspect windshield wiper
Maintenance filter must be changed at least once
a year and the oil life system must blades for wear, cracking,
Schedule be reset. Your trained dealer or contamination. See Exterior
technician can perform this work. Care 0 358. Replace worn or
Owner Checks and Services If the engine oil life system is reset damaged wiper blades. See
At Each Fuel Stop accidentally, service the vehicle Wiper Blade Replacement
within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the 0 301.
. Check the engine oil level. See last service. Reset the oil life
Engine Oil 0 286. . Check tire inflation pressures.
system when the oil is changed. See Tire Pressure 0 321.
Once a Month See Engine Oil Life System 0 288.
. Inspect tire wear. See Tire
. Check the tire inflation Tire Rotation and Required Inspection 0 328.
pressures. See Tire Pressure Services Every 12 000 km/ .
0 321. Visually check for fluid leaks.
7,500 mi
. Inspect the tires for wear. See . Inspect engine air cleaner filter.
Rotate the tires, if recommended for See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
Tire Inspection 0 328. the vehicle, and perform the 0 290.
. Check the windshield washer following services. See Tire
Rotation 0 328. . Inspect brake system. See
fluid level. See Washer Fluid
0 296. Exterior Care 0 358.
. Check engine oil level and oil
life percentage. If needed, . Visually inspect steering,
Engine Oil Change suspension, and chassis
change engine oil and filter, and
When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL reset oil life system. components for damaged, loose,
SOON message displays, have the See Engine Oil 0 286 and or missing parts or signs of
engine oil and filter changed within Engine Oil Life System 0 288. wear. See Exterior Care 0 358.
the next 1 000 km/600 mi. If driven . Check engine coolant level. See . Check restraint system
under the best conditions, the components. See Safety System
Cooling System 0 291.
engine oil life system may not Check 0 77.
indicate the need for vehicle service . Check windshield washer fluid
for up to a year. The engine oil and level. See Washer Fluid 0 296. . Visually inspect fuel system for
damage or leaks.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

. Visually inspect exhaust system . Check tire sealant expiration
and nearby heat shields for date, if equipped. See Tire
loose or damaged parts. Sealant and Compressor Kit
. Lubricate body components. See 0 337.
Exterior Care 0 358. . Inspect sunroof track and seal,
. Check starter switch. See Starter if equipped. See Sunroof 0 53.
Switch Check 0 300.
. Check automatic transmission
shift lock control function. See
Automatic Transmission Shift
Lock Control Function Check
0 300.
. Check parking brake and
automatic transmission park
mechanism. See Park Brake and
P (Park) Mechanism Check
0 300.
. Check accelerator pedal for
damage, high effort, or binding.
Replace if needed.
. Visually inspect gas strut for
signs of wear, cracks, or other
damage. Check the hold open
ability of the strut. If the hold
open ability is low, service the
gas strut. See Gas Strut(s)
0 302.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
1 2 0 0 0 k m/7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 k m/1 5 ,0 0 0 mi
3 6 0 0 0 k m/2 2 ,5 0 0 mi
4 8 0 0 0 k m/3 0 ,0 0 0 mi
6 0 0 0 0 k m/3 7 ,5 0 0 mi
7 2 0 0 0 k m/4 5 ,0 0 0 mi
8 4 0 0 0 k m/5 2 ,5 0 0 mi
9 6 0 0 0 k m/6 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 0 8 0 0 0 k m/6 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 2 0 0 0 0 k m/7 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 3 2 0 0 0 k m/8 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 4 4 0 0 0 k m/9 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 5 6 0 0 0 k m/9 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 6 8 0 0 0 k m/1 0 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 8 0 0 0 0 k m/11 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 9 2 0 0 0 k m/1 2 0 ,0 0 0 mi
2 0 4 0 0 0 k m/1 2 7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 1 6 0 0 0 k m/1 3 5 ,0 0 0 mi
2 2 8 0 0 0 k m/1 4 2 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 0 k m/1 5 0 ,0 0 0 mi
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Normal
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @
Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @
Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @
Replace brake fluid. (6)
Footnotes — Maintenance Passenger compartment air filter (2) Visually check all fuel and vapor
Schedule Additional Required replacement may also be needed if lines and hoses for proper
Services - Normal there is reduced airflow, window attachment, connection, routing, and
(1) Or every two years, whichever fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer condition.
comes first. More frequent can help determine when to replace (3) Or every four years, whichever
passenger compartment air filter the filter. comes first. If driving in dusty
replacement may be needed if conditions, inspect the filter at each
driving in areas with heavy traffic, oil change or more often as needed.
poor air quality, high dust levels,
or environmental allergens.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

(4) Or every five years, whichever (5) Or every 10 years, whichever (6) Replace brake fluid every five
comes first. See Cooling System comes first. Inspect for fraying, years. See Brake Fluid 0 298.
0 291. excessive cracking, or damage;
replace, if needed.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
1 2 0 0 0 k m/7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 k m/1 5 ,0 0 0 mi
3 6 0 0 0 k m/2 2 ,5 0 0 mi
4 8 0 0 0 k m/3 0 ,0 0 0 mi
6 0 0 0 0 k m/3 7 ,5 0 0 mi
7 2 0 0 0 k m/4 5 ,0 0 0 mi
8 4 0 0 0 k m/5 2 ,5 0 0 mi
9 6 0 0 0 k m/6 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 0 8 0 0 0 k m/6 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 2 0 0 0 0 k m/7 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 3 2 0 0 0 k m/8 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 4 4 0 0 0 k m/9 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 5 6 0 0 0 k m/9 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 6 8 0 0 0 k m/1 0 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 8 0 0 0 0 k m/11 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 9 2 0 0 0 k m/1 2 0 ,0 0 0 mi
2 0 4 0 0 0 k m/1 2 7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 1 6 0 0 0 k m/1 3 5 ,0 0 0 mi
2 2 8 0 0 0 k m/1 4 2 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 0 k m/1 5 0 ,0 0 0 mi
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Severe
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @
Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @
Change automatic transmission fluid. @ @ @
Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @
Replace brake fluid. (6)
Footnotes — Maintenance or environmental allergens. (2) Visually check all fuel and vapor
Schedule Additional Required Passenger compartment air filter lines and hoses for proper
Services - Severe replacement may also be needed if attachment, connection, routing, and
(1) Or every two years, whichever there is reduced airflow, window condition.
comes first. More frequent fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer (3) Or every four years, whichever
passenger compartment air filter can help determine when to replace comes first. If driving in dusty
replacement may be needed if the filter. conditions, inspect the filter at each
driving in areas with heavy traffic, oil change or more often as needed.
poor air quality, high dust levels,
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

(4) Or every five years, whichever Special Application Additional
comes first. See Cooling System
0 291. Services Maintenance and Care
(5) Or every 10 years, whichever . Severe Commercial Use Your vehicle is an important
comes first. Inspect for fraying, Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis investment and caring for it properly
excessive cracking, or damage; components every oil change. may help to avoid future costly
replace, if needed. . repairs. To maintain vehicle
Have underbody flushing service
(6) Replace brake fluid every five performed. See "Underbody performance, additional
years. See Brake Fluid 0 298. Maintenance" in Exterior Care maintenance services may be
0 358. required.
It is recommended that your dealer
perform these services — their
trained dealer technicians know
your vehicle best. Your dealer can
also perform a thorough
assessment with a multi-point
inspection to recommend when your
vehicle may need attention.
The following list is intended to
explain the services and conditions
to look for that may indicate
services are required.
Battery
The 12-volt battery supplies power
to start the engine and operate any
additional electrical accessories.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

. To avoid break-down or failure to . Trained dealer technicians have Lamps
start the vehicle, maintain a access to tools and equipment Properly working headlamps,
battery with full cranking power. to inspect the brakes and taillamps, and brake lamps are
. Trained dealer technicians have recommend quality parts important to see and be seen on
the diagnostic equipment to test engineered for the vehicle. the road.
the battery and ensure that the Fluids . Signs that the headlamps need
connections and cables are attention include dimming, failure
corrosion-free. Proper fluid levels and approved
fluids protect the vehicle’s systems to light, cracking, or damage.
Belts and components. See The brake lamps need to be
Recommended Fluids and checked periodically to ensure
. Belts may need replacing if they
Lubricants 0 377 for GM approved that they light when braking.
squeak or show signs of
cracking or splitting. fluids. . With a multi-point inspection,
. Engine oil and windshield your dealer can check the lamps
. Trained dealer technicians have
washer fluid levels should be and note any concerns.
access to tools and equipment
to inspect the belts and checked at every fuel fill. Shocks and Struts
recommend adjustment or . Instrument cluster lights may
Shocks and struts help aid in control
replacement when necessary. come on to indicate that fluids for a smoother ride.
may be low and need to be
Brakes filled. . Signs of wear may include
Brakes stop the vehicle and are steering wheel vibration, bounce/
crucial to safe driving. Hoses sway while braking, longer
Hoses transport fluids and should stopping distance, or uneven
. Signs of brake wear may include
be regularly inspected to ensure tire wear.
chirping, grinding, or squealing
noises, or difficulty stopping. that there are no cracks or leaks. . As part of the multi-point
With a multi-point inspection, your inspection, trained dealer
dealer can inspect the hoses and technicians can visually inspect
advise if replacement is needed. the shocks and struts for signs
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

of leaking, blown seals, Vehicle Care . Trained dealer technicians can
or damage, and can advise To help keep the vehicle looking like inspect the windshield and
when service is needed. new, vehicle care products are recommend proper replacement
available from your dealer. For if needed.
Tires
information on how to clean and Wiper Blades
Tires need to be properly inflated, protect the vehicle’s interior and
rotated, and balanced. Maintaining exterior, see Interior Care 0 362 and Wiper blades need to be cleaned
the tires can save money and fuel, Exterior Care 0 358. and kept in good condition to
and can reduce the risk of tire provide a clear view.
failure. Wheel Alignment . Signs of wear include streaking,
. Signs that the tires need to be Wheel alignment is critical for skipping across the windshield,
replaced include three or more ensuring that the tires deliver and worn or split rubber.
visible treadwear indicators; cord optimal wear and performance. . Trained dealer technicians can
or fabric showing through the . Signs that the alignment may check the wiper blades and
rubber; cracks or cuts in the need to be adjusted include replace them when needed.
tread or sidewall; or a bulge or pulling, improper vehicle
split in the tire. handling, or unusual tire wear.
. Trained dealer technicians can . Your dealer has the required
inspect and recommend the right equipment to ensure proper
tires. Your dealer can also wheel alignment.
provide tire/wheel balancing
services to ensure smooth Windshield
vehicle operation at all speeds. For safety, appearance, and the
Your dealer sells and services best viewing, keep the windshield
name brand tires. clean and clear.
. Signs of damage include
scratches, cracks, and chips.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Automatic Transmission DEXRON-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant.
See Cooling System 0 291.
Engine Oil Engine oil meeting the dexos1 specification of the proper SAE viscosity
grade. ACDelco dexos1 is recommended. See Engine Oil 0 286.
Hood Latch Assembly, Secondary Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 89021668, in
Latch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, and Canada 89021674) or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2,
Release Pawl Category LB or GC-LB.
Hydraulic Brake System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19353126, in
Canada 19299819).
Key Lock Cylinders, Hood and Door Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in
Hinges Canada 10953474).
Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or
equivalent.
Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection
requirements.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Maintenance Replacement Parts
Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
2.5L L4 Engine 23321606 A3212C
3.6L V6 Engine 15278634 A3083C
Engine Oil Filter
2.5L L4 Engine 12640445 PF64
3.6L V6 Engine 19330000 PF63E
Passenger Compartment Air Filter 13508023 CF185
Spark Plugs
2.5L L4 Engine 12627160 41-115
3.6L V6 Engine 12646780 41-130
Wiper Blades
Front Driver – 60.0 cm (23.6 in) 23372088 —
Front Passenger – 50 cm (19.7 in) 23360287 —
Rear – 30.0 cm (11.8 in) 23299093 —
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Maintenance Records
After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the
type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.
Odometer
Date Serviced By Services Performed
Reading
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
380 Technical Data

Technical Data Vehicle Identification parts. See “Engine Specifications”
under Capacities and Specifications
0 381 for the vehicle's engine code.
Vehicle Identification
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
Vehicle Identification Service Parts
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380 Identification Label
Service Parts Identification
There may be a label in the rear
Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
compartment, under the load floor,
Vehicle Data inside the cargo storage shelf unit,
Capacities and that contains the following
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381 information:
Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . 383 . Vehicle Identification
This legal identifier is in the front
corner of the instrument panel, on Number (VIN)
the driver side of the vehicle. It can . Model designation
be seen through the windshield from
. Paint information
outside. The Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN) also appears on the . Production options and special
Vehicle Certification and Service equipment
Parts labels and certificates of title If there is no label, there is a
and registration. barcode on the certification label on
Engine Identification the center (B) pillar to scan for this
same information.
The eighth character in the VIN is
the engine code. This code
identifies the vehicle's engine,
specifications, and replacement
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Technical Data 381

Vehicle Data
Capacities and Specifications
The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 377 for more information.
Capacities
Application Metric English
Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and
charge amount, see the refrigerant label under the
hood. See your dealer for more information.
Cooling System
2.5L L4 Engine 9.2 L 9.7 qt
2.5L L4 Engine - with rear HVAC 10.7 L 11.3 qt
3.6L V6 Engine 11.4 L 12.0 qt
3.6L V6 Engine - with rear HVAC 12.9 L 13.7 qt
Engine Oil with Filter
2.5L L4 Engine FWD 4.7 L 5.0 qt
2.5L L4 Engine AWD 5.7 L 6.0 qt
3.6L V6 Engine 5.7 L 6.0 qt
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
382 Technical Data
Capacities
Application Metric English
Fuel Tank
FWD 73.4 L 19.4 gal
AWD 82.1 L 21.7 gal
Transfer Case Fluid 1.0 L 1.0 qt
Wheel Nut Torque 190 Y 140 lb ft
All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this
manual. Recheck fluid level after filling.
Engine Specifications
Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap
2.5L L4 Engine A Automatic 0.95–1.10 mm (0.037–
0.043 in)
3.6L V6 Engine S Automatic 0.80–0.90 mm (0.031–
0.035 in)
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Technical Data 383

Engine Drive Belt Routing
2.5L L4 Engine
3.6L V6 Engine
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
384 Customer Information

Customer Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects to
Customer Information
Information the United States
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394 Customer Satisfaction
Reporting Safety Defects to Procedure
Customer Information the Canadian Your satisfaction and goodwill are
Customer Satisfaction Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395 important to your dealer and to
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384 Reporting Safety Defects to GMC. Normally, any concerns with
Customer Assistance General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
the sales transaction or the
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386 Vehicle Data Recording and operation of the vehicle will be
Customer Assistance for Text resolved by your dealer's sales or
Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 387
Privacy
Vehicle Data Recording and service departments. Sometimes,
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . 387 however, despite the best intentions
GM Mobility Reimbursement Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 396 of all concerned, misunderstandings
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388 can occur. If your concern has not
Roadside Assistance OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 397 been resolved to your satisfaction,
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388 the following steps should be taken:
Scheduling Service
Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390 STEP ONE : Discuss your concern
Courtesy Transportation with a member of dealership
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390 management. Normally, concerns
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 391 can be quickly resolved at that level.
Service Publications Ordering If the matter has already been
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393 reviewed with the sales, service,
Radio Frequency or parts manager, contact the owner
Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394 of your dealership or the general
manager.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Customer Information 385

STEP TWO : If after contacting a When contacting GMC, remember decision given in your case, you
member of dealership management, that your concern will likely be may reject it and proceed with any
it appears your concern cannot be resolved at a dealer's facility. That is other venue for relief available
resolved by your dealership without why we suggest following Step One to you.
further help, in the U.S., call first. You may contact the BBB Auto Line
1-800-462-8782. In Canada, call STEP THREE — U.S. Owners : Program using the toll-free
General Motors of Canada Both General Motors and your telephone number or write them at
Customer Care Centre at dealer are committed to making the following address:
1-800-263-3777 (English), sure you are completely satisfied
or 1-800-263-7854 (French). BBB Auto Line Program
with your new vehicle. However, Council of Better Business Bureaus,
We encourage you to call the if you continue to remain unsatisfied Inc.
toll-free number in order to give your after following the procedure 3033 Wilson Blvd.
inquiry prompt attention. Have the outlined in Steps One and Two, you Suite 600
following information available to can file with the Better Business Arlington, VA 22201
give the Customer Assistance Bureau (BBB) Auto Line Program to
representative: enforce your rights. Telephone: 1-800-955-5100
http://www.bbb.org/council/
. Vehicle Identification The BBB Auto Line Program is an programs-services/
Number (VIN). This is available out-of-court program administered dispute-handling-and-resolution/
from the vehicle registration or by the Council of Better Business bbb-auto-line
title, or the plate at the top left of Bureaus to settle automotive
the instrument panel and visible disputes regarding vehicle repairs or This program is available in all
through the windshield. the interpretation of the New Vehicle 50 states and the District of
Limited Warranty. Although you may Columbia. Eligibility is limited by
. Dealership name and location.
be required to resort to this informal vehicle age, mileage, and other
. Vehicle delivery date and dispute resolution program prior to factors. General Motors reserves
present mileage. filing a court action, use of the the right to change eligibility
program is free of charge and your limitations and/or discontinue its
case will generally be heard within participation in this program.
40 days. If you do not agree with the
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

STEP THREE — Canadian For further information concerning United States and Puerto Rico
Owners : In the event that you do eligibility in the Canadian Motor
GMC Customer Assistance Center
not feel your concerns have been Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),
P.O. Box 33172
addressed after following the call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call
Detroit, MI 48232-5172
procedure outlined in Steps One the General Motors Customer Care
and Two, General Motors of Canada Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English), www.GMC.com
Company wants you to be aware of 1-800-263-7854 (French), 1-800-GMC-8782 (1-800-462-8782)
its participation in a no-charge or write to: 1-888-889-2438 (For Text
Mediation/Arbitration Program. Mediation/Arbitration Program Telephone devices (TTYs))
General Motors of Canada c/o Customer Care Centre Roadside Assistance:
Company has committed to binding General Motors of Canada 1-888-881-3302
arbitration of owner disputes Company
involving factory-related vehicle From U.S. Virgin Islands:
Mail Code: CA1-163-005
service claims. The program 1908 Colonel Sam Drive 1-800-496-9994
provides for the review of the facts Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
involved by an impartial third party Canada
arbiter, and may include an informal Your inquiry should be accompanied
General Motors of Canada
hearing before the arbiter. The by the Vehicle Identification
Company
program is designed so that the Number (VIN).
Customer Care Centre, Mail Code:
entire dispute settlement process, CA1-163-005
from the time you file your complaint Customer Assistance 1908 Colonel Sam Drive
to the final decision, should be Offices Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
completed in about 70 days. We www.gmc.ca
believe our impartial program offers GMC encourages customers to call
advantages over courts in most the toll-free number for assistance. 1-800-263-3777 (English)
jurisdictions because it is informal, However, if a customer wishes to 1-800-263-7854 (French)
quick, and free of charge. write or e-mail GMC, the letter 1-800-263-3830 (For Text
should be addressed to: Telephone Devices (TTYs))
Roadside Assistance:
1-800-268-6800
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Overseas Membership Benefits See my.gmc.com to register your
E : Download owner’s manuals vehicle.
Please contact the local General
Motors Business Unit. and view vehicle-specific how-to GMC Centre (Canada) gmc.ca
videos.
Take a trip to the GMC Centre:
Customer Assistance for G : View maintenance schedules, . Chat live with online help
Text Telephone (TTY) alerts, and OnStar onboard vehicle
representatives.
Users diagnostic information. Schedule
service appointments. . Use the Vehicle Tools section.
To assist customers who are deaf,
hard of hearing, or speech-impaired
I : View and print dealer-recorded . Access third party enthusiast
service records and self-recorded sites and social media networks.
and who use Text Telephones
service records. .
(TTYs), GMC has TTY equipment Locate resources such as
available at its Customer Assistance D : Select a dealer and view lease-end, financing, and
Center. Any TTY user in the U.S. locations, maps, phone numbers, warranty information.
can communicate with GMC by and hours. . Retrieve your favorite articles,
dialing: 1-888-889-2438. TTY users r : Track your vehicle’s warranty quizzes, tips, and multimedia
in Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830. information. galleries organized into the
J : View active recalls by Vehicle Features and Auto Care
Online Owner Center Sections.
Identification Number (VIN). See
Online Owner Experience Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) . Download the owner’s manual
(U.S.) my.gmc.com 0 380. for your vehicle, quickly and
H : View GM Card, SiriusXM easily.
The GMC online owner experience
is a one-stop resource that allows Satellite radio (if equipped), and . Find the GMC-recommended
interaction with GMC and keeps OnStar account information (if maintenance services for your
important vehicle-specific equipped). vehicle.
information in one place. F : Chat live with online help
representatives.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

GM Mobility Roadside Assistance Coverage
Reimbursement Program Program Services are provided for the
duration of the vehicle's powertrain
For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call
warranty.
1-888-881-3302; (Text Telephone
(TTY): 1-888-889-2438). In the U.S., anyone driving the
vehicle is covered. In Canada, a
For Canadian-purchased vehicles,
person driving the vehicle without
call 1-800-268-6800.
permission from the owner is not
Service is available 24 hours a day, covered.
This program is available to 365 days a year.
Roadside Assistance is not a part of
qualified applicants for cost Calling for Assistance the New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
reimbursement, up to certain limits, General Motors North America and
of eligible aftermarket adaptive When calling Roadside Assistance, GMC reserve the right to make any
equipment required for the vehicle, have the following information changes or discontinue the
such as hand controls or a ready: Roadside Assistance program at
wheelchair/scooter lift for the . Your name, home address, and any time without notification.
vehicle. home telephone number General Motors North America and
To learn about the GM Mobility . Telephone number of your GMC reserve the right to limit
program, see www.gmmobility.com location services or payment to an owner or
or call the GM Mobility Assistance driver if they decide the claims are
. Location of the vehicle
Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text made too often, or the same type of
Telephone (TTY) users, call . Model, year, color, and license claim is made many times.
1-800-833-9935. plate number of the vehicle
Services Provided
General Motors of Canada also has . Odometer reading, Vehicle
a Mobility program. See www.gm.ca Identification Number (VIN), and . Emergency Fuel Delivery:
or call 1-800-GM-DRIVE delivery date of the vehicle Delivery of enough fuel for the
(800-463-7483) for details. TTY vehicle to get to the nearest
. Description of the problem service station.
users call 1-800-263-3830.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

. Lock-Out Service: Service to event, incidental expenses may Services Specific to
unlock the vehicle if you are be reimbursed within the Canadian-Purchased Vehicles
locked out. A remote unlock may Powertrain warranty period.
. Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement
be available if you have OnStar. Items considered are reasonable
For security reasons, the driver and customary hotel, meals, is up to 7 L. Diesel fuel delivery
must present identification rental car, or a vehicle being may be restricted. Propane and
before this service is given. delivered back to the customer, other fuels are not provided
up to 500 miles. through this service.
. Emergency Tow from a Public
. Lock-Out Service: Vehicle
Road or Highway: Tow to the Services Not Included in
nearest GMC dealer for warranty registration is required.
Roadside Assistance
service, or if the vehicle was in a . Trip Interruption Benefits and
crash and cannot be driven. . Impound towing caused by Assistance: Must be over
Assistance is not given when the violation of any laws 150 km from where your trip was
vehicle is stuck in the sand, . Legal fines started to qualify.
mud, or snow. Pre-authorization, original
. Mounting, dismounting,
. Flat Tire Change: Service to detailed receipts, and a copy of
or changing of snow tires, the repair orders are required.
change a flat tire with the spare chains, or other traction devices
tire. The spare tire, if equipped, Once authorization has been
must be in good condition and Service is not provided if a vehicle received, the Roadside
properly inflated. It is the owner's is in an area that is not accessible Assistance advisor will help to
responsibility for the repair or to the service vehicle or is not a make arrangements and explain
replacement of the tire if it is not regularly traveled or maintained how to receive payment.
covered by the warranty. public road, which includes ice and . Alternative Service: If
winter roads. Off-road use is not assistance cannot be provided
. Battery Jump Start: Service to covered.
jump start a dead battery. right away, the Roadside
Assistance advisor may give
. Trip Interruption Benefits and permission to get local
Assistance: If your trip is emergency road service. You will
interrupted due to a warranty receive payment, up to $100,
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

after sending the original receipt If your dealer requests you to bring furnished with each new vehicle
to Roadside Assistance. the vehicle for service, you are provides detailed warranty coverage
Mechanical failures may be urged to do so as early in the work information.
covered, however any cost for day as possible to allow for
parts and labor for repairs not same-day repair. Transportation Options
covered by the warranty are the Warranty service can generally be
owner responsibility. Courtesy Transportation completed while you wait. However,
Program if you are unable to do so, your
Scheduling Service dealer may offer the following
To enhance your ownership transportation options:
Appointments experience, we and our participating
When the vehicle requires warranty dealers are proud to offer Courtesy Shuttle Service
service, contact your dealer and Transportation, a customer support This includes one-way or round-trip
request an appointment. By program for vehicles with the shuttle service within reasonable
scheduling a service appointment Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty time and distance parameters of
and advising the service consultant Coverage period in Canada), your dealer's area.
of your transportation needs, your extended powertrain, and/or
dealer can help minimize your hybrid-specific warranties in both Public Transportation or Fuel
inconvenience. the U.S. and Canada. Reimbursement
If the vehicle cannot be scheduled Several Courtesy Transportation If overnight warranty repairs are
into the service department options are available to assist in needed, and public transportation is
immediately, keep driving it until it reducing inconvenience when used, the expense must be
can be scheduled for service, warranty repairs are required. supported by original receipts and
unless, of course, the problem is within the maximum amount allowed
Courtesy Transportation is not a by GM for shuttle service. If U.S.
safety related. If it is, please call part of the New Vehicle Limited
your dealership, let them know this, customers arrange their own
Warranty. A separate booklet transportation, limited
and ask for instructions. entitled “Limited Warranty and reimbursement for reasonable fuel
Owner Assistance Information” expenses may be available. Claim
amounts should reflect actual costs
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

and be supported by original Additional Program Collision Parts
receipts. See your dealer for Information Genuine GM Collision parts are new
information.
All program options, such as shuttle parts made with the same materials
Courtesy Rental Vehicle service, may not be available at and construction methods as the
every dealer. Contact your dealer parts with which the vehicle was
For an overnight warranty repair, the
for specific availability. originally built. Genuine GM
dealer may provide an available
Collision parts are the best choice to
courtesy rental vehicle or provide for General Motors reserves the right to
ensure that the vehicle's designed
reimbursement of a rental vehicle. unilaterally modify, change,
appearance, durability, and safety
Reimbursement is limited and must or discontinue Courtesy
are preserved. The use of Genuine
be supported by original receipts as Transportation at any time and to
GM parts can help maintain the GM
well as a signed and completed resolve all questions of claim
New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
rental agreement and meet state/ eligibility pursuant to the terms and
provincial, local, and rental vehicle conditions described herein at its Recycled original equipment parts
provider requirements. sole discretion. may also be used for repair. These
Requirements vary and may include parts are typically removed from
minimum age requirements, Collision Damage Repair vehicles that were total losses in
insurance coverage, credit card, etc. prior crashes. In most cases, the
Additional fees such as fuel usage If the vehicle is involved in a parts being recycled are from
charges, taxes, levies, usage fees, collision and it is damaged, have the undamaged sections of the vehicle.
excessive mileage, or rental usage damage repaired by a qualified A recycled original equipment GM
beyond the completion of the repair technician using the proper part may be an acceptable choice to
are also your responsibility. equipment and quality replacement maintain the vehicle's originally
parts. Poorly performed collision designed appearance and safety
It may not be possible to provide a repairs diminish the vehicle resale performance; however, the history of
like vehicle as a courtesy rental. value, and safety performance can these parts is not known. Such parts
be compromised in subsequent are not covered by the GM New
collisions. Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any
related failures are not covered by
that warranty.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Aftermarket collision parts are also Insuring the Vehicle parts. Read the lease carefully, as
available. These are made by you may be charged at the end of
Protect your investment in the GM
companies other than GM and may the lease for poor quality repairs.
vehicle with comprehensive and
not have been tested for the vehicle.
collision insurance coverage. There If a Crash Occurs
As a result, these parts may fit
are significant differences in the
poorly, exhibit premature durability/ If there has been an injury, call
quality of coverage afforded by
corrosion problems, and may not emergency services for help. Do not
various insurance policy terms.
perform properly in subsequent leave the scene of a crash until all
Many insurance policies provide
collisions. Aftermarket parts are not matters have been taken care of.
reduced protection to the GM
covered by the GM New Vehicle Move the vehicle only if its position
vehicle by limiting compensation for
Limited Warranty, and any vehicle puts you in danger, or you are
damage repairs through the use of
failure related to such parts is not instructed to move it by a police
aftermarket collision parts. Some
covered by that warranty. officer.
insurance companies will not
Repair Facility specify aftermarket collision parts. Give only the necessary information
When purchasing insurance, we to police and other parties involved
GM also recommends that you recommend that you ensure that the in the crash.
choose a collision repair facility that vehicle will be repaired with GM
meets your needs before you ever For emergency towing see
original equipment collision parts. Roadside Assistance Program
need collision repairs. Your dealer If such insurance coverage is not
may have a collision repair center 0 388.
available from your current
with GM-trained technicians and insurance carrier, consider switching Gather the following information:
state-of-the-art equipment, or be to another insurance carrier.
able to recommend a collision repair . Driver name, address, and
center that has GM-trained If the vehicle is leased, the leasing telephone number
technicians and comparable company may require you to have . Driver license number
equipment. insurance that ensures repairs with
Genuine GM Original Equipment . Owner name, address, and
Manufacturer (OEM) parts or telephone number
Genuine Manufacturer replacement . Vehicle license plate number
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

. Vehicle make, model, and original GM parts. Remember, Service Publications
model year recycled parts will not be covered by
the GM vehicle warranty.
Ordering Information
. Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN) Insurance pays the bill for the repair, Service Manuals
. Insurance company and policy but you must live with the repair. Service Manuals have the diagnosis
number Depending on your policy limits, and repair information on the
your insurance company may engines, transmission, axle,
. General description of the initially value the repair using suspension, brakes, electrical,
damage to the other vehicle aftermarket parts. Discuss this with steering, body, etc.
Choose a reputable repair facility the repair professional, and insist on
that uses quality replacement parts. Genuine GM parts. Remember, Owner Information
See “Collision Parts” earlier in this if the vehicle is leased, you may be Owner publications are written
section. obligated to have the vehicle specifically for owners and intended
repaired with Genuine GM parts, to provide basic operational
If the airbag has inflated, see What even if your insurance coverage
Will You See after an Airbag information about the vehicle. The
does not pay the full cost. Owner’s Manual includes the
Inflates? 0 84.
If another party's insurance Maintenance Schedule for all
Managing the Vehicle Damage company is paying for the repairs, models.
Repair Process you are not obligated to accept a In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio,
repair valuation based on that Owner’s Manual, and Warranty
In the event that the vehicle requires
insurance company's collision policy Manual.
damage repairs, GM recommends
repair limits, as you have no
that you take an active role in its RETAIL SELL PRICE: $35.00 –
contractual limits with that company.
repair. If you have a pre-determined $40.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
In such cases, you can have control
repair facility of choice, take the shipping fees.
of the repair and parts choices as
vehicle there, or have it towed there.
long as the cost stays within Without Pouch: Owner’s
Specify to the facility that any
reasonable limits. Manual only.
required replacement collision parts
be original equipment parts, either
new Genuine GM parts or recycled
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

RETAIL SELL PRICE: Radio Frequency Reporting Safety
$25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
shipping fees.
Statement Defects
This vehicle has systems that
Current and Past Models operate on a radio frequency that Reporting Safety Defects
Service and Owner publications are complies with Part 15/Part 18 of the
available for many current and past Federal Communications
to the United States
model year GM vehicles. Commission (FCC) rules and with Government
Innovation, Science and Economic If you believe that your vehicle
ORDER TOLL FREE:
Development (ISED) Canada's
1-800-551-4123 Monday – Friday has a defect which could cause
RSP-100 / license-exempt RSS's /
8:00 AM – 6:00 PM Eastern Time a crash or could cause injury or
ICES-001.
For Credit Card Orders Only death, you should immediately
Operation is subject to the following inform the National Highway
(VISA-MasterCard-Discover), see
two conditions: Traffic Safety Administration
Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com.
1. The device may not cause (NHTSA) in addition to notifying
Or write to:
harmful interference. General Motors.
Helm, Incorporated
2. The device must accept any If NHTSA receives similar
Attention: Customer Service
interference received, including complaints, it may open an
47911 Halyard Drive
interference that may cause
Plymouth, MI 48170 investigation, and if it finds that
undesired operation of the
Prices are subject to change without device. a safety defect exists in a group
notice and without incurring of vehicles, it may order a recall
Changes or modifications to any of and remedy campaign.
obligation. Allow ample time for
these systems by other than an
delivery. However, NHTSA cannot
authorized service facility could void
All listed prices are quoted in U.S. authorization to use this equipment. become involved in individual
funds. Make checks payable in U.S. problems between you, your
funds. dealer, or General Motors.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

To contact NHTSA, you may call www.tc.gc.ca/rappels (French) General Motors of Canada
the Vehicle Safety Hotline or write to: Company
toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: Customer Care Centre, Mail Code:
1-800-424-9153); go to http:// Transport Canada CA1-163-005
www.safercar.gov; or write to: Motor Vehicle Safety Directorate 1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Defect Investigations and Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
Administrator, NHTSA Recalls Division In Mexico, call 01-800-466-0801.
1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. 80 Noel Street
Washington, D.C. 20590 In other Central America and
Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1 Caribbean Countries, call
You can also obtain other 52-722-236-0680.
information about motor vehicle Reporting Safety Defects
safety from http:// to General Motors
www.safercar.gov.
In addition to notifying NHTSA (or
Transport Canada) in a situation like
Reporting Safety Defects this, notify General Motors.
to the Canadian Call 1-800-GMC-8782
Government (1-800-462-8782), or write:
If you live in Canada, and you GMC Customer Assistance Center
believe that the vehicle has a P.O. Box 33172
safety defect, notify Transport Detroit, MI 48232-5172
Canada immediately, and notify In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777
General Motors of Canada (English) or 1-800-263-7854
Company. Call Transport (French), or write:
Canada at 1-800-333-0510;
go to:
www.tc.gc.ca/recalls (English)
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

Vehicle Data Event Data Recorders These data can help provide a
better understanding of the
Recording and This vehicle is equipped with an circumstances in which crashes and
event data recorder (EDR). The injuries occur.
Privacy main purpose of an EDR is to
record, in certain crash or near Note
The vehicle has a number of
crash-like situations, such as an air EDR data are recorded by your
computers that record information
bag deployment or hitting a road vehicle only if a non-trivial crash
about the vehicle’s performance and
how it is driven. For example, the obstacle, data that will assist in situation occurs; no data are
understanding how a vehicle’s recorded by the EDR under normal
vehicle uses computer modules to
systems performed. The EDR is driving conditions and no personal
monitor and control engine and
designed to record data related to data (e.g., name, gender, age, and
transmission performance, to
monitor the conditions for airbag vehicle dynamics and safety crash location) are recorded.
systems for a short period of time, However, other parties, such as law
deployment and deploy them in a
typically 30 seconds or less. The enforcement, could combine the
crash, and, if equipped, to provide
EDR in this vehicle is designed to EDR data with the type of
antilock braking to help the driver
control the vehicle. These modules record such data as: personally identifying data routinely
acquired during a crash
may store data to help the dealer . How various systems in your
investigation.
technician service the vehicle. vehicle were operating;
Some modules may also store data To read data recorded by an EDR,
. Whether or not the driver and
about how the vehicle is operated, special equipment is required, and
such as rate of fuel consumption or passenger safety belts were access to the vehicle or the EDR is
average speed. These modules may buckled/fastened; needed. In addition to the vehicle
retain personal preferences, such as . How far (if at all) the driver was manufacturer, other parties, such as
radio presets, seat positions, and depressing the accelerator and/ law enforcement, that have the
temperature settings. or brake pedal; and, special equipment, can read the
. How fast the vehicle was information if they have access to
traveling. the vehicle or the EDR.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17

GM will not access these data or OnStar Terms and Conditions and
share it with others except: with the Privacy Statement on the OnStar
consent of the vehicle owner or, website.
if the vehicle is leased, with the See OnStar Additional Information
consent of the lessee; in response 0 404.
to an official request by police or
similar government office; as part of
GM's defense of litigation through Infotainment System
the discovery process; or, as If the vehicle is equipped with a
required by law. Data that GM navigation system as part of the
collects or receives may also be infotainment system, use of the
used for GM research needs or may system may result in the storage of
be made available to others for destinations, addresses, telephone
research purposes, where a need is numbers, and other trip information.
shown and the data is not tied to a See the infotainment manual for
specific vehicle or vehicle owner. information on stored data and for
deletion instructions.
OnStar
If the vehicle is equipped with
OnStar and has an active service
plan, additional data may be
collected through the OnStar
system. This includes information
about the vehicle’s operation;
collisions involving the vehicle; the
use of the vehicle and its features;
and, in certain situations, the
location and approximate GPS
speed of the vehicle. Refer to the
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
398 OnStar
OnStar OnStar Overview Terms, Privacy Statement, and
Software Terms for more details
including system limitations at
www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
OnStar Overview
www.onstar.ca (Canada).
OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
The OnStar system status light is
OnStar Services next to the OnStar buttons. If the
Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399 status light is:
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 = Voice Command Button . Solid Green: System is ready.
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401 Q Blue OnStar Button . Flashing Green: On a call.
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
> Red Emergency Button . Red: Indicates a problem.
OnStar Additional Information
OnStar Additional This vehicle may be equipped with a . Off: System is active. Press Q
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404 comprehensive, in-vehicle system twice to speak with an OnStar
that can connect to an OnStar Advisor.
Advisor for Emergency, Security,
Navigation, Connections, and Press Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR
Diagnostics Services. OnStar (1-888-466-7827) to speak to an
services may require a paid service Advisor.
plan and data plan. OnStar requires Functionality of the Voice Command
the vehicle battery and electrical button may vary by vehicle and
system, cellular service, and GPS region.
satellite signals to be available and
operating. OnStar acts as a link to
existing emergency service
providers. OnStar may collect
information about you and your
vehicle, including location
information. See OnStar User
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
OnStar 399
= to: . Manage Wi-Fi Settings,
Press
if equipped.
OnStar Services
. Open the OnStar app on the
infotainment display. See the Press > to get a priority connection Emergency
infotainment manual for to an OnStar Advisor available Emergency Services require an
information on how to use the 24/7 to: active, OnStar service plan
OnStar app. . Get help for an emergency. (excludes Basic Plan). With
Or . Be a Good Samaritan or Automatic Crash Response, built-in
. Make a call, end a call, respond to an AMBER Alert. sensors can automatically alert a
or answer an incoming call. specially trained OnStar Advisor
. Get assistance in severe who is immediately connected in to
. Give OnStar Hands-Free Calling weather or other crisis situations the vehicle to help.
voice commands. and find evacuation routes.
Press > for a priority connection to
. Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn
an OnStar Advisor who can contact
Navigation voice commands. emergency service providers, direct
. Obtain and customize the Wi-Fi them to your exact location, and
hotspot name or SSID and relay important information.
password, if equipped. With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially
Press Q to connect to an trained Advisors are available
Advisor to: 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to
provide a central point of contact,
. Verify account information or assistance, and information during a
update contact information. crisis.
. Get driving directions. With Roadside Assistance, Advisors
. Receive a Diagnostic check of can locate a nearby service provider
the vehicle's key operating to help with a flat tire, a battery
systems. jump, or an empty gas tank.
. Receive Roadside Assistance.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
400 OnStar
Security Press Q to receive Turn-by-Turn 2. Say “Cancel route.” System
directions or have them sent to the responds: “Do you want to
If equipped, OnStar provides these cancel directions?”
services: vehicle’s navigation screen,
if equipped. 3. Say “Yes.” System responds:
. With Stolen Vehicle Assistance, “OK, request completed, thank
OnStar Advisors can use GPS to Turn-by-Turn Navigation you, goodbye.”
pinpoint the vehicle and help
1. Press Q to connect to an Route Preview
authorities quickly recover it.
Advisor.
. With Remote Ignition Block, 1. Press =. System responds:
2. Request directions to be
if equipped, OnStar can block “OnStar ready,” then a tone.
downloaded to the vehicle.
the engine from being restarted.
3. Follow the voice-guided 2. Say “Route preview.” System
. With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown, responds with the next three
commands.
if equipped, OnStar can work maneuvers.
with law enforcement to Using Voice Commands
gradually slow the vehicle down. Repeat
During a Planned Route
Theft Alarm Notification Functionality of the Voice Command 1. Press =. System responds:
button may vary by vehicle and “OnStar ready,” then a tone.
If equipped, if the doors are locked
and the vehicle alarm sounds, a region. For some vehicles, press = 2. Say “Repeat.” System
notification by text, e-mail, or phone to open the OnStar app on the responds with the last direction
call will be sent. If the vehicle is infotainment display. For other given, then responds with
stolen, an OnStar Advisor can work vehicles press = as follows. “OnStar ready,” then a tone.
with authorities to recover the Get My Destination
vehicle. Cancel Route
1. Press =. System responds:
1. Press =. System responds:
Navigation “OnStar ready,” then a tone.
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.
OnStar navigation requires a
specific OnStar service plan.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
OnStar 401
2. Say “Get my destination.” Ensuring Security 1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspot
System responds with the . Change the default passwords information, press = to open
address and distance to the for the Wi-Fi hotspot and the OnStar app on the
destination, then responds with myGMC mobile application. infotainment display, then
“OnStar ready,” then a tone. Make these passwords different select Wi-Fi Hotspot. On some
Send Destination to Vehicle from each other and use a vehicles, touch Wi-Fi or Wi-Fi
combination of letters, numbers, Settings on the screen.
Directions can be sent to the and symbols to increase the
vehicle’s navigation screen, 2. The Wi-Fi settings will display
security. the Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID),
if equipped.
. Change the default name of the password, and on some
Press Q, then ask the Advisor to SSID (Service Set Identifier). vehicles, the connection type
download directions to the vehicle’s This is your network’s name that (no Internet connection, 3G,
navigation system, if equipped. After is visible to other wireless 4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality
the call ends, the navigation screen devices. Choose a unique name (poor, good, excellent).
will provide prompts to begin driving and avoid family names or 3. To change the SSID or
directions. Routes that are sent to vehicle descriptions.
the navigation screen can only be password, press Q or call
canceled through the navigation OnStar Wi-Fi Hotspot (If Equipped) 1-888-4ONSTAR to connect
system. The vehicle may have a built-in with an Advisor. On some
Wi-Fi hotspot that provides access vehicles, the SSID and
See www.onstar.com (U.S.) or password can be changed in
www.onstar.ca (Canada). to the Internet and web content at
4G LTE speed. Up to seven mobile the Wi-Fi Hotspot menu.
Connections devices can be connected. A data After initial set-up, your vehicle’s
plan is required. Use the in-vehicle Wi-Fi hotspot will connect
The following OnStar services help controls only when it is safe to automatically to your mobile
with staying connected. do so. devices. Manage data usage by
For coverage maps, see turning Wi-Fi on or off on your
www.onstar.com (U.S.) or mobile device, using the myGMC
www.onstar.ca (Canada). mobile app, or by contacting an
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
402 OnStar
OnStar Advisor. On some vehicles, . Locate a dealer and schedule OnStar AtYourService
Wi-Fi can also be managed from the service.
OnStar Advisors can provide offers
Wi-Fi Hotspot menu. . Request roadside assistance. from restaurants and retailers on
MyGMC Mobile App (If Available) . Set a parking reminder with pin your route, help locate hotels,
drop, take a photo, make a note, or book a room. These services
Download the myGMC mobile app
and set a timer. vary by market.
to compatible Apple and Android
smartphones. GMC users can . Connect with GMC on social OnStar Hands-Free Calling
access the following services from a media.
smartphone: Make and receive calls with the
For myGMC mobile app information built-in wireless calling service,
. Remotely start/stop the vehicle, and compatibility, see which requires available minutes.
if factory-equipped. www.my.gmc.com. Functionality of the Voice Command
. Lock/unlock doors, if equipped button may vary by vehicle and
An active OnStar service,
with automatic locks. compatible device, factory-installed region. For some vehicles, press =
. Activate the horn and lamps. remote start, and power locks are to open the OnStar app on the
required. Data rates apply. See infotainment display, then select
. Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oil Hands-Free calling. For other
onstar.com for details and system
life, or tire pressure, limitations. vehicles press = as follows.
if factory-equipped with the Tire
Pressure Monitor System. Remote Services Make a Call
. Send destinations to the vehicle. Contact an OnStar Advisor to 1. Press =. System responds:
. Locate the vehicle on a map unlock the doors or sound the horn “OnStar ready.”
(U.S. market only). and flash the lamps.
2. Say “Call.” System responds:
. Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspot “Call. Please say the name or
on/off, manage settings, and number to call.”
monitor data consumption,
if equipped.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
OnStar 403
3. Say the entire number without Verify Minutes and Expiration . Proactive Alerts: Receive a
pausing, including a “1” and the real-time e-mail or text message
area code. System responds: Press = and say “Minutes” then regarding potential issues with
“OK, calling.” “Verify” to check how many minutes key vehicle components, such
remain and their expiration date. as the battery, fuel system,
Calling 911 Emergency or starter system. Alerts for
1. Press =. System responds: Diagnostics potential issues appear on the
“OnStar ready.” infotainment display. Proactive
By monitoring and reporting on the
Alerts are designed to help
2. Say “Call.” System responds: vehicle’s key systems, OnStar
predict specific types of issues
“Call. Please say the name or Advanced Diagnostics provides a
based on information collected
number to call.” way to keep up on maintenance.
from the vehicle. Other factors
Capabilities vary by model. See
3. Say “911” without pausing. may affect vehicle performance.
www.onstar.com for details and
System responds: “911.” Not all issues will deliver alerts.
system limitations. Message and
In some cases, a dealer service
4. Say “Call.” System responds: data rates may apply. Advanced
check may be required to
“OK, dialing 911.” Diagnostics requires an active
confirm the accuracy of the
OnStar paid service plan, e-mail
Retrieve My Number alerts.
address on file, and enrollment in
Advanced Diagnostics. . Dealer Maintenance Notification:
1. Press =. System responds: Have the vehicle notify your
“OnStar ready.” Includes:
preferred dealer when it is time
2. Say “My number.” System . Diagnostic Alerts: Set for maintenance. Your dealer will
responds: “Your OnStar preferences to receive real-time then contact you to set up an
Hands-Free Calling number is,” e-mails, texts, or monthly reports appointment.
then says the number. of the vehicle’s health. Or press
Q to have an Advisor initiate a To begin, press Q to speak to an
End a Call remote diagnostic report. Advisor, or see www.onstar.com.
Press =. System responds: “Call
ended.”
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
404 OnStar
.
OnStar Additional After change in ownership and
at 90 days.
Advanced Vehicle Diagnostics,
Remote Services, Roadside
Information Assistance, Turn-by-Turn
Transferring Service Navigation, and Hands-Free Calling
OnStar Smart Driver are available on most vehicles. Not
Press Q to request account transfer
OnStar Smart Driver provides eligibility information. The Advisor all OnStar services are available
information about driving behavior to can cancel or change account everywhere or on all vehicles. For
help maximize overall vehicle information. more information, a full description
performance, reduce wear and tear, of OnStar services, system
and enhance fuel efficiency. An Selling/Transferring the limitations, and OnStar User Terms,
Insurance Discounts Eligibility Vehicle Privacy Statement, and Software
feature is also offered within OnStar Terms:
Call 1-888-4ONSTAR
Smart Driver. See www.onstar.com (1-888-466-7827) immediately to . Call 1-888-4ONSTAR
for details regarding vehicle terminate your OnStar services if (1-888-466-7827).
eligibility and system limitations. the vehicle is disposed of, sold, . See www.onstar.com (U.S.).
OnStar, General Motors, and their transferred, or if the lease ends.
affiliates are not insurance . See www.onstar.ca (Canada).
providers. Obtain insurance only Reactivation for Subsequent . Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.
from licensed insurance providers. Owners
. Press Q to speak with an
In-Vehicle Audio Messages Press Q and follow the prompts to Advisor.
speak to an Advisor as soon as
Audio messages may play important possible. The Advisor will update OnStar services cannot work unless
information at the following times: vehicle records and explain OnStar the vehicle is in a place where
. Prior to vehicle purchase. Press service options. OnStar has an agreement with a
Q to set up an account. wireless service provider for service
How OnStar Service Works in that area. The wireless service
. With the OnStar Basic Plan, provider must also have coverage,
every 60 days. Automatic Crash Response,
Emergency Services, Crisis Assist, network capacity, reception, and
Stolen Vehicle Assistance, technology compatible with OnStar
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
OnStar 405
services. Service involving location Press Q to help: change the OnStar PIN, contact an
information about the vehicle cannot OnStar Advisor by pressing Q or
work unless GPS signals are . Locate a gas station with an
attendant to pump gas. calling 1-888-4ONSTAR.
available, unobstructed, and
compatible with the OnStar . Find a hotel, restaurant, etc., Warranty
hardware. OnStar services may not that meets accessibility needs. OnStar equipment may be
work if the OnStar equipment is not warranted as part of the vehicle
. Provide directions to the closest
properly installed or it has not been warranty.
properly maintained. If equipment or hospital or pharmacy in urgent
situations.
software is added, connected, Languages
or modified, OnStar services may TTY Users The vehicle can be programmed to
not work. Other problems beyond
OnStar has the ability to respond in multiple languages.
the control of OnStar — such as
hills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather, communicate to deaf, Press Q and ask for an Advisor.
electrical system design and hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired Advisors are available in English,
architecture of the vehicle, damage customers while in the vehicle. The Spanish, and French. Available
to the vehicle in a crash, or wireless available dealer-installed TTY languages may vary by country.
phone network congestion or system can provide in-vehicle
access to all OnStar services, Potential Issues
jamming — may prevent service.
except Virtual Advisor and OnStar OnStar cannot perform Remote
See Radio Frequency Statement Turn-by-Turn Navigation. Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle
0 394.
OnStar Personal Identification Assistance after the vehicle has
Services for People with been off continuously for 10 days
Number (PIN) without an ignition cycle. If the
Disabilities
A PIN is needed to access some vehicle has not been started for
Advisors provide services to help OnStar services. The PIN will need 10 days, OnStar can contact
with physical disabilities and to be changed the first time when Roadside Assistance or a locksmith
medical conditions. speaking with an Advisor. To to help gain access to the vehicle.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
406 OnStar
Global Positioning or near the antenna to prevent equipment may interfere with the
System (GPS) blocking cellular and GPS signal operation of the OnStar system and
reception. cause it to not operate.
. Obstruction of the GPS can
occur in a large city with tall Unable to Connect to OnStar Vehicle Software Updates
buildings; in parking garages; Message OnStar or GM may remotely deliver
around airports; in tunnels and
If there is limited cellular coverage software updates or changes to the
underpasses; or in an area with
or the cellular network has reached vehicle without further notice or
very dense trees. If GPS signals
maximum capacity, this message consent. These updates or changes
are not available, the OnStar
may come on. Press Q to try the may enhance or maintain safety,
system should still operate to
call again or try again after driving a security, or the operation of the
call OnStar. However, OnStar
few miles into another cellular area. vehicle or the vehicle systems.
could have difficulty identifying
Software updates or changes may
the exact location.
Vehicle and Power Issues affect or erase data or settings that
. In emergency situations, OnStar are stored in the vehicle, such as
OnStar services require a vehicle
can use the last stored GPS OnStar Hands-Free Calling name
electrical system, wireless service,
location to send to emergency tags, saved navigation destinations,
and GPS satellite technologies to be
responders. or pre-set radio stations. Neither
available and operating for features
A temporary loss of GPS can cause OnStar nor GM is responsible for
to function properly. These systems
loss of the ability to send a any affected or erased data or
may not operate if the battery is
Turn-by-Turn Navigation route. The settings. These updates or changes
discharged or disconnected.
Advisor may give a verbal route or may also collect personal
may ask for a call back after the Add-on Electrical Equipment information. Such collection is
vehicle is driven into an open area. described in the OnStar privacy
The OnStar system is integrated statement or separately disclosed at
Cellular and GPS Antennas into the electrical architecture of the the time of installation. These
vehicle. Do not add any electrical updates or changes may also cause
Cellular reception is required for equipment. See Add-On Electrical a system to automatically
OnStar to send remote signals to Equipment 0 278. Added electrical communicate with GM servers to
the vehicle. Do not place items over
collect information about vehicle
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
OnStar 407
system status, identify whether OnStar - Software IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
updates or changes are available, Acknowledgements LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
or deliver updates or changes. An OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
active OnStar agreement constitutes Certain OnStar components include FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
consent to these software updates libcurl and unzip software and other AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF
or changes and agreement that third party software. Below are the THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO
either OnStar or GM may remotely notices and licenses associated with EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
deliver them to the vehicle. libcurl and unzip and for other third COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
party software please see http:// LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
Privacy opensource.lge.com/index DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
The complete OnStar Privacy www.onstar.com/us/en/ WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF
Statement may be found at CONTRACT, TORT OR
libcurl: OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
www.onstar.com (U.S.),
or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
recommend that you review it. If you NOTICE WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
have any questions, call USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, Daniel
1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) THE SOFTWARE.
Stenberg, <[email protected]>.
or press Q to speak with an Except as contained in this notice,
All rights reserved.
Advisor. Users of wireless the name of a copyright holder shall
communications are cautioned that Permission to use, copy, modify, not be used in advertising or
the privacy of any information sent and distribute this software for any otherwise to promote the sale, use
via wireless cellular communications purpose with or without fee is or other dealings in this Software
cannot be assured. Third parties hereby granted, provided that the without prior written authorization of
may unlawfully intercept or access above copyright notice and this the copyright holder.
transmissions and private permission notice appear in all
communications without consent. copies. unzip:
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED This is version 2005-Feb-10 of the
“AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF Info-ZIP copyright and license. The
ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR definitive version of this document
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
408 OnStar
should be available at ftp:// liable for any direct, indirect, normal SFX banner has not
ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/ incidental, special or consequential been removed from the binary
license.html indefinitely. damages arising out of the use of or or disabled.
Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. All inability to use this software. 3. Altered versions–including, but
rights reserved. Permission is granted to anyone to not limited to, ports to new
For the purposes of this copyright use this software for any purpose, operating systems, existing
and license, “Info-ZIP” is defined as including commercial applications, ports with new graphical
the following set of individuals: and to alter it and redistribute it interfaces, and dynamic,
freely, subject to the following shared, or static library
Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis, restrictions: versions–must be plainly
Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois, marked as such and must not
Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, Ed 1. Redistributions of source code
must retain the above copyright be misrepresented as being
Gordon, Ian Gorman, Chris the original source. Such
Herborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig, notice, definition, disclaimer,
and this list of conditions. altered versions also must not
Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson, be misrepresented as being
Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum, 2. Redistributions in binary form Info-ZIP releases–including,
Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden, (compiled executables) must but not limited to, labeling of
Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller, reproduce the above copyright the altered versions with the
Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens, notice, definition, disclaimer, names “Info-ZIP” (or any
George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, Kai and this list of conditions in variation thereof, including, but
Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury, documentation and/or other not limited to, different
Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda, materials provided with the capitalizations), “Pocket
Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta, distribution. The sole exception UnZip,” “WiZ” or “MacZip”
Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren, to this condition is redistribution without the explicit permission
Rich Wales, Mike White. of a standard UnZipSFX binary of Info-ZIP. Such altered
This software is provided “as is,” (including SFXWiz) as part of a versions are further prohibited
without warranty of any kind, self-extracting archive; that is from misrepresentative use of
express or implied. In no event shall permitted without inclusion of the Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mail
Info-ZIP or its contributors be held this license, as long as the addresses or of the
Info-ZIP URL(s).
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
OnStar 409
4. Info-ZIP retains the right to use
the names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”
“UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”
“Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”
and “MacZip” for its own
source and binary releases.
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
410 Index
Airbag System (cont'd)
Index A
Accessories and When Should an Airbag
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . . 80
Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . . . 242 Airbags
Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 278 Adding Equipment to the
Additional Information Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404 Passenger Status Indicator . . . 135
Additional Maintenance Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374 Servicing Airbag-Equipped
Adjustments Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Lumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Agreements Alarm
Trademarks and License . . . . . 196 Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . 290 Alert
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . .198, 201 Lane Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Air Filter, Passenger Side Blind Zone (SBZA) . . . . . . 262
Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . .232, 300
Airbag System AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Antenna
How Does an Airbag Multi-band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 233
Passenger Sensing System . . . . 85 Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
What Makes an Airbag Appearance Care
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
What Will You See after an Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Index 411
Apple CarPlay and B C
Android Auto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Battery Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Armrest Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Exterior Lighting Battery California
Assistance Program, Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Fuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388 Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Perchlorate Materials
Assistance Systems for Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 Battery - North America . . . .299, 351 California
Assistance Systems for Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 301 Proposition
Parking and Backing . . . . . . . . . . 252 Bluetooth 65 Warning . . . . . . . . . .280, 299, 351,
Audio Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188, 189 Back Cover
Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . 174 Brake Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . 2
Automatic Parking, Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 Capacities and
Dimming Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 System Warning Light . . . . . . . . 138 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297 Carbon Monoxide
Forward Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298 Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . 289 Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Cargo
Automatic Transmission Automatic Forward . . . . . . . . . . . 258 Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Braking System Management System . . . . . . . . . .113
Shift Lock Control Function Front Pedestrian (FPB) . . . . . . . 260 Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 221 Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 2
Auxiliary Bulb Replacement Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . 112
Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304 Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303 Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . 136
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304 Check
License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . . . 304 Engine Light (Malfunction
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330 Indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
412 Index
Child Restraints Control Light D
Infants and Young Children . . . . . 93 Hill Descent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . 391
Lower Anchors and Tethers Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 2
for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Data Collection
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Coolant Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 397
Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105, 108 Engine Temperature Gauge . . 133 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .198, 201 Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . 396
Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306 Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 Daytime Running
Cleaning Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358 Courtesy Transportation Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390 Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Climate Control Systems Cover Devices
Dual Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 Cargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112 Auxiliary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 Diagnostics
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Cruise Control, Adaptive . . . . . . . . 242 Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . 391 Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . 387 Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386 Door
Compartments Text Telephone (TTY) Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387 Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Customer Information Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Compressor Kit, Tire Sealant . . . 337 Service Publications Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Connections Ordering Information . . . . . . . . 393 Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . 383
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401 Customer Satisfaction Drive Systems
Control Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384 All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . 232, 300
Hill Descent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . 251
Traction and Electronic Driver Information
Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . .145, 148
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Index 413
Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 Electrical System (cont'd) Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Driving Instrument Panel Fuse Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 256 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309 Extender, Seat Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Characteristics and Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305 Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 164
Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Rear Compartment Fuse Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . 166
Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311 Exterior Lighting Battery
Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Emergency Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
For Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . . 27 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
F
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 215 Engine
Features
If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 217 Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Check Light (Malfunction
Filter,
Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Compartment Overview . . . . . . . 283
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Coolant Temperature
Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 168
Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
Dual Automatic Climate Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Fluid
Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
E Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 289
Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . 233 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . 139 Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Electrical Equipment, Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Running While Parked . . . . . . . . 229
Electrical System Forward Automatic Braking . . . . . 258
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Engine Compartment Fuse Forward Collision Alert
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306 (FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 306
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . 396
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
414 Index
Frequency Statement G Headlamps
Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394 Garage Door Opener . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Front Fog Lamp Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Gas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Front Pedestrian Braking Gauges Daytime Running
(FPB) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 Engine Coolant Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Front Seats Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 144
Heated and Ventilated . . . . . . . . . . 64 Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 166
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 145
Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Heated
Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Filling a Portable Fuel Warning Lights and Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Heated and Ventilated Front
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 General Information Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 Service and Maintenance . . . . . 367 Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Heater
Low Fuel Warning Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143, 144 Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .198, 201
Requirements, California . . . . . 267 GM Mobility Reimbursement High Voltage Devices and
Fuses Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388 Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Engine Compartment Fuse High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
H
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306 High-Speed Operation . . . . . . . . . . 323
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 306 Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 215
Hands-Free Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Instrument Panel Fuse Hill Descent Control (HDC) . . . . . 238
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 168
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309 Hill Descent Control Light . . . . . . . 140
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Rear Compartment Fuse Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . 235
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311 Home Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Index 415
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282 L Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Labeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . 316 Lighting
How to Wear Seat Belts Lamps Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
HVAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .198, 201 Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . 166 Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
I
Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Lights
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Exterior Lamps Off Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Antilock Brake System
Indicator
Exterior Lighting Battery (ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Pedestrian Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Brake System Warning . . . . . . . 138
Vehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304 Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Infants and Young Children,
Malfunction Indicator Check Engine (Malfunction
Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
(Check Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . . 263 Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . 139
Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . 51
Lane Departure Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . 143
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
J Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . . 265 Front Fog Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Jump Starting - North Lane Keep Assist Light . . . . . . . . . 140 High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351 Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 166
K LATCH System Hill Descent Control . . . . . . . . . . 140
Keyless Entry Replacing Parts after a Lane Keep Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Remote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . . 30 Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . 143, 144
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 LATCH, Lower Anchors and Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . 134
Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
416 Index
Lights (cont'd) Maintenance and Care Multi-band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Service Electric Parking Additional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
N
Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . 369
Navigation
StabiliTrak OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Recommended Fluids and
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . 136
Traction Control System Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 O
(TCS)/StabiliTrak . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Locks Messages Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Oil
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Mirrors Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 288
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Automatic Dimming Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . 91
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . .143, 144 Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . 387
Lower Anchors and Tethers Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
for Children (LATCH Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 OnStar Additional
System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 OnStar Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Tilt in Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 OnStar Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . 51 OnStar Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
M OnStar Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Maintenance
Driver Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Monitor System, Tire OnStar Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Index 417
Operation Perchlorate Materials R
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Requirements, California . . . . . . 281 Radio Frequency Statement . . . . 394
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 176 Personalization Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Ordering Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Radios
Service Publications . . . . . . . . . . 393 Phone AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Outlets Apple CarPlay and Satellite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Android Auto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188, 189 Rear Climate Control System . . . 201
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 Hands-Free . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Port Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
P
USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Rear Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Park
Power Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . 252
Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Rear Window Washer/Wiper . . . . 121
Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Parking
Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Brake and P (Park)
Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 300
Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . 226 Recommended Fluids and
Extended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . 228
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Records
Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Pregnancy, Using Seat Belts . . . . 76 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Parking or Backing
Privacy Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 354
Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 252
Vehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . 396 Reimbursement Program,
Passenger Airbag Status
Program GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Courtesy Transportation . . . . . . 390 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
Passenger Compartment Air
Proposition System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
65 Warning, Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Passenger Sensing System . . . . . 85
California . . . . . . . . . . . .280, 299, 351, Replacement Parts
Pedestrian Ahead Indicator . . . . . 141
Back Cover Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
418 Index
Replacement Parts (cont'd) S Seats (cont'd)
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378 Safety Defects Reporting Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . 91 Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 395 Third Row Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Replacing LATCH System General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395 Securing Child
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394 Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105, 108
Replacing Seat Belt System Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Security
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Reporting Safety Defects Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 395 Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . 390 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395 Sealant Kit, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337 Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394 Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Restraints Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Accessories and
Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Retained Accessory How to Wear Seat Belts Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . 281
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 379
Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Maintenance, General
Roads Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . . 78 Parts Identification Label . . . . . 380
Roadside Assistance Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . 76 Publications Ordering
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388 Seats Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
Roof Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 390
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Service Electric Parking
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Heated and Ventilated Front . . . . 64 Brake Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328 Heated, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Services
Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . 383 Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . . 60 Special Application . . . . . . . . . . . 374
Running the Vehicle While Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . 60
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Index 419
Shift Lock Control Function Storage Areas T
Check, Automatic Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 Cargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112 Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . 387
Shifting Cargo Management System . . .113 Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . . . 48
Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112 Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Third-Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . 262 Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . .116 Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Signals, Turn and Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . 111 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Storing the Tire Sealant and All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Software Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343 Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Spare Tire Struts Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Compact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302 Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
Special Application Services . . . . 374 Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Compact Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Specifications and Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315 Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381 Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
StabiliTrak Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 System Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321, 323
Start Assist, Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Forward Collision Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Alert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 Pressure Monitor Operation . . 324
Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . 300 Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173, 397 Pressure Monitor System . . . . . 323
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 Roof Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116 Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Systems Sealant and
Heated Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Driver Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 Sealant and Compressor
Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 Kit, Storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
Storage Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112 Terminology and Definitions . . 319
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
420 Index
Tires (cont'd) Transmission Vehicle (cont'd)
Uniform Tire Quality Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332 Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289 Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Wheel Alignment and Tire Transportation Program, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333 Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390 Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . 141
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 334 Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Vehicle Care
When It Is Time for New Turn and Lane-Change Storing the Tire Sealant
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329 Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 and Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . 343
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315 Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
U
Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 Vehicle Data Recording and
Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . 332
Tow/Haul Mode Light . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
Universal Remote System . . . . . . 160
Towing Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Driving Characteristics . . . . . . . . 270 Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 Voltage Devices and Wiring . . . . 305
Updates
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 270
Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 W
Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 354
USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Warning
Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Traction V
Lane Departure (LDW) . . . . . . . 264
Control System (TCS)/ Vehicle
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
StabiliTrak Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Warnings
Traction Control/Electronic Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 Identification Number (VIN) . . . 380
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Trademarks and License Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Wheels
Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Alignment and Tire Balance . . 333
Trailer Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Mexico-11349114) - 2018 - crc - 9/21/17
Index 421
Wheels (cont'd)
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
When It Is Time for New
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . 97
Wi-Fi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Windshield
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Winter
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . 301
Wipers
Rear Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Wiring, High Voltage Devices . . . 305
18_GMC_Acadia_AcadiaDenalli_COV_en_US_23297094B_2017OCT03.ai 1 9/28/2017 10:12:52 AM
CM
MY
CY
CMY
23297094 B

2018 Acadia

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

2018 Acadia

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

2018 Acadia

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

18_GMC_Acadia_AcadiaDenalli_COV_en_US_23297094B_2017OCT03.

4. Windshield Wiper/Washer (If Equipped). 20. Instrument Panel Illumination

To adjust the power tilt and

Driver Information w or x : Press to move up or

Keys, Doors, and Windows 29

30 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Remote Keyless Entry Remote Keyless Entry

Keys, Doors, and Windows 31

32 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 33

34 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 35

36 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 37

38 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 39

To access the driver door key lock

40 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Delayed Locking Automatic Door Locks

Keys, Doors, and Windows 41

42 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 43

{ Warning If equipped with a power liftgate, the

44 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 45

46 Keys, Doors, and Windows

. Do not sweep your foot side

Keys, Doors, and Windows 47

48 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 49

50 Keys, Doors, and Windows

2. Press the arrows on the control

Keys, Doors, and Windows 51

52 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 53

54 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 55

56 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 57

58 Seats and Restraints

The head restraint will fold rearward

Seats and Restraints 59

If equipped, move the lever up or

60 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 61

Do not have a seatback reclined if To recline the seatback:

62 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 63

64 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 65

66 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 67

68 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 69

70 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 71

{ Warning Seat Belts Warning (Continued)

72 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 73

74 Seats and Restraints